patch 8.0.1844: superfluous quickfix code, missing examples

Problem:    Superfluous quickfix code, missing examples.
Solution:   Remove unneeded code.  Add a few examples.  Add a bit more
            testing. (Yegappan Lakshmanan, closes #2916)

.lgtm.yml

@@ -0,0 +1,4 @@
+# Format of this file: https://lgtm.com/help/lgtm/lgtm.yml-configuration-file
+path_classifiers:
+  documentation:
+    - runtime/tutor/tutor*

.travis.yml

@@ -108,7 +108,7 @@ script:
   - if [ -n "$err" ]; then exit 1; fi
 
 after_success:
-  - if [ "$COVERAGE" = "yes" ]; then ~/.local/bin/coveralls -b $SRCDIR -x .xs -e ${SRCDIR}/xxd -e ${SRCDIR}/if_perl.c --encodings utf-8 latin-1 EUC-KR; fi
+  - if [ "$COVERAGE" = "yes" ]; then ~/.local/bin/coveralls -b ${SRCDIR} -x .xs -e ${SRCDIR}/xxd -e ${SRCDIR}/if_perl.c --encodings utf-8 latin-1 EUC-KR; fi
-  - if [ "$COVERAGE" = "yes" ]; then  cd $SRCDIR && bash <(curl -s https://codecov.io/bash) ; fi
+  - if [ "$COVERAGE" = "yes" ]; then  cd ${SRCDIR} && bash <(curl -s https://codecov.io/bash) ; fi
 
 # vim:set sts=2 sw=2 tw=0 et:

Filelist

@@ -4,6 +4,7 @@
 # source files for all source archives
 SRC_ALL =	\
 		.hgignore \
+		.lgtm.yml \
 		.travis.yml \
 		appveyor.yml \
 		src/appveyor.bat \
@@ -110,6 +111,7 @@ SRC_ALL =	\
 		src/testdir/sautest/autoload/*.vim \
 		src/testdir/runtest.vim \
 		src/testdir/shared.vim \
+		src/testdir/screendump.vim \
 		src/testdir/view_util.vim \
 		src/testdir/setup.vim \
 		src/testdir/gui_init.vim \
@@ -119,7 +121,6 @@ SRC_ALL =	\
 		src/testdir/test[0-9]*a.ok \
 		src/testdir/test_[a-z]*.ok \
 		src/testdir/test49.vim \
-		src/testdir/test60.vim \
 		src/testdir/test83-tags? \
 		src/testdir/test77a.com \
 		src/testdir/test_*.vim \
@@ -135,12 +136,14 @@ SRC_ALL =	\
 		src/testdir/pyxfile/*.py \
 		src/testdir/bench*.in \
 		src/testdir/bench*.vim \
+		src/testdir/dumps/*.dump \
 		src/testdir/samples/*.txt \
 		src/testdir/samples/test000 \
 		src/testdir/if_ver*.vim \
-		src/testdir/xterm_ramp.vim \
+		src/testdir/color_ramp.vim \
 		src/proto.h \
 		src/proto/arabic.pro \
+		src/proto/beval.pro \
 		src/proto/blowfish.pro \
 		src/proto/buffer.pro \
 		src/proto/channel.pro \
@@ -584,6 +587,7 @@ RT_ALL =	\
 		runtime/doc/*.txt \
 		runtime/doc/Makefile \
 		runtime/doc/doctags.c \
+		runtime/doc/test_urls.vim \
 		runtime/doc/vim.1 \
 		runtime/doc/evim.1 \
 		runtime/doc/vimdiff.1 \
@@ -665,6 +669,7 @@ RT_SCRIPTS =	\
 		runtime/autoload/xml/*.vim \
 		runtime/colors/*.vim \
 		runtime/colors/README.txt \
+		runtime/colors/tools/*.vim \
 		runtime/compiler/*.vim \
 		runtime/compiler/README.txt \
 		runtime/indent/*.vim \

appveyor.yml

@@ -16,6 +16,7 @@ matrix:
 
 before_build:
   - '"C:\Program Files\Microsoft SDKs\Windows\v7.1\Bin\SetEnv.cmd" /x64 /release'
+  - 'set INCLUDE=%INCLUDE%C:\Program Files (x86)\Windows Kits\8.1\Include\um'
 
 build_script:
   - src/appveyor.bat

nsis/gvim.nsi

@@ -89,6 +89,11 @@ Page instfiles
 UninstPage uninstConfirm
 UninstPage instfiles
 
+# Reserve files
+# Needed for showing the _vimrc setting page faster.
+ReserveFile /plugin InstallOptions.dll
+ReserveFile vimrc.ini
+
 ##########################################################
 # Functions
 
@@ -262,6 +267,9 @@ Section "Vim executables and runtime files"
 	SetOutPath $0\pack\dist\opt\swapmouse\plugin
 	File ${VIMRT}\pack\dist\opt\swapmouse\plugin\*.*
 
+	SetOutPath $0\pack\dist\opt\termdebug\plugin
+	File ${VIMRT}\pack\dist\opt\termdebug\plugin\*.*
+
 	SetOutPath $0\plugin
 	File ${VIMRT}\plugin\*.*
 
@@ -475,15 +483,13 @@ Function SetCustom
 	# Display the InstallOptions dialog
 
 	# Check if a _vimrc should be created
-	SectionGetFlags ${sec_vimrc_id} $0
+	SectionGetFlags ${sec_vimrc_id} $3
-	IntOp $0 $0 & 1
+	IntOp $3 $3 & 1
-	StrCmp $0 "1" +2 0
+	StrCmp $3 "1" +2 0
 	  Abort
 
-	Push $3
 	InstallOptions::dialog "$PLUGINSDIR\vimrc.ini"
 	Pop $3
-	Pop $3
 FunctionEnd
 
 Function ValidateCustom

runtime/autoload/dist/ft.vim

@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 " Vim functions for file type detection
 "
 " Maintainer:	Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
-" Last Change:	2017 Nov 11
+" Last Change:	2017 Dec 05
 
 " These functions are moved here from runtime/filetype.vim to make startup
 " faster.
@@ -618,7 +618,11 @@ func dist#ft#FTperl()
     setf perl
     return 1
   endif
-  if search('^use\s\s*\k', 'nc', 30)
+  let save_cursor = getpos('.')
+  call cursor(1,1)
+  let has_use = search('^use\s\s*\k', 'c', 30)
+  call setpos('.', save_cursor)
+  if has_use
     setf perl
     return 1
   endif

runtime/autoload/netrwSettings.vim

@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 " netrwSettings.vim: makes netrw settings simpler
-" Date:		Nov 09, 2016
+" Date:		Dec 30, 2014
 " Maintainer:	Charles E Campbell <drchipNOSPAM at campbellfamily dot biz>
-" Version:	16
+" Version:	15
 " Copyright:    Copyright (C) 1999-2007 Charles E. Campbell {{{1
 "               Permission is hereby granted to use and distribute this code,
 "               with or without modifications, provided that this copyright
@@ -19,7 +19,7 @@
 if exists("g:loaded_netrwSettings") || &cp
   finish
 endif
-let g:loaded_netrwSettings = "v16"
+let g:loaded_netrwSettings = "v15"
 if v:version < 700
  echohl WarningMsg
  echo "***warning*** this version of netrwSettings needs vim 7.0"
@@ -154,13 +154,9 @@ fun! netrwSettings#NetrwSettings()
   put = 'let g:netrw_list_hide         = '.g:netrw_list_hide
   put = 'let g:netrw_liststyle         = '.g:netrw_liststyle
   put = 'let g:netrw_localcopycmd      = '.g:netrw_localcopycmd
-  put = 'let g:netrw_localcopycmdopt   = '.g:netrw_localcopycmdopt
   put = 'let g:netrw_localmkdir        = '.g:netrw_localmkdir
-  put = 'let g:netrw_localmkdiropt     = '.g:netrw_localmkdiropt
   put = 'let g:netrw_localmovecmd      = '.g:netrw_localmovecmd
-  put = 'let g:netrw_localmovecmdopt   = '.g:netrw_localmovecmdopt
   put = 'let g:netrw_localrmdir        = '.g:netrw_localrmdir
-  put = 'let g:netrw_localrmdiropt     = '.g:netrw_localrmdiropt
   put = 'let g:netrw_maxfilenamelen    = '.g:netrw_maxfilenamelen
   put = 'let g:netrw_menu              = '.g:netrw_menu
   put = 'let g:netrw_mousemaps         = '.g:netrw_mousemaps

runtime/autoload/xmlformat.vim

@@ -0,0 +1,112 @@
+" Vim plugin for formatting XML
+" Last Change: Thu, 15 Jan 2015 21:26:55 +0100
+" Version: 0.1
+" Author: Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
+" Script:  http://www.vim.org/scripts/script.php?script_id=
+" License: VIM License
+" GetLatestVimScripts: ???? 18 :AutoInstall: xmlformat.vim
+" Documentation: see :h xmlformat.txt (TODO!)
+" ---------------------------------------------------------------------
+" Load Once: {{{1
+if exists("g:loaded_xmlformat") || &cp
+  finish
+endif
+let g:loaded_xmlformat = 1
+let s:keepcpo       = &cpo
+set cpo&vim
+
+" Main function: Format the input {{{1
+func! xmlformat#Format()
+  " only allow reformatting through the gq command
+  " (e.g. Vim is in normal mode)
+  if mode() != 'n'
+    " do not fall back to internal formatting
+    return 0
+  endif
+  let sw  = shiftwidth()
+  let prev = prevnonblank(v:lnum-1)
+  let s:indent = indent(prev)/sw
+  let result = []
+  let lastitem = prev ? getline(prev) : ''
+  let is_xml_decl = 0
+  " split on `<`, but don't split on very first opening <
+  for item in split(getline(v:lnum), '.\@<=[>]\zs')
+    if s:EndTag(item)
+      let s:indent = s:DecreaseIndent()
+      call add(result, s:Indent(item))
+    elseif s:EmptyTag(lastitem)
+      call add(result, s:Indent(item))
+    elseif s:StartTag(lastitem) && s:IsTag(item)
+      let s:indent += 1
+      call add(result, s:Indent(item))
+     else
+       if !s:IsTag(item)
+         " Simply split on '<'
+         let t=split(item, '.<\@=\zs')
+         let s:indent+=1
+         call add(result, s:Indent(t[0]))
+         let s:indent = s:DecreaseIndent()
+         call add(result, s:Indent(t[1]))
+       else
+        call add(result, s:Indent(item))
+      endif
+     endif
+     let lastitem = item
+   endfor
+
+   if !empty(result)
+    exe v:lnum. ",". (v:lnum + v:count - 1). 'd'
+    call append(v:lnum - 1, result)
+    " Might need to remove the last line, if it became empty because of the
+    " append() call
+    let last = v:lnum + len(result)
+    if getline(last) is ''
+      exe last. 'd'
+    endif
+  endif
+
+  " do not run internal formatter!
+  return 0
+endfunc
+" Check if given tag is XML Declaration header {{{1
+func! s:IsXMLDecl(tag)
+  return a:tag =~? '^\s*<?xml\s\?\%(version="[^"]*"\)\?\s\?\%(encoding="[^"]*"\)\? ?>\s*$'
+endfunc
+" Return tag indented by current level {{{1
+func! s:Indent(item)
+  return repeat(' ', shiftwidth()*s:indent). s:Trim(a:item)
+endfu
+" Return item trimmed from leading whitespace {{{1
+func! s:Trim(item)
+  if exists('*trim')
+    return trim(a:item)
+  else
+    return matchstr(a:item, '\S\+.*')
+  endif
+endfunc
+" Check if tag is a new opening tag <tag> {{{1
+func! s:StartTag(tag)
+  return a:tag =~? '^\s*<[^/?]'
+endfunc
+" Remove one level of indentation {{{1
+func! s:DecreaseIndent()
+  return (s:indent > 0 ? s:indent - 1 : 0)
+endfunc
+" Check if tag is a closing tag </tag> {{{1
+func! s:EndTag(tag)
+  return a:tag =~? '^\s*</'
+endfunc
+" Check that the tag is actually a tag and not {{{1
+" something like "foobar</foobar>"
+func! s:IsTag(tag)
+  return s:Trim(a:tag)[0] == '<'
+endfunc
+" Check if tag is empty <tag/> {{{1
+func! s:EmptyTag(tag)
+  return a:tag =~ '/>\s*$'
+endfunc
+" Restoration And Modelines: {{{1
+let &cpo= s:keepcpo
+unlet s:keepcpo
+" Modeline {{{1
+" vim: fdm=marker fdl=0 ts=2 et sw=0 sts=-1

runtime/colors/README.txt

@@ -42,7 +42,16 @@ this autocmd might be useful:
 Replace "blue_sky" with the name of the colorscheme.
 
 In case you want to tweak a colorscheme after it was loaded, check out the
-ColorScheme autocmd event.
+ColorScheme autocommand event.
+
+To clean up just before loading another colorscheme, use the ColorSchemePre
+autocommand event.  For example:
+	let g:term_ansi_colors = ...
+	augroup MyColorscheme
+	  au!
+	  au ColorSchemePre * unlet g:term_ansi_colors
+	  au ColorSchemePre * au! MyColorscheme
+	augroup END
 
 To customize a colorscheme use another name, e.g.  "~/.vim/colors/mine.vim",
 and use `:runtime` to load the original colorscheme:
@@ -64,6 +73,8 @@ Search for "highlight_init".
 If you think you have a color scheme that is good enough to be used by others,
 please check the following items:
 
+- Source the $VIMRUNTIME/colors/tools/check_colors.vim script to check for
+  common mistakes.
 - Does it work in a color terminal as well as in the GUI?
 - Is "g:colors_name" set to a meaningful value?  In case of doubt you can do
   it this way:

runtime/colors/tools/check_colors.vim

@@ -0,0 +1,136 @@
+" This script tests a color scheme for some errors. Load the scheme and source
+" this script. e.g. :e colors/desert.vim | :so test_colors.vim
+" Will output possible errors.
+
+let s:save_cpo= &cpo
+set cpo&vim
+
+func! Test_check_colors()
+  call cursor(1,1)
+  let err={}
+
+  " 1) Check g:colors_name is existing
+  if !search('\<\%(g:\)\?colors_name\>', 'cnW')
+    let err['colors_name'] = 'g:colors_name not set'
+  else
+    let err['colors_name'] = 'OK'
+  endif
+
+  " 2) Check for some well-defined highlighting groups
+  " Some items, check several groups, e.g. Diff, Spell
+  let hi_groups = ['ColorColumn', 'Diff', 'ErrorMsg', 'Folded',
+        \ 'FoldColumn', 'IncSearch', 'LineNr', 'ModeMsg', 'MoreMsg', 'NonText',
+        \ 'Normal', 'Pmenu', 'Todo', 'Search', 'Spell', 'StatusLine', 'TabLine',
+        \ 'Title', 'Visual', 'WarningMsg', 'WildMenu']
+  let groups={}
+  for group in hi_groups
+    if search('\c@suppress\s\+'.group, 'cnW')
+      " skip check, if the script contains a line like
+      " @suppress Visual:
+      let groups[group] = 'Ignoring '.group
+      continue
+    endif
+    if !search('hi\%[ghlight] \+'.group, 'cnW')
+      let groups[group] = 'No highlight definition for '.group
+      continue
+    endif
+    if !search('hi\%[ghlight] \+'.group. '.*fg=', 'cnW')
+      let groups[group] = 'Missing foreground color for '.group
+      continue
+    endif
+    if search('hi\%[ghlight] \+'.group. '.*guibg=', 'cnW') &&
+        \ !search('hi\%[ghlight] \+'.group. '.*ctermbg=', 'cnW')
+      let groups[group] = 'Missing bg terminal color for '.group
+      continue
+    endif
+    call search('hi\%[ghlight] \+'.group, 'cW')
+    " only check in the current line
+    if !search('guifg', 'cnW', line('.'))   || !search('ctermfg', 'cnW', line('.'))
+      " do not check for background colors, they could be intentionally left out
+      let groups[group] = 'Missing fg definition for '.group
+    endif
+    call cursor(1,1)
+  endfor
+  let err['highlight'] = groups
+
+  " 3) Check, that it does not set background highlighting
+  " Doesn't ':hi Normal ctermfg=253 ctermfg=233' also set the background sometimes?
+  let bg_set='\(set\?\|setl\(ocal\)\?\) .*\(background\|bg\)=\(dark\|light\)'
+  let bg_let='let \%([&]\%([lg]:\)\?\)\%(background\|bg\)\s*=\s*\([''"]\?\)\w\+\1'
+  let bg_pat='\%('.bg_set. '\|'.bg_let.'\)'
+  let line=search(bg_pat, 'cnW')
+  if search(bg_pat, 'cnW')
+    exe line
+    if search('hi \U\w\+\s\+\S', 'cbnW')
+      let err['background'] = 'Should not set background option after :hi statement'
+    endif
+  else
+    let err['background'] = 'OK'
+  endif
+  call cursor(1,1)
+
+  " 4) Check, that t_Co is checked
+  let pat = '[&]t_Co\s*[<>=]=\?\s*\d\+'
+  if !search(pat, 'ncW')
+    let err['t_Co'] = 'Does not check terminal for capable colors'
+  endif
+
+  " 5) Initializes correctly, e.g. should have a section like
+  " hi clear
+  " if exists("syntax_on")
+  " syntax reset
+  " endif
+  let pat='hi\%[ghlight]\s*clear\n\s*if\s*exists(\([''"]\)syntax_on\1)\n\s*syn\%[tax]\s*reset\n\s*endif'
+  if !search(pat, 'cnW')
+    let err['init'] = 'No initialization'
+  endif
+
+  " 6) Does not use :syn on
+  if search('syn\%[tax]\s\+on', 'cnW')
+    let err['background'] = 'Should not issue :syn on'
+  endif
+
+  " 7) Does not define filetype specfic groups like vimCommand, htmlTag,
+  let hi_groups = ['vim', 'html', 'python', 'sh', 'ruby']
+  for group in hi_groups
+    let pat='\Chi\%[ghlight]\s*\zs'.group.'\w\+\>'
+    if search(pat, 'cnW')
+      let line = search(pat, 'cW')
+      let err['filetype'] = get(err, 'filetype', 'Should not define: ') . matchstr(getline('.'), pat). ' '
+    endif
+    call cursor(1,1)
+  endfor
+  let g:err = err
+
+  " print Result
+  call Result(err)
+endfu
+
+fu! Result(err)
+  let do_roups = 0
+  echohl Title|echomsg "---------------"|echohl Normal
+  for key in sort(keys(a:err))
+    if key is# 'highlight'
+      let do_groups = 1
+      continue
+    else
+      if a:err[key] !~ 'OK'
+        echohl Title
+      endif
+      echomsg printf("%15s: %s", key, a:err[key])
+      echohl Normal
+    endif
+  endfor
+  echohl Title|echomsg "---------------"|echohl Normal
+  if do_groups
+    echohl Title | echomsg "Groups" | echohl Normal
+    for v1 in sort(keys(a:err['highlight']))
+      echomsg printf("%25s: %s", v1, a:err['highlight'][v1])
+    endfor
+  endif
+endfu
+
+call Test_check_colors()
+
+let &cpo = s:save_cpo
+unlet s:save_cpo

runtime/doc/Makefile

@@ -375,6 +375,10 @@ tags.ref tags.html: tags
 perlhtml: tags $(DOCS)
 	./vim2html.pl tags $(DOCS)
 
+# Check URLs in the help with "curl".
+test_urls:
+	vim -S test_urls.vim
+
 clean:
 	-rm doctags *.html tags.ref
 

runtime/doc/autocmd.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*autocmd.txt*   For Vim version 8.0.  Last change: 2017 Nov 05
+*autocmd.txt*   For Vim version 8.0.  Last change: 2018 May 03
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -21,7 +21,6 @@ For a basic explanation, see section |40.3| in the user manual.
 11. Disabling autocommands	|autocmd-disable|
 
 {Vi does not have any of these commands}
-{only when the |+autocmd| feature has not been disabled at compile time}
 
 ==============================================================================
 1. Introduction						*autocmd-intro*
@@ -33,7 +32,7 @@ files matching *.c.  You can also use autocommands to implement advanced
 features, such as editing compressed files (see |gzip-example|).  The usual
 place to put autocommands is in your .vimrc or .exrc file.
 
-					*E203* *E204* *E143* *E855* *E937*
+				*E203* *E204* *E143* *E855* *E937* *E952*
 WARNING: Using autocommands is very powerful, and may lead to unexpected side
 effects.  Be careful not to destroy your text.
 - It's a good idea to do some testing on an expendable copy of a file first.
@@ -57,6 +56,8 @@ effects.  Be careful not to destroy your text.
 			Add {cmd} to the list of commands that Vim will
 			execute automatically on {event} for a file matching
 			{pat} |autocmd-patterns|.
+			Note: A quote character is seen as argument to the
+			:autocmd and won't start a comment.
 			Vim always adds the {cmd} after existing autocommands,
 			so that the autocommands execute in the order in which
 			they were given.  See |autocmd-nested| for [nested].
@@ -92,7 +93,8 @@ will appear twice.  To avoid this, define your autocommands in a group, so
 that you can easily clear them: >
 
 	augroup vimrc
-	  autocmd!	" Remove all vimrc autocommands
+	  " Remove all vimrc autocommands
+	  autocmd!
 	  au BufNewFile,BufRead *.html so <sfile>:h/html.vim
 	augroup END
 
@@ -146,6 +148,8 @@ prompt.  When one command outputs two messages this can happen anyway.
 			plugins, syntax highlighting, etc.
 
 :au[tocmd]! [group]	Remove ALL autocommands.
+			Note: a quote will be seen as argument to the :autocmd
+			and won't start a comment.
 			Warning: You should normally not do this without a
 			group, it breaks plugins, syntax highlighting, etc.
 
@@ -258,6 +262,7 @@ Name			triggered by ~
 |BufCreate|		just after adding a buffer to the buffer list
 |BufDelete|		before deleting a buffer from the buffer list
 |BufWipeout|		before completely deleting a buffer
+|TerminalOpen|		after a terminal buffer was created
 
 |BufFilePre|		before changing the name of the current buffer
 |BufFilePost|		after changing the name of the current buffer
@@ -286,7 +291,8 @@ Name			triggered by ~
 |GUIFailed|		after starting the GUI failed
 |TermResponse|		after the terminal response to |t_RV| is received
 
-|QuitPre|		when using `:quit`, before deciding whether to quit
+|QuitPre|		when using `:quit`, before deciding whether to exit
+|ExitPre|		when using a command that may make Vim exit
 |VimLeavePre|		before exiting Vim, before writing the viminfo file
 |VimLeave|		before exiting Vim, after writing the viminfo file
 
@@ -295,6 +301,8 @@ Name			triggered by ~
 |FileChangedShellPost|	After handling a file changed since editing started
 |FileChangedRO|		before making the first change to a read-only file
 
+|DirChanged|		after the working directory has changed
+
 |ShellCmdPost|		after executing a shell command
 |ShellFilterPost|	after filtering with a shell command
 
@@ -322,6 +330,10 @@ Name			triggered by ~
 |CmdwinEnter|		after entering the command-line window
 |CmdwinLeave|		before leaving the command-line window
 
+|CmdlineChanged|	after a change was made to the command-line text
+|CmdlineEnter|		after the cursor moves to the command line
+|CmdlineLeave|		before the cursor leaves the command line
+
 |InsertEnter|		starting Insert mode
 |InsertChange|		when typing <Insert> while in Insert or Replace mode
 |InsertLeave|		when leaving Insert mode
@@ -330,7 +342,12 @@ Name			triggered by ~
 
 |TextChanged|		after a change was made to the text in Normal mode
 |TextChangedI|		after a change was made to the text in Insert mode
+			when popup menu is not visible
+|TextChangedP|		after a change was made to the text in Insert mode
+			when popup menu visible
+|TextYankPost|		after text is yanked or deleted
 
+|ColorSchemePre|	before loading a color scheme
 |ColorScheme|		after loading a color scheme
 
 |RemoteReply|		a reply from a server Vim was received
@@ -452,6 +469,9 @@ BufWinEnter			After a buffer is displayed in a window.  This
 				existing buffer.  But it does happen for a
 				":split" with the name of the current buffer,
 				since it reloads that buffer.
+				Does not happen for a terminal window, because
+				it starts in Terminal-Job mode and Normal mode
+				commands won't work. Use |TerminalOpen| instead.
 							*BufWinLeave*
 BufWinLeave			Before a buffer is removed from a window.
 				Not when it's still visible in another window.
@@ -499,6 +519,13 @@ CmdUndefined			When a user command is used but it isn't
 				command is defined.  An alternative is to
 				always define the user command and have it
 				invoke an autoloaded function.  See |autoload|.
+							*CmdlineChanged*
+CmdlineChanged			After a change was made to the text in the
+				command line.  Be careful not to mess up
+				the command line, it may cause Vim to lock up.
+				<afile> is set to a single character,
+				indicating the type of command-line.
+				|cmdwin-char|
 							*CmdlineEnter*
 CmdlineEnter			After moving the cursor to the command line,
 				where the user can type a command or search
@@ -539,6 +566,10 @@ ColorScheme			After loading a color scheme. |:colorscheme|
 				set, and <amatch> for the new colorscheme
 				name.
 
+							*ColorSchemePre*
+ColorSchemePre			Before loading a color scheme. |:colorscheme|
+				Useful to setup removing things added by a
+				color scheme, before another one is loaded.
 
 							*CompleteDone*
 CompleteDone			After Insert mode completion is done.  Either
@@ -625,6 +656,21 @@ FileChangedRO			Before making the first change to a read-only
 							*E881*
 				If the number of lines changes saving for undo
 				may fail and the change will be aborted.
+							*DirChanged*
+DirChanged			The working directory has changed in response
+				to the |:cd| or |:lcd| commands, or as a
+				result of the 'autochdir' option.
+				The pattern can be:
+					"window" to trigger on `:lcd
+					"global" to trigger on `:cd`
+					"auto"   to trigger on 'autochdir'.
+					"drop"	 to trigger on editing a file
+				<afile> is set to the new directory name.
+							*ExitPre*
+ExitPre				When using `:quit`, `:wq` in a way it makes
+				Vim exit, or using `:qall`, just after
+				|QuitPre|.  Can be used to close any
+				non-essential window.
 							*FileChangedShell*
 FileChangedShell		When Vim notices that the modification time of
 				a file has changed since editing started.
@@ -762,7 +808,7 @@ InsertCharPre			When a character is typed in Insert mode,
 				inserted literally.
 				It is not allowed to change the text |textlock|.
 				The event is not triggered when 'paste' is
-				set.
+				set. {only with the +eval feature}
 							*InsertEnter*
 InsertEnter			Just before starting Insert mode.  Also for
 				Replace mode and Virtual Replace mode.  The
@@ -840,6 +886,7 @@ QuitPre				When using `:quit`, `:wq` or `:qall`, before
 				or quits Vim.  Can be used to close any
 				non-essential window if the current window is
 				the last ordinary window.
+				Also see |ExitPre|.
 							*RemoteReply*
 RemoteReply			When a reply from a Vim that functions as
 				server was received |server2client()|.  The
@@ -908,6 +955,7 @@ SwapExists			Detected an existing swap file when starting
 				It is not allowed to change to another buffer,
 				change a buffer name or change directory
 				here.
+				{only available with the +eval feature}
 							*Syntax*
 Syntax				When the 'syntax' option has been set.  The
 				pattern is matched against the syntax name.
@@ -934,6 +982,11 @@ TermChanged			After the value of 'term' has changed.  Useful
 				for re-loading the syntax file to update the
 				colors, fonts and other terminal-dependent
 				settings.  Executed for all loaded buffers.
+							*TerminalOpen*
+TerminalOpen			Just after a terminal buffer was created, with
+				`:terminal` or |term_start()|. This event is
+				triggered even if the buffer is created
+				without a window, with the ++hidden option.
 							*TermResponse*
 TermResponse			After the response to |t_RV| is received from
 				the terminal.  The value of |v:termresponse|
@@ -956,10 +1009,39 @@ TextChangedI			After a change was made to the text in the
 				current buffer in Insert mode.
 				Not triggered when the popup menu is visible.
 				Otherwise the same as TextChanged.
+							*TextChangedP*
+TextChangedP			After a change was made to the text in the
+				current buffer in Insert mode, only when the
+				popup menu is visible.  Otherwise the same as
+				TextChanged.
+							*TextYankPost*
+TextYankPost			After text has been yanked or deleted in the
+				current buffer.  The following values of
+				|v:event| can be used to determine the operation
+				that triggered this autocmd:
+				   operator    	The operation performed.
+				   regcontents 	Text that was stored in the
+						register, as a list of lines,
+						like with: >
+						getreg(r, 1, 1)
+<				   regname	Name of the |register| or
+						empty string for the unnamed
+						register.
+				   regtype	Type of the register, see
+						|getregtype()|.
+				Not triggered when |quote_| is used nor when
+				called recursively.
+				It is not allowed to change the buffer text,
+				see |textlock|.
+				{only when compiled with the +eval feature}
 							*User*
 User				Never executed automatically.  To be used for
 				autocommands that are only executed with
 				":doautocmd".
+				Note that when `:doautocmd User MyEvent` is
+				used while there are no matching autocommands,
+				you will get an error.  If you don't want
+				that, define a dummy autocommand yourself.
 							*UserGettingBored*
 UserGettingBored		When the user presses the same key 42 times.
 				Just kidding! :-)
@@ -1004,9 +1086,10 @@ WinEnter			After entering another window.  Not done for
 				If the window is for another buffer, Vim
 				executes the BufEnter autocommands after the
 				WinEnter autocommands.
-				Note: When using ":split fname" the WinEnter
+				Note: For split and tabpage commands the
-				event is triggered after the split but before
+				WinEnter event is triggered after the split
-				the file "fname" is loaded.
+				or tab command but before the file is loaded.
+
 							*WinLeave*
 WinLeave			Before leaving a window.  If the window to be
 				entered next is for a different buffer, Vim

runtime/doc/change.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*change.txt*    For Vim version 8.0.  Last change: 2017 Feb 12
+*change.txt*    For Vim version 8.0.  Last change: 2018 May 12
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -110,7 +110,7 @@ is an error when 'cpoptions' includes the 'E' flag.
 J			Join [count] lines, with a minimum of two lines.
 			Remove the indent and insert up to two spaces (see
 			below).  Fails when on the last line of the buffer.
-			If [count] is too big it is reduce to the number of
+			If [count] is too big it is reduced to the number of
 			lines available.
 
 							*v_J*
@@ -533,6 +533,7 @@ If the 'shiftround' option is on, the indent is rounded to a multiple of
 If the 'smartindent' option is on, or 'cindent' is on and 'cinkeys' contains
 '#' with a zero value, shift right does not affect lines starting with '#'
 (these are supposed to be C preprocessor lines that must stay in column 1).
+This can be changed with the 'cino' option, see |cino-#|.
 
 When the 'expandtab' option is off (this is the default) Vim uses <Tab>s as
 much as possible to make the indent.  You can use ">><<" to replace an indent
@@ -1444,6 +1445,55 @@ to the name of an external program for Vim to use for text formatting.  The
 'textwidth' and other options have no effect on formatting by an external
 program.
 
+                                                        *format-formatexpr*
+The 'formatexpr' option can be set to a Vim Script function that performs
+reformatting of the buffer.  This should usually happen in an |ftplugin|,
+since formatting is highly dependent on the type of file.  It makes
+sense to use an |autoload| script, so the corresponding script is only loaded
+when actually needed and the script should be called <filetype>format.vim.
+
+For example, the XML filetype plugin distributed with Vim in the $VIMRUNTIME
+directory, sets the 'formatexpr' option to: >
+
+   setlocal formatexpr=xmlformat#Format()
+
+That means, you will find the corresponding script, defining the
+xmlformat#Format() function, in the directory:
+`$VIMRUNTIME/autoload/xmlformat.vim`
+
+Here is an example script that removes trailing whitespace from the selected
+text.  Put it in your autoload directory, e.g. ~/.vim/autoload/format.vim: >
+
+  func! format#Format()
+    " only reformat on explicit gq command
+    if mode() != 'n'
+      " fall back to Vims internal reformatting
+      return 1
+    endif
+    let lines = getline(v:lnum, v:lnum + v:count - 1)
+    call map(lines, {key, val -> substitute(val, '\s\+$', '', 'g')})
+    call setline('.', lines)
+
+    " do not run internal formatter!
+    return 0
+  endfunc
+
+You can then enable the formatting by executing: >
+  setlocal formatexpr=format#Format()
+>
+Note: this function explicitly returns non-zero when called from insert mode
+(which basically means, text is inserted beyond the 'textwidth' limit).  This
+causes Vim to fall back to reformat the text by using the internal formatter.
+
+However, if the |gq| command is used to reformat the text, the function
+will receive the selected lines, trim trailing whitespace from those lines and
+put them back in place.  If you are going to split single lines into multiple
+lines, be careful not to overwrite anything.
+
+If you want to allow reformatting of text from insert or replace mode, one has
+to be very careful, because the function might be called recursively.  For
+debugging it helps to set the 'debug' option.
+
 							*right-justify*
 There is no command in Vim to right justify text.  You can do it with
 an external command, like "par" (e.g.: "!}par" to format until the end of the

runtime/doc/channel.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*channel.txt*      For Vim version 8.0.  Last change: 2017 Aug 11
+*channel.txt*      For Vim version 8.0.  Last change: 2018 Apr 18
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL	  by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ JS	JavaScript style JSON-like encoding |js_encode()|
 Common combination are:
 - Using a job connected through pipes in NL mode.  E.g., to run a style
   checker and receive errors and warnings.
-- Using a deamon, connecting over a socket in JSON mode.  E.g. to lookup
+- Using a daemon, connecting over a socket in JSON mode.  E.g. to lookup
   cross-references in a database.
 
 ==============================================================================

runtime/doc/cmdline.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*cmdline.txt*   For Vim version 8.0.  Last change: 2017 Oct 19
+*cmdline.txt*   For Vim version 8.0.  Last change: 2018 May 10
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -175,12 +175,14 @@ CTRL-R CTRL-F				*c_CTRL-R_CTRL-F* *c_<C-R>_<C-F>*
 CTRL-R CTRL-P				*c_CTRL-R_CTRL-P* *c_<C-R>_<C-P>*
 CTRL-R CTRL-W				*c_CTRL-R_CTRL-W* *c_<C-R>_<C-W>*
 CTRL-R CTRL-A				*c_CTRL-R_CTRL-A* *c_<C-R>_<C-A>*
+CTRL-R CTRL-L				*c_CTRL-R_CTRL-L* *c_<C-R>_<C-L>*
 		Insert the object under the cursor:
 			CTRL-F	the Filename under the cursor
 			CTRL-P	the Filename under the cursor, expanded with
 				'path' as in |gf|
 			CTRL-W	the Word under the cursor
 			CTRL-A	the WORD under the cursor; see |WORD|
+			CTRL-L	the line under the cursor
 
 		When 'incsearch' is set the cursor position at the end of the
 		currently displayed match is used.  With CTRL-W the part of
@@ -192,8 +194,8 @@ CTRL-R CTRL-A				*c_CTRL-R_CTRL-A* *c_<C-R>_<C-A>*
 
 					*c_CTRL-R_CTRL-R* *c_<C-R>_<C-R>*
 					*c_CTRL-R_CTRL-O* *c_<C-R>_<C-O>*
-CTRL-R CTRL-R {0-9a-z"%#:-=. CTRL-F CTRL-P CTRL-W CTRL-A}
+CTRL-R CTRL-R {0-9a-z"%#:-=. CTRL-F CTRL-P CTRL-W CTRL-A CTRL-L}
-CTRL-R CTRL-O {0-9a-z"%#:-=. CTRL-F CTRL-P CTRL-W CTRL-A}
+CTRL-R CTRL-O {0-9a-z"%#:-=. CTRL-F CTRL-P CTRL-W CTRL-A CTRL-L}
 		Insert register or object under the cursor.  Works like
 		|c_CTRL-R| but inserts the text literally.  For example, if
 		register a contains "xy^Hz" (where ^H is a backspace),
@@ -410,14 +412,17 @@ CTRL-D		List names that match the pattern in front of the cursor.
 		match is inserted.  After the last match, the first is used
 		again (wrap around).
 		The behavior can be changed with the 'wildmode' option.
+							*c_<S-Tab>*
+<S-Tab>		Like 'wildchar' or <Tab>, but begin with the last match and
+		then go to the previous match.
+		<S-Tab> does not work everywhere.
 							*c_CTRL-N*
 CTRL-N		After using 'wildchar' which got multiple matches, go to next
 		match.  Otherwise recall more recent command-line from history.
-<S-Tab>							*c_CTRL-P* *c_<S-Tab>*
+							*c_CTRL-P*
 CTRL-P		After using 'wildchar' which got multiple matches, go to
 		previous match.  Otherwise recall older command-line from
-		history.  <S-Tab> only works with the GUI, on the Amiga and
+		history.
-		with MS-DOS.
 							*c_CTRL-A*
 CTRL-A		All names that match the pattern in front of the cursor are
 		inserted.

runtime/doc/debugger.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*debugger.txt*  For Vim version 8.0.  Last change: 2005 Mar 29
+*debugger.txt*  For Vim version 8.0.  Last change: 2017 Nov 21
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Gordon Prieur
@@ -95,10 +95,12 @@ list and colors can be set via X resources (XmNballoonEvalFontList,
 XmNballoonEvalBackground, and XmNballoonEvalForeground).
 The 'balloondelay' option sets the delay before an attempt is made to show a
 balloon.
-The 'ballooneval' option needs to be set to switch it on.
+The 'ballooneval' and/or the 'balloonevalterm' option needs to be set to
+switch it on.
 
-Balloon evaluation is only available when compiled with the |+balloon_eval|
+Balloon evaluation is only available in the GUI when compiled with the
-feature.
+|+balloon_eval| feature.  For the terminal the  |+balloon_eval_term| feature
+matters.
 
 The Balloon evaluation functions are also used to show a tooltip for the
 toolbar.  The 'ballooneval' option does not need to be set for this.  But the

runtime/doc/develop.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*develop.txt*   For Vim version 8.0.  Last change: 2017 Jul 31
+*develop.txt*   For Vim version 8.0.  Last change: 2018 May 02
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -18,7 +18,8 @@ See the file README.txt in the "src" directory for an overview of the source
 code.
 
 Vim is open source software.  Everybody is encouraged to contribute to help
-improving Vim.  For sending patches a context diff "diff -c" is preferred.
+improving Vim.  For sending patches a unified diff "diff -u" is preferred.
+You can create a pull request on github, but it's not required.
 Also see http://vim.wikia.com/wiki/How_to_make_and_submit_a_patch.
 
 ==============================================================================
@@ -182,12 +183,43 @@ The basic steps to make changes to the code:
    include the diff. Or create a pull request on github.
 
 
-C COMPILER						*style-compiler*
+C COMPILER				*style-compiler* *ANSI-C* *C89* *C99*
 
 The minimal C compiler version supported is C89, also known as ANSI C.
-Later standards don't add much and C89 is the widest supported.
+Later standards, such as C99, are not widely supported, or at least not 100%
+supported.  Therefore we use only some of the C99 features and disallow some
+(at least for now).
 
-One restriction that this implies: no // comments, only /* comments */.
+Please don't make changes everywhere to use the C99 features, it causes merge
+problems for existing patches.  Only use them for new and changed code.
+
+Comments ~
+
+Traditionally Vim uses /* comments */.  We intend to keep it that way,
+especially for file and function headers.  For new code or lines of code that
+change, it is allowed to use // comments.  Especially when it comes after
+code:
+	int some_var;  // single line comment useful here
+
+Enums ~
+
+The last item in an enum may have a trailing comma.  C89 didn't allow this.
+
+Types ~
+
+"long long" is allowed and can be expected to be 64 bits.  Use %lld in printf
+formats.  Also "long long unsigned" with %llu.
+
+Not to be used ~
+
+These C99 features are not to be used, because not enough compilers support
+them:
+- Declaration after Statements (MSVC 2012 does not support it).  All
+  declarations need to be at the start of the block.
+- Variable length arrays (even in C11 this is an optional feature).
+- _Bool and _Complex types.
+- "inline" (it's hardly ever needed, let the optimizer do its work)
+- flexible array members: Not supported by HP-UX C compiler (John Marriott)
 
 
 USE OF COMMON FUNCTIONS					*style-functions*

runtime/doc/editing.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*editing.txt*   For Vim version 8.0.  Last change: 2017 Aug 21
+*editing.txt*   For Vim version 8.0.  Last change: 2018 Mar 29
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -424,6 +424,15 @@ On Unix and a few other systems you can also use backticks for the file name
 argument, for example: >
 	:next `find . -name ver\\*.c -print`
 	:view `ls -t *.patch  \| head -n1`
+Vim will run the command in backticks using the 'shell' and use the standard
+output as argument for the given Vim command (error messages from the shell
+command will be discarded).
+To see what shell command Vim is running, set the 'verbose' option to 4. When
+the shell command returns a non-zero exit code, an error message will be
+displayed and the Vim command will be aborted. To avoid this make the shell
+always return zero like so: >
+       :next `find . -name ver\\*.c -print \|\| true`
+
 The backslashes before the star are required to prevent the shell from
 expanding "ver*.c" prior to execution of the find program.  The backslash
 before the shell pipe symbol "|" prevents Vim from parsing it as command
@@ -650,8 +659,7 @@ list of the current window.
 			There is no check for duplicates, it is possible to
 			add a file to the argument list twice.
 			The currently edited file is not changed.
-			{not in Vi} {not available when compiled without the
+			{not in Vi}
-			|+listcmds| feature}
 			Note: you can also use this method: >
 				:args ## x
 <			This will add the "x" item and sort the new list.
@@ -665,8 +673,7 @@ list of the current window.
 			when it's deleted from the argument list.
 			Example: >
 				:argdel *.obj
-<			{not in Vi} {not available when compiled without the
+<			{not in Vi}
-			|+listcmds| feature}
 
 :[range]argd[elete]	Delete the {range} files from the argument list.
 			Example: >
@@ -681,8 +688,7 @@ list of the current window.
 <			Removes all the files from the arglist.
 			When the last number in the range is too high, up to
 			the last argument is deleted.
-			{not in Vi} {not available when compiled without the
+			{not in Vi}
-			|+listcmds| feature}
 
 							*:argu* *:argument*
 :[count]argu[ment] [count] [++opt] [+cmd]
@@ -691,16 +697,14 @@ list of the current window.
 			when changes have been made and Vim does not want to
 			|abandon| the current buffer.
 			Also see |++opt| and |+cmd|.
-			{not in Vi} {not available when compiled without the
+			{not in Vi}
-			|+listcmds| feature}
 
 :[count]argu[ment]! [count] [++opt] [+cmd]
 			Edit file [count] in the argument list, discard any
 			changes to the current buffer.  When [count] is
 			omitted the current entry is used.
 			Also see |++opt| and |+cmd|.
-			{not in Vi} {not available when compiled without the
+			{not in Vi}
-			|+listcmds| feature}
 
 :[count]n[ext] [++opt] [+cmd]			*:n* *:ne* *:next* *E165* *E163*
 			Edit [count] next file.  This fails when changes have
@@ -823,7 +827,6 @@ fourth file in the argument list.  This happens when you do ":e file".
 LOCAL ARGUMENT LIST
 
 {not in Vi}
-{not available when compiled without the |+windows| or |+listcmds| features}
 
 							*:arglocal*
 :argl[ocal]		Make a local copy of the global argument list.
@@ -875,8 +878,7 @@ USING THE ARGUMENT LIST
 			autocommand event is disabled by adding it to
 			'eventignore'.  This considerably speeds up editing
 			each file.
-			{not in Vi} {not available when compiled without the
+			{not in Vi}
-			|+listcmds| feature}
 			Also see |:windo|, |:tabdo|, |:bufdo|, |:cdo|, |:ldo|,
 			|:cfdo| and |:lfdo|
 
@@ -900,7 +902,7 @@ Note: When the 'write' option is off, you are not able to write any file.
 
 							*:w* *:write*
 						*E502* *E503* *E504* *E505*
-						*E512* *E514* *E667* *E796*
+						*E512* *E514* *E667* *E796* *E949*
 :w[rite] [++opt]	Write the whole buffer to the current file.  This is
 			the normal way to save changes to a file.  It fails
 			when the 'readonly' option is set or when there is
@@ -956,6 +958,9 @@ used, for example, when the write fails and you want to try again later with
 ":w #".  This can be switched off by removing the 'A' flag from the
 'cpoptions' option.
 
+Note that the 'fsync' option matters here.  If it's set it may make writes
+slower (but safer).
+
 							*:sav* *:saveas*
 :sav[eas][!] [++opt] {file}
 			Save the current buffer under the name {file} and set
@@ -1199,7 +1204,8 @@ MULTIPLE WINDOWS AND BUFFERS				*window-exit*
 :wqa[ll]! [++opt]
 :xa[ll]!	Write all changed buffers, even the ones that are readonly,
 		and exit Vim.  If there are buffers without a file name or
-		which cannot be written for another reason, Vim will not quit.
+		which cannot be written for another reason, or there is a
+		terminal with a running job, Vim will not quit.
 		{not in Vi}
 
 ==============================================================================

runtime/doc/eval.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*eval.txt*	For Vim version 8.0.  Last change: 2017 Nov 16
+*eval.txt*	For Vim version 8.0.  Last change: 2018 May 13
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL	  by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -1246,8 +1246,8 @@ The arguments are optional.  Example: >
 							*closure*
 Lambda expressions can access outer scope variables and arguments.  This is
 often called a closure.  Example where "i" and "a:arg" are used in a lambda
-while they exist in the function scope.  They remain valid even after the
+while they already exist in the function scope.  They remain valid even after
-function returns: >
+the function returns: >
 	:function Foo(arg)
 	:  let i = 3
 	:  return {x -> x + i - a:arg}
@@ -1256,7 +1256,10 @@ function returns: >
 	:echo Bar(6)
 <	5
 
-See also |:func-closure|.  Lambda and closure support can be checked with: >
+Note that the variables must exist in the outer scope before the lamba is
+defined for this to work.  See also |:func-closure|.
+
+Lambda and closure support can be checked with: >
 	if has('lambda')
 
 Examples for using a lambda expression with |sort()|, |map()| and |filter()|: >
@@ -1545,15 +1548,23 @@ v:errmsg	Last given error message.  It's allowed to set this variable.
 	:  ... handle error
 <		"errmsg" also works, for backwards compatibility.
 
-					*v:errors* *errors-variable*
+				*v:errors* *errors-variable* *assert-return*
 v:errors	Errors found by assert functions, such as |assert_true()|.
 		This is a list of strings.
 		The assert functions append an item when an assert fails.
+		The return value indicates this: a one is returned if an item
+		was added to v:errors, otherwise zero is returned.
 		To remove old results make it empty: >
 	:let v:errors = []
 <		If v:errors is set to anything but a list it is made an empty
 		list by the assert function.
 
+					*v:event* *event-variable*
+v:event		Dictionary containing information about the current
+		|autocommand|.  The dictionary is emptied when the |autocommand|
+		finishes, please refer to |dict-identity| for how to get an
+		independent copy of it.
+
 					*v:exception* *exception-variable*
 v:exception	The value of the exception most recently caught and not
 		finished.  See also |v:throwpoint| and |throw-variables|.
@@ -2011,27 +2022,31 @@ argidx()			Number	current index in the argument list
 arglistid([{winnr} [, {tabnr}]]) Number	argument list id
 argv({nr})			String	{nr} entry of the argument list
 argv()				List	the argument list
+assert_beeps({cmd})		Number	assert {cmd} causes a beep
 assert_equal({exp}, {act} [, {msg}])
-				none	assert {exp} is equal to {act}
+				Number	assert {exp} is equal to {act}
+assert_equalfile({fname-one}, {fname-two})
+				Number	assert file contents is equal
 assert_exception({error} [, {msg}])
-				none	assert {error} is in v:exception
+				Number	assert {error} is in v:exception
-assert_fails({cmd} [, {error}])	none	assert {cmd} fails
+assert_fails({cmd} [, {error}])	Number	assert {cmd} fails
 assert_false({actual} [, {msg}])
-				none	assert {actual} is false
+				Number	assert {actual} is false
 assert_inrange({lower}, {upper}, {actual} [, {msg}])
-				none	assert {actual} is inside the range
+				Number	assert {actual} is inside the range
 assert_match({pat}, {text} [, {msg}])
-				none	assert {pat} matches {text}
+				Number	assert {pat} matches {text}
 assert_notequal({exp}, {act} [, {msg}])
-				none	assert {exp} is not equal {act}
+				Number	assert {exp} is not equal {act}
 assert_notmatch({pat}, {text} [, {msg}])
-				none	assert {pat} not matches {text}
+				Number	assert {pat} not matches {text}
-assert_report({msg})		none	report a test failure
+assert_report({msg})		Number	report a test failure
-assert_true({actual} [, {msg}])	none	assert {actual} is true
+assert_true({actual} [, {msg}])	Number	assert {actual} is true
 asin({expr})			Float	arc sine of {expr}
 atan({expr})			Float	arc tangent of {expr}
 atan2({expr1}, {expr2})		Float	arc tangent of {expr1} / {expr2}
-balloon_show({msg})		none	show {msg} inside the balloon
+balloon_show({expr})		none	show {expr} inside the balloon
+balloon_split({msg})		List	split {msg} as used for a balloon
 browse({save}, {title}, {initdir}, {default})
 				String	put up a file requester
 browsedir({title}, {initdir})	String	put up a directory requester
@@ -2144,6 +2159,7 @@ getbufline({expr}, {lnum} [, {end}])
 				List	lines {lnum} to {end} of buffer {expr}
 getbufvar({expr}, {varname} [, {def}])
 				any	variable {varname} in buffer {expr}
+getchangelist({expr})		List	list of change list items
 getchar([expr])			Number	get one character from the user
 getcharmod()			Number	modifiers for the last typed character
 getcharsearch()			Dict	last character search
@@ -2160,6 +2176,8 @@ getfperm({fname})		String	file permissions of file {fname}
 getfsize({fname})		Number	size in bytes of file {fname}
 getftime({fname})		Number	last modification time of file
 getftype({fname})		String	description of type of file {fname}
+getjumplist([{winnr} [, {tabnr}]])
+				List	list of jump list items
 getline({lnum})			String	line {lnum} of current buffer
 getline({lnum}, {end})		List	lines {lnum} to {end} of current buffer
 getloclist({nr} [, {what}])	List	list of location list items
@@ -2176,8 +2194,9 @@ gettabvar({nr}, {varname} [, {def}])
 gettabwinvar({tabnr}, {winnr}, {name} [, {def}])
 				any	{name} in {winnr} in tab page {tabnr}
 getwininfo([{winid}])		List	list of windows
-getwinposx()			Number	X coord in pixels of GUI Vim window
+getwinpos([{timeout}])		List	X and Y coord in pixels of the Vim window
-getwinposy()			Number	Y coord in pixels of GUI Vim window
+getwinposx()			Number	X coord in pixels of the Vim window
+getwinposy()			Number	Y coord in pixels of the Vim window
 getwinvar({nr}, {varname} [, {def}])
 				any	variable {varname} in window {nr}
 glob({expr} [, {nosuf} [, {list} [, {alllinks}]]])
@@ -2217,7 +2236,7 @@ islocked({expr})		Number	|TRUE| if {expr} is locked
 isnan({expr})			Number	|TRUE| if {expr} is NaN
 items({dict})			List	key-value pairs in {dict}
 job_getchannel({job})		Channel	get the channel handle for {job}
-job_info({job})			Dict	get information about {job}
+job_info([{job}])		Dict	get information about {job}
 job_setoptions({job}, {options}) none	set options for {job}
 job_start({command} [, {options}])
 				Job	start a job
@@ -2269,6 +2288,8 @@ mode([expr])			String	current editing mode
 mzeval({expr})			any	evaluate |MzScheme| expression
 nextnonblank({lnum})		Number	line nr of non-blank line >= {lnum}
 nr2char({expr} [, {utf8}])	String	single char with ASCII/UTF8 value {expr}
+option_restore({list})		none	restore options saved by option_save()
+option_save({list})		List	save options values
 or({expr}, {expr})		Number	bitwise OR
 pathshorten({expr})		String	shorten directory names in a path
 perleval({expr})		any	evaluate |Perl| expression
@@ -2397,7 +2418,14 @@ tagfiles()			List	tags files used
 tan({expr})			Float	tangent of {expr}
 tanh({expr})			Float	hyperbolic tangent of {expr}
 tempname()			String	name for a temporary file
+term_dumpdiff({filename}, {filename} [, {options}])
+				Number  display difference between two dumps
+term_dumpload({filename} [, {options}])
+				Number	displaying a screen dump
+term_dumpwrite({buf}, {filename} [, {options}])
+				none	dump terminal window contents
 term_getaltscreen({buf})	Number	get the alternate screen flag
+term_getansicolors({buf})	List	get ANSI palette in GUI color mode
 term_getattr({attr}, {what})	Number	get the value of attribute {what}
 term_getcursor({buf})		List	get the cursor position of a terminal
 term_getjob({buf})		Job	get the job associated with a terminal
@@ -2410,6 +2438,12 @@ term_gettty({buf}, [{input}])	String	get the tty name of a terminal
 term_list()			List	get the list of terminal buffers
 term_scrape({buf}, {row})	List	get row of a terminal screen
 term_sendkeys({buf}, {keys})	none	send keystrokes to a terminal
+term_setansicolors({buf}, {colors})
+				none	set ANSI palette in GUI color mode
+term_setkill({buf}, {how})	none	set signal to stop job in terminal
+term_setrestore({buf}, {command}) none	set command to restore terminal
+term_setsize({buf}, {rows}, {cols})
+				none	set the size of a terminal
 term_start({cmd}, {options})	Job	open a terminal window and run a job
 term_wait({buf} [, {time}])	Number  wait for screen to be updated
 test_alloc_fail({id}, {countdown}, {repeat})
@@ -2436,6 +2470,7 @@ tolower({expr})			String	the String {expr} switched to lowercase
 toupper({expr})			String	the String {expr} switched to uppercase
 tr({src}, {fromstr}, {tostr})	String	translate chars of {src} in {fromstr}
 					to chars in {tostr}
+trim({text}[, {mask}])		String	trim characters in {mask} from {text}
 trunc({expr})			Float	truncate Float {expr}
 type({name})			Number	type of variable {name}
 undofile({name})		String	undo file name for {name}
@@ -2451,6 +2486,7 @@ win_getid([{win} [, {tab}]])	Number	get window ID for {win} in {tab}
 win_gotoid({expr})		Number	go to window with ID {expr}
 win_id2tabwin({expr})		List	get tab and window nr from window ID
 win_id2win({expr})		Number	get window nr from window ID
+win_screenpos({nr})		List	get screen position of window {nr}
 winbufnr({nr})			Number	buffer number of window {nr}
 wincol()			Number	window column of the cursor
 winheight({nr})			Number	height of window {nr}
@@ -2556,10 +2592,16 @@ argv([{nr}])	The result is the {nr}th file in the argument list of the
 <		Without the {nr} argument a |List| with the whole |arglist| is
 		returned.
 
+assert_beeps({cmd})					*assert_beeps()*
+		Run {cmd} and add an error message to |v:errors| if it does
+		NOT produce a beep or visual bell.
+		Also see |assert_fails()| and |assert-return|.
+
 							*assert_equal()*
 assert_equal({expected}, {actual} [, {msg}])
 		When {expected} and {actual} are not equal an error message is
-		added to |v:errors|.
+		added to |v:errors| and 1 is returned.  Otherwise zero is
+		returned |assert-return|.
 		There is no automatic conversion, the String "4" is different
 		from the Number 4.  And the number 4 is different from the
 		Float 4.0.  The value of 'ignorecase' is not used here, case
@@ -2571,9 +2613,18 @@ assert_equal({expected}, {actual} [, {msg}])
 <		Will result in a string to be added to |v:errors|:
 	test.vim line 12: Expected 'foo' but got 'bar' ~
 
+							*assert_equalfile()*
+assert_equalfile({fname-one}, {fname-two})
+		When the files {fname-one} and {fname-two} do not contain
+		exactly the same text an error message is added to |v:errors|.
+		Also see |assert-return|.
+		When {fname-one} or {fname-two} does not exist the error will
+		mention that.
+		Mainly useful with |terminal-diff|.
+
 assert_exception({error} [, {msg}])			*assert_exception()*
 		When v:exception does not contain the string {error} an error
-		message is added to |v:errors|.
+		message is added to |v:errors|.  Also see |assert-return|.
 		This can be used to assert that a command throws an exception.
 		Using the error number, followed by a colon, avoids problems
 		with translations: >
@@ -2586,12 +2637,15 @@ assert_exception({error} [, {msg}])			*assert_exception()*
 
 assert_fails({cmd} [, {error}])					*assert_fails()*
 		Run {cmd} and add an error message to |v:errors| if it does
-		NOT produce an error.
+		NOT produce an error.  Also see |assert-return|.
 		When {error} is given it must match in |v:errmsg|.
+		Note that beeping is not considered an error, and some failing
+		commands only beep.  Use |assert_beeps()| for those.
 
 assert_false({actual} [, {msg}])				*assert_false()*
 		When {actual} is not false an error message is added to
 		|v:errors|, like with |assert_equal()|. 
+		Also see |assert-return|.
 		A value is false when it is zero. When {actual} is not a
 		number the assert fails.
 		When {msg} is omitted an error in the form
@@ -2600,7 +2654,7 @@ assert_false({actual} [, {msg}])				*assert_false()*
 assert_inrange({lower}, {upper}, {actual} [, {msg}])	 *assert_inrange()*
 		This asserts number values.  When {actual}  is lower than
 		{lower} or higher than {upper} an error message is added to
-		|v:errors|.
+		|v:errors|.  Also see |assert-return|.
 		When {msg} is omitted an error in the form
 		"Expected range {lower} - {upper}, but got {actual}" is
 		produced.
@@ -2608,7 +2662,7 @@ assert_inrange({lower}, {upper}, {actual} [, {msg}])	 *assert_inrange()*
 								*assert_match()*
 assert_match({pattern}, {actual} [, {msg}])
 		When {pattern} does not match {actual} an error message is
-		added to |v:errors|.
+		added to |v:errors|.  Also see |assert-return|.
 
 		{pattern} is used as with |=~|: The matching is always done
 		like 'magic' was set and 'cpoptions' is empty, no matter what
@@ -2629,18 +2683,22 @@ assert_match({pattern}, {actual} [, {msg}])
 assert_notequal({expected}, {actual} [, {msg}])
 		The opposite of `assert_equal()`: add an error message to
 		|v:errors| when {expected} and {actual} are equal.
+		Also see |assert-return|.
 
 							*assert_notmatch()*
 assert_notmatch({pattern}, {actual} [, {msg}])
 		The opposite of `assert_match()`: add an error message to
 		|v:errors| when {pattern} matches {actual}.
+		Also see |assert-return|.
 
 assert_report({msg})					*assert_report()*
 		Report a test failure directly, using {msg}.
+		Always returns one.
 
 assert_true({actual} [, {msg}])				*assert_true()*
 		When {actual} is not true an error message is added to
 		|v:errors|, like with |assert_equal()|.
+		Also see |assert-return|.
 		A value is TRUE when it is a non-zero number.  When {actual}
 		is not a number the assert fails.
 		When {msg} is omitted an error in the form "Expected True but
@@ -2682,8 +2740,12 @@ atan2({expr1}, {expr2})					*atan2()*
 <			2.356194
 		{only available when compiled with the |+float| feature}
 
-balloon_show({msg})					*balloon_show()*
+balloon_show({expr})					*balloon_show()*
-		Show {msg} inside the balloon.
+		Show {expr} inside the balloon.  For the GUI {expr} is used as
+		a string.  For a terminal {expr} can be a list, which contains
+		the lines of the balloon.  If {expr} is not a list it will be
+		split with |balloon_split()|.
+
 		Example: >
 			func GetBalloonContent()
 			   " initiate getting the content
@@ -2703,7 +2765,16 @@ balloon_show({msg})					*balloon_show()*
 
 		When showing a balloon is not possible nothing happens, no
 		error message.
-		{only available when compiled with the +balloon_eval feature}
+		{only available when compiled with the +balloon_eval or
+		+balloon_eval_term feature}
+
+balloon_split({msg})					*balloon_split()*
+		Split {msg} into lines to be displayed in a balloon.  The
+		splits are made for the current window size and optimize to
+		show debugger output.
+		Returns a |List| with the split lines.
+		{only available when compiled with the +balloon_eval_term
+		feature}
 
 							*browse()*
 browse({save}, {title}, {initdir}, {default})
@@ -2734,6 +2805,8 @@ bufexists({expr})					*bufexists()*
 		The result is a Number, which is |TRUE| if a buffer called
 		{expr} exists.
 		If the {expr} argument is a number, buffer numbers are used.
+		Number zero is the alternate buffer for the current window.
+
 		If the {expr} argument is a string it must match a buffer name
 		exactly.  The name can be:
 		- Relative to the current directory.
@@ -3039,12 +3112,16 @@ ch_open({address} [, {options}])				*ch_open()*
 ch_read({handle} [, {options}])					*ch_read()*
 		Read from {handle} and return the received message.
 		{handle} can be a Channel or a Job that has a Channel.
+		For a NL channel this waits for a NL to arrive, except when
+		there is nothing more to read (channel was closed).
 		See |channel-more|.
 		{only available when compiled with the |+channel| feature}
 
 ch_readraw({handle} [, {options}])			*ch_readraw()*
 		Like ch_read() but for a JS and JSON channel does not decode
-		the message.  See |channel-more|.
+		the message.  For a NL channel it does not block waiting for
+		the NL to arrive, but otherwise works like ch_read().
+		See |channel-more|.
 		{only available when compiled with the |+channel| feature}
 
 ch_sendexpr({handle}, {expr} [, {options}])			*ch_sendexpr()*
@@ -3110,8 +3187,8 @@ char2nr({expr} [, {utf8}])					*char2nr()*
 			char2nr("ABC")		returns 65
 <		When {utf8} is omitted or zero, the current 'encoding' is used.
 		Example for "utf-8": >
-			char2nr("<EFBFBD>")		returns 225
+			char2nr("á")		returns 225
-			char2nr("<EFBFBD>"[0])		returns 195
+			char2nr("á"[0])		returns 195
 <		With {utf8} set to 1, always treat as utf-8 characters.
 		A combining character is a separate character.
 		|nr2char()| does the opposite.
@@ -3309,8 +3386,8 @@ count({comp}, {expr} [, {ic} [, {start}]])			*count()*
 		When {ic} is given and it's |TRUE| then case is ignored.
 
 		When {comp} is a string then the number of not overlapping
-		occurrences of {expr} is returned.
+		occurrences of {expr} is returned. Zero is returned when
-
+		{expr} is an empty string.
 
 							*cscope_connection()*
 cscope_connection([{num} , {dbpath} [, {prepend}]])
@@ -4152,6 +4229,7 @@ getbufinfo([{dict}])
 		be specified in {dict}:
 			buflisted	include only listed buffers.
 			bufloaded	include only loaded buffers.
+			bufmodified	include only modified buffers.
 
 		Otherwise, {expr} specifies a particular buffer to return
 		information for.  For the use of {expr}, see |bufname()|
@@ -4238,6 +4316,22 @@ getbufvar({expr}, {varname} [, {def}])				*getbufvar()*
 			:let bufmodified = getbufvar(1, "&mod")
 			:echo "todo myvar = " . getbufvar("todo", "myvar")
 <
+getchangelist({expr})					*getchangelist()*
+		Returns the |changelist| for the buffer {expr}. For the use
+		of {expr}, see |bufname()| above. If buffer {expr} doesn't
+		exist, an empty list is returned.
+
+		The returned list contains two entries: a list with the change
+		locations and the current position in the list.  Each
+		entry in the change list is a dictionary with the following
+		entries:
+			col		column number
+			coladd		column offset for 'virtualedit'
+			lnum		line number
+		If buffer {expr} is the current buffer, then the current
+		position refers to the position in the list. For other
+		buffers, it is set to the length of the list.
+
 getchar([expr])						*getchar()*
 		Get a single character from the user or input stream.
 		If [expr] is omitted, wait until a character is available.
@@ -4389,6 +4483,7 @@ getcompletion({pat}, {type} [, {filtered}])		*getcompletion()*
 		specifies what for.  The following completion types are
 		supported:
 
+		arglist		file names in argument list
 		augroup		autocmd groups
 		buffer		buffer names
 		behave		:behave suboptions
@@ -4454,10 +4549,13 @@ getcwd([{winnr} [, {tabnr}]])
 		Without arguments, for the current window.
 
 		With {winnr} return the local current directory of this window
-		in the current tab page.
+		in the current tab page.  {winnr} can be the window number or
+		the |window-ID|.
+		If {winnr} is -1 return the name of the global working
+		directory.  See also |haslocaldir()|.
+
 		With {winnr} and {tabnr} return the local current directory of
 		the window in the specified tab page.
-		{winnr} can be the window number or the |window-ID|.
 		Return an empty string if the arguments are invalid.
 
 getfsize({fname})					*getfsize()*
@@ -4527,6 +4625,25 @@ getftype({fname})					*getftype()*
 		"file" are returned.  On MS-Windows a symbolic link to a
 		directory returns "dir" instead of "link".
 
+getjumplist([{winnr} [, {tabnr}]])			*getjumplist()*
+		Returns the |jumplist| for the specified window.
+
+		Without arguments use the current window.
+		With {winnr} only use this window in the current tab page.
+		{winnr} can also be a |window-ID|.
+		With {winnr} and {tabnr} use the window in the specified tab
+		page.
+
+		The returned list contains two entries: a list with the jump
+		locations and the last used jump position number in the list.
+		Each entry in the jump location list is a dictionary with
+		the following entries:
+			bufnr		buffer number
+			col		column number
+			coladd		column offset for 'virtualedit'
+			filename	filename if available
+			lnum		line number
+
 							*getline()*
 getline({lnum} [, {end}])
 		Without {end} the result is a String, which is line {lnum}
@@ -4620,6 +4737,7 @@ getqflist([{what}])					*getqflist()*
 		list item is a dictionary with these entries:
 			bufnr	number of buffer that has the file name, use
 				bufname() to get the name
+			module	module name
 			lnum	line number in the buffer (first line is 1)
 			col	column number (first column is 1)
 			vcol	|TRUE|: "col" is visual column
@@ -4644,27 +4762,30 @@ getqflist([{what}])					*getqflist()*
 		If the optional {what} dictionary argument is supplied, then
 		returns only the items listed in {what} as a dictionary. The
 		following string items are supported in {what}:
-			context	get the context stored with |setqflist()|
+			changedtick	get the total number of changes made
+					to the list |quickfix-changedtick|
+			context	get the |quickfix-context|
 			efm	errorformat to use when parsing "lines". If
-				not present, then the 'erroformat' option
+				not present, then the 'errorformat' option
 				value is used.
 			id	get information for the quickfix list with
 				|quickfix-ID|; zero means the id for the
-				current list or the list specifed by "nr"
+				current list or the list specified by "nr"
 			idx	index of the current entry in the list
 			items	quickfix list entries
-			lines	use 'errorformat' to extract items from a list
+			lines	parse a list of lines using 'efm' and return
-				of lines and return the resulting entries.
+				the resulting entries.  Only a |List| type is
-				Only a |List| type is accepted.  The current
+				accepted.  The current quickfix list is not
-				quickfix list is not modified.
+				modified. See |quickfix-parse|.
 			nr	get information for this quickfix list; zero
 				means the current quickfix list and "$" means
 				the last quickfix list
 			size	number of entries in the quickfix list
-			title	get the list title
+			title	get the list title |quickfix-title|
-			winid	get the |window-ID| (if opened)
+			winid	get the quickfix |window-ID|
 			all	all of the above quickfix properties
-		Non-string items in {what} are ignored.
+		Non-string items in {what} are ignored. To get the value of a
+		particular item, set it to zero.
 		If "nr" is not present then the current quickfix list is used.
 		If both "nr" and a non-zero "id" are specified, then the list
 		specified by "id" is used.
@@ -4674,25 +4795,30 @@ getqflist([{what}])					*getqflist()*
 		When "lines" is specified, all the other items except "efm"
 		are ignored.  The returned dictionary contains the entry
 		"items" with the list of entries.
-		In case of error processing {what}, an empty dictionary is
-		returned.
 
 		The returned dictionary contains the following entries:
-			context	context information stored with |setqflist()|
+			changedtick	total number of changes made to the
-			id	quickfix list ID |quickfix-ID|
+					list |quickfix-changedtick|
-			idx	index of the current entry in the list
+			context	quickfix list context. See |quickfix-context|
-			items	quickfix list entries
+				If not present, set to "".
-			nr	quickfix list number
+			id	quickfix list ID |quickfix-ID|. If not
-			size	number of entries in the quickfix list
+				present, set to 0.
-			title	quickfix list title text
+			idx	index of the current entry in the list. If not
-			winid	quickfix |window-ID| (if opened)
+				present, set to 0.
+			items	quickfix list entries. If not present, set to
+				an empty list.
+			nr	quickfix list number. If not present, set to 0
+			size	number of entries in the quickfix list. If not
+				present, set to 0.
+			title	quickfix list title text. If not present, set
+				to "".
+			winid	quickfix |window-ID|. If not present, set to 0
 
-		Examples: >
+		Examples (See also |getqflist-examples|): >
 			:echo getqflist({'all': 1})
 			:echo getqflist({'nr': 2, 'title': 1})
 			:echo getqflist({'lines' : ["F1:10:L10"]})
 <
-
 getreg([{regname} [, 1 [, {list}]]])			*getreg()*
 		The result is a String, which is the contents of register
 		{regname}.  Example: >
@@ -4770,17 +4896,37 @@ gettabwinvar({tabnr}, {winnr}, {varname} [, {def}])		*gettabwinvar()*
 		Examples: >
 			:let list_is_on = gettabwinvar(1, 2, '&list')
 			:echo "myvar = " . gettabwinvar(3, 1, 'myvar')
+<
+getwinpos([{timeout}])					*getwinpos()*
+		The result is a list with two numbers, the result of
+		getwinposx() and getwinposy() combined: 
+			[x-pos, y-pos]
+		{timeout} can be used to specify how long to wait in msec for
+		a response from the terminal.  When omitted 100 msec is used.
+		Use a longer time for a remote terminal.
+		When using a value less than 10 and no response is received
+		within that time, a previously reported position is returned,
+		if available.  This can be used to poll for the position and
+		do some work in the mean time: >
+			while 1
+			  let res = getwinpos(1)
+			  if res[0] >= 0
+			    break
+			  endif
+			  " Do some work here
+			endwhile
 <
 							*getwinposx()*
 getwinposx()	The result is a Number, which is the X coordinate in pixels of
 		the left hand side of the GUI Vim window. Also works for an
-		xterm.
+		xterm (uses a timeout of 100 msec).
 		The result will be -1 if the information is not available.
 		The value can be used with `:winpos`.
 
 							*getwinposy()*
 getwinposy()	The result is a Number, which is the Y coordinate in pixels of
-		the top of the GUI Vim window.  Also works for an xterm.
+		the top of the GUI Vim window.  Also works for an xterm (uses
+		a timeout of 100 msec).
 		The result will be -1 if the information is not available.
 		The value can be used with `:winpos`.
 
@@ -5255,10 +5401,11 @@ job_getchannel({job})					 *job_getchannel()*
 <
 		{only available when compiled with the |+job| feature}
 
-job_info({job})						*job_info()*
+job_info([{job}])					*job_info()*
 		Returns a Dictionary with information about {job}:
 		   "status"	what |job_status()| returns
 		   "channel"	what |job_getchannel()| returns
+		   "cmd"	List of command arguments used to start the job
 		   "process"	process ID
 		   "tty_in"	terminal input name, empty when none
 		   "tty_out"	terminal output name, empty when none
@@ -5266,6 +5413,8 @@ job_info({job})						*job_info()*
 		   "exit_cb"	function to be called on exit
 		   "stoponexit"	|job-stoponexit|
 
+		Without any arguments, returns a List with all Job objects.
+
 job_setoptions({job}, {options})			*job_setoptions()*
 		Change options for {job}.  Supported are:
 		   "stoponexit"	|job-stoponexit|
@@ -5894,8 +6043,6 @@ matchaddpos({group}, {pos} [, {priority} [, {id} [, {dict}]]])
 <		Matches added by |matchaddpos()| are returned by
 		|getmatches()| with an entry "pos1", "pos2", etc., with the
 		value a list like the {pos} item.
-		These matches cannot be set via |setmatches()|, however they
-		can still be deleted by |clearmatches()|.
 
 matcharg({nr})							*matcharg()*
 		Selects the {nr} match item, as set with a |:match|,
@@ -6005,6 +6152,8 @@ mkdir({name} [, {path} [, {prot}]])
 		Example: >
 			:call mkdir($HOME . "/tmp/foo/bar", "p", 0700)
 <		This function is not available in the |sandbox|.
+		There is no error if the directory already exists and the "p"
+		flag is passed (since patch 8.0.1708).
 		Not available on all systems.  To check use: >
 			:if exists("*mkdir")
 <
@@ -6459,7 +6608,7 @@ remote_expr({server}, {string} [, {idvar} [, {timeout}]])
 		between (not at the end), like with join(expr, "\n").
 		If {idvar} is present and not empty, it is taken as the name
 		of a variable and a {serverid} for later use with
-		remote_read() is stored there.
+		|remote_read()| is stored there.
 		If {timeout} is given the read times out after this many
 		seconds.  Otherwise a timeout of 600 seconds is used.
 		See also |clientserver| |RemoteReply|.
@@ -7073,6 +7222,8 @@ setqflist({list} [, {action} [, {what}]])		*setqflist()*
 				buffer
 		    filename	name of a file; only used when "bufnr" is not
 				present or it is invalid.
+		    module	name of a module; if given it will be used in
+				quickfix error window instead of the filename.
 		    lnum	line number in the file
 		    pattern	search pattern used to locate the error
 		    col		column number
@@ -7121,7 +7272,7 @@ setqflist({list} [, {action} [, {what}]])		*setqflist()*
 		only the items listed in {what} are set. The first {list}
 		argument is ignored.  The following items can be specified in
 		{what}:
-		    context	any Vim type can be stored as a context
+		    context	quickfix list context. See |quickfix-context|
 		    efm		errorformat to use when parsing text from
 				"lines". If this is not present, then the
 				'errorformat' option value is used.
@@ -7143,10 +7294,10 @@ setqflist({list} [, {action} [, {what}]])		*setqflist()*
 		list is modified, "id" should be used instead of "nr" to
 		specify the list.
 
-		Examples: >
+		Examples (See also |setqflist-examples|): >
 		   :call setqflist([], 'r', {'title': 'My search'})
 		   :call setqflist([], 'r', {'nr': 2, 'title': 'Errors'})
-		   :call setqflist([], 'a', {'id':myid, 'lines':["F1:10:L10"]})
+		   :call setqflist([], 'a', {'id':qfid, 'lines':["F1:10:L10"]})
 <
 		Returns zero for success, -1 for failure.
 
@@ -7679,8 +7830,9 @@ submatch({nr} [, {list}])			*submatch()* *E935*
 		When substitute() is used recursively only the submatches in
 		the current (deepest) call can be obtained.
 
-		Example: >
+		Examples: >
 			:s/\d\+/\=submatch(0) + 1/
+			:echo substitute(text, '\d\+', '\=submatch(0) + 1', '')
 <		This finds the first number in the line and adds one to it.
 		A line break is included as a newline character.
 
@@ -8022,12 +8174,88 @@ tempname()					*tempname()* *temp-file-name*
 		For MS-Windows forward slashes are used when the 'shellslash'
 		option is set or when 'shellcmdflag' starts with '-'.
 
+							*term_dumpdiff()*
+term_dumpdiff({filename}, {filename} [, {options}])
+		Open a new window displaying the difference between the two
+		files.  The files must have been created with
+		|term_dumpwrite()|.
+		Returns the buffer number or zero when the diff fails.
+		Also see |terminal-diff|.
+		NOTE: this does not work with double-width characters yet.
+
+		The top part of the buffer contains the contents of the first
+		file, the bottom part of the buffer contains the contents of
+		the second file.  The middle part shows the differences.
+		The parts are separated by a line of dashes.
+
+		If the {options} argument is present, it must be a Dict with
+		these possible members:
+		   "term_name"	     name to use for the buffer name, instead
+				     of the first file name.
+		   "term_rows"	     vertical size to use for the terminal,
+				     instead of using 'termwinsize'
+		   "term_cols"	     horizontal size to use for the terminal,
+				     instead of using 'termwinsize'
+		   "vertical"	     split the window vertically
+		   "curwin"	     use the current window, do not split the
+				     window; fails if the current buffer
+				     cannot be |abandon|ed
+		   "norestore"	     do not add the terminal window to a
+				     session file
+
+		Each character in the middle part indicates a difference. If
+		there are multiple differences only the first in this list is
+		used:
+			X	different character
+			w	different width
+			f	different foreground color
+			b	different background color
+			a	different attribute
+			+	missing position in first file
+			-	missing position in second file
+
+		Using the "s" key the top and bottom parts are swapped.  This
+		makes it easy to spot a difference.
+
+							*term_dumpload()*
+term_dumpload({filename} [, {options}])
+		Open a new window displaying the contents of {filename}
+		The file must have been created with |term_dumpwrite()|.
+		Returns the buffer number or zero when it fails.
+		Also see |terminal-diff|.
+
+		For {options} see |term_dumpdiff()|.
+
+							*term_dumpwrite()*
+term_dumpwrite({buf}, {filename} [, {options}])
+		Dump the contents of the terminal screen of {buf} in the file
+		{filename}.  This uses a format that can be used with
+		|term_dumpload()| and |term_dumpdiff()|.
+		If {filename} already exists an error is given.	*E953*
+		Also see |terminal-diff|.
+
+		{options} is a dictionary with these optional entries:
+			"rows"		maximum number of rows to dump
+			"columns"	maximum number of columns to dump
+
 term_getaltscreen({buf})				*term_getaltscreen()*
 		Returns 1 if the terminal of {buf} is using the alternate
 		screen.
 		{buf} is used as with |term_getsize()|.
 		{only available when compiled with the |+terminal| feature}
 
+term_getansicolors({buf})				*term_getansicolors()*
+		Get the ANSI color palette in use by terminal {buf}.
+		Returns a List of length 16 where each element is a String
+		representing a color in hexadecimal "#rrggbb" format.
+		Also see |term_setansicolors()| and |g:terminal_ansi_colors|.
+		If neither was used returns the default colors.
+
+		{buf} is used as with |term_getsize()|.  If the buffer does not
+		exist or is not a terminal window, an empty list is returned.
+		{only available when compiled with the |+terminal| feature and
+		with GUI enabled and/or the |+termguicolors| feature}
+
 term_getattr({attr}, {what})				*term_getattr()*
 		Given {attr}, a value returned by term_scrape() in the "attr"
 		item, return whether {what} is on.  {what} can be one of:
@@ -8072,6 +8300,8 @@ term_getline({buf}, {row})				*term_getline()*
 		The first line has {row} one.  When {row} is "." the cursor
 		line is used.  When {row} is invalid an empty string is
 		returned.
+
+		To get attributes of each character use |term_scrape()|.
 		{only available when compiled with the |+terminal| feature}
 
 term_getscrolled({buf})					*term_getscrolled()*
@@ -8157,8 +8387,68 @@ term_sendkeys({buf}, {keys})				*term_sendkeys()*
 		means the character CTRL-X.
 		{only available when compiled with the |+terminal| feature}
 
-term_setsize({buf}, {expr})				*term_setsize()*
+term_setansicolors({buf}, {colors})			*term_setansicolors()*
-		Not implemented yet.
+		Set the ANSI color palette used by terminal {buf}.
+		{colors} must be a List of 16 valid color names or hexadecimal
+		color codes, like those accepted by |highlight-guifg|.
+		Also see |term_getansicolors()| and |g:terminal_ansi_colors|.
+
+		The colors normally are:
+			0    black
+			1    dark red
+			2    dark green
+			3    brown
+			4    dark blue
+			5    dark magenta
+			6    dark cyan
+			7    light grey
+			8    dark grey
+			9    red
+			10   green
+			11   yellow
+			12   blue
+			13   magenta
+			14   cyan
+			15   white
+
+		These colors are used in the GUI and in the terminal when
+		'termguicolors' is set.  When not using GUI colors (GUI mode
+		or 'termguicolors'), the terminal window always uses the 16
+		ANSI colors of the underlying terminal.
+		{only available when compiled with the |+terminal| feature and
+		with GUI enabled and/or the |+termguicolors| feature}
+
+term_setkill({buf}, {how})				*term_setkill()*
+		When exiting Vim or trying to close the terminal window in
+		another way, {how} defines whether the job in the terminal can
+		be stopped.
+		When {how} is empty (the default), the job will not be
+		stopped, trying to exit will result in |E947|.
+		Otherwise, {how} specifies what signal to send to the job.
+		See |job_stop()| for the values.
+
+		After sending the signal Vim will wait for up to a second to
+		check that the job actually stopped.
+
+term_setrestore({buf}, {command})			*term_setrestore()*
+		Set the command to write in a session file to restore the job
+		in this terminal.  The line written in the session file is: >
+			terminal ++curwin ++cols=%d ++rows=%d {command}
+<		Make sure to escape the command properly.
+
+		Use an empty {command} to run 'shell'.
+		Use "NONE" to not restore this window.
+		{only available when compiled with the |+terminal| feature}
+
+term_setsize({buf}, {rows}, {cols})		*term_setsize()* *E955*
+		Set the size of terminal {buf}. The size of the window
+		containing the terminal will also be adjusted, if possible.
+		If {rows} or {cols} is zero or negative, that dimension is not
+		changed.
+
+		{buf} must be the buffer number of a terminal window.  Use an
+		empty string for the current buffer.  If the buffer does not
+		exist or is not a terminal window, an error is given.
 		{only available when compiled with the |+terminal| feature}
 
 term_start({cmd}, {options})				*term_start()*
@@ -8192,14 +8482,18 @@ term_start({cmd}, {options})				*term_start()*
 		   "term_name"	     name to use for the buffer name, instead
 				     of the command name.
 		   "term_rows"	     vertical size to use for the terminal,
-				     instead of using 'termsize'
+				     instead of using 'termwinsize'
 		   "term_cols"	     horizontal size to use for the terminal,
-				     instead of using 'termsize'
+				     instead of using 'termwinsize'
 		   "vertical"	     split the window vertically
 		   "curwin"	     use the current window, do not split the
 				     window; fails if the current buffer
 				     cannot be |abandon|ed
 		   "hidden"	     do not open a window
+		   "norestore"	     do not add the terminal window to a
+				     session file
+		   "term_kill"	     what to do when trying to close the
+				     terminal window, see |term_setkill()|
 		   "term_finish"     What to do when the job is finished:
 					"close": close any windows
 					"open": open window if needed
@@ -8215,6 +8509,9 @@ term_start({cmd}, {options})				*term_start()*
 				     CTRL-D is used on MS-Windows. For Python
 				     use CTRL-Z or "exit()". For a shell use
 				     "exit".  A CR is always added.
+		   "ansi_colors"     A list of 16 color names or hex codes
+				     defining the ANSI palette used in GUI
+				     color modes.  See |g:terminal_ansi_colors|.
 
 		{only available when compiled with the |+terminal| feature}
 
@@ -8413,6 +8710,22 @@ tr({src}, {fromstr}, {tostr})				*tr()*
 			echo tr("<blob>", "<>", "{}")
 <		returns "{blob}"
 
+trim({text}[, {mask}])						*trim()*
+		Return {text} as a String where any character in {mask} is
+		removed from the beginning and  end of {text}.
+		If {mask} is not given, {mask} is all characters up to 0x20,
+		which includes Tab, space, NL and CR, plus the non-breaking
+		space character 0xa0.
+		This code deals with multibyte characters properly.
+
+		Examples: >
+			echo trim("   some text ")
+<		returns "some text" >
+			echo trim("  \r\t\t\r RESERVE \t\n\x0B\xA0") . "_TAIL"
+<		returns "RESERVE_TAIL" >
+			echo trim("rm<Xrm<>X>rrm", "rm<>")
+<		returns "Xrm<>X" (characters in the middle are not removed)
+
 trunc({expr})							*trunc()*
 		Return the largest integral value with magnitude less than or
 		equal to {expr} as a |Float| (truncate towards zero).
@@ -8616,6 +8929,14 @@ win_id2win({expr})					*win_id2win()*
 		Return the window number of window with ID {expr}.
 		Return 0 if the window cannot be found in the current tabpage.
 
+win_screenpos({nr})					*win_screenpos()*
+		Return the screen position of window {nr} as a list with two
+		numbers: [row, col].  The first window always has position
+		[1, 1].
+		{nr} can be the window number or the |window-ID|.
+		Return [0, 0] if the window cannot be found in the current
+		tabpage.
+
 							*winbufnr()*
 winbufnr({nr})	The result is a Number, which is the number of the buffer
 		associated with window {nr}.  {nr} can be the window number or
@@ -8767,8 +9088,8 @@ writefile({list}, {fname} [, {flags}])
 		the file.  This flushes the file to disk, if possible.  This
 		takes more time but avoids losing the file if the system
 		crashes.
-		When {flags} does not contain "S" or "s" then fsync is called
+		When {flags} does not contain "S" or "s" then fsync() is
-		if the 'fsync' option is set.
+		called if the 'fsync' option is set.
 		When {flags} contains "S" then fsync() is not called, even
 		when 'fsync' is set.
 
@@ -8936,8 +9257,12 @@ persistent_undo		Compiled with support for persistent undo history.
 postscript		Compiled with PostScript file printing.
 printer			Compiled with |:hardcopy| support.
 profile			Compiled with |:profile| support.
-python			Compiled with Python 2.x interface. |has-python|
+python			Python 2.x interface available. |has-python|
-python3			Compiled with Python 3.x interface. |has-python|
+python_compiled		Compiled with Python 2.x interface. |has-python|
+python_dynamic		Python 2.x interface is dynamically loaded. |has-python|
+python3			Python 3.x interface available. |has-python|
+python3_compiled	Compiled with Python 3.x interface. |has-python|
+python3_dynamic		Python 3.x interface is dynamically loaded. |has-python|
 pythonx			Compiled with |python_x| interface. |has-pythonx|
 qnx			QNX version of Vim.
 quickfix		Compiled with |quickfix| support.
@@ -8979,6 +9304,8 @@ ttyout			output is a terminal (tty)
 unix			Unix version of Vim. *+unix*
 unnamedplus		Compiled with support for "unnamedplus" in 'clipboard'
 user_commands		User-defined commands.
+vcon			Win32: Virtual console support is working, can use
+			'termguicolors'. Also see |+vtp|.
 vertsplit		Compiled with vertically split windows |:vsplit|.
 vim_starting		True while initial source'ing takes place. |startup|
 			*vim_starting*
@@ -8989,6 +9316,8 @@ visualextra		Compiled with extra Visual mode commands.
 			|blockwise-operators|.
 vms			VMS version of Vim.
 vreplace		Compiled with |gR| and |gr| commands.
+vtp			Compiled for vcon support |+vtp| (check vcon to find
+			out if it works in the current console).
 wildignore		Compiled with 'wildignore' option.
 wildmenu		Compiled with 'wildmenu' option.
 win32			Win32 version of Vim (MS-Windows 95 and later, 32 or
@@ -9227,8 +9556,7 @@ may be larger.
 It is also possible to define a function without any arguments.  You must
 still supply the () then.
 
-It is allowed to define another function inside a function
+It is allowed to define another function inside a function body.
-body.
 
 							*local-variables*
 Inside a function local variables can be used.  These will disappear when the
@@ -9611,6 +9939,14 @@ This does NOT work: >
 			variables are automatically deleted when the function
 			ends.
 
+:unl[et] ${env-name} ...			*:unlet-environment* *:unlet-$*
+			Remove environment variable {env-name}.
+			Can mix {name} and ${env-name} in one :unlet command.
+			No error message is given for a non-existing
+			variable, also without !.
+			If the system does not support deleting an environment
+			variable, it is made emtpy.
+
 :lockv[ar][!] [depth] {name} ...			*:lockvar* *:lockv*
 			Lock the internal variable {name}.  Locking means that
 			it can no longer be changed (until it is unlocked).

runtime/doc/filetype.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*filetype.txt*  For Vim version 8.0.  Last change: 2017 Oct 10
+*filetype.txt*  For Vim version 8.0.  Last change: 2018 Apr 18
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -319,6 +319,10 @@ then Vim will load all plugins in these directories and below:
 
 Note that the last one is the value of $VIMRUNTIME which has been expanded.
 
+Note that when using a plugin manager or |packages| many directories will be
+added to 'runtimepath'.  These plugins earch require their own directory,
+don't put them directly in ~/.vim/plugin.
+
 What if it looks like your plugin is not being loaded?  You can find out what
 happens when Vim starts up by using the |-V| argument: >
 
@@ -602,51 +606,17 @@ MANPAGER				      *manpager.vim*
 The :Man command allows you to turn Vim into a manpager (that syntax highlights
 manpages and follows linked manpages on hitting CTRL-]).
 
-Tested on:
-
-  - Linux
-  - Mac OS
-  - FreeBSD
-  - OpenBSD
-  - Cygwin
-  - Win 10 under Bash
-
-Untested:
-
-  - Amiga OS
-  - BeOS
-  - OS/2
-
-If man sets the $MAN_PN environment variable, like man-db, the most common
-implementation on Linux, then the "env MAN_PN=1 " part below should NOT be
-set, that is, the "env MAN_PN=1" should be omitted! Otherwise, the Vim 
-manpager does not correctly recognize manpages whose title contains a capital 
-letter. See the discussion on
-
-  https://groups.google.com/forum/#!topic/vim_dev/pWZmt_7GkxI
-
 For bash,zsh,ksh or dash, add to the config file (.bashrc,.zshrc, ...)
 
-	export MANPAGER="env MAN_PN=1 vim -M +MANPAGER -"
+	export MANPAGER="vim -M +MANPAGER -"
 
 For (t)csh, add to the config file
 
-	setenv MANPAGER "env MAN_PN=1 vim -M +MANPAGER -"
+	setenv MANPAGER "vim -M +MANPAGER -"
 
 For fish, add to the config file
 
-	set -x MANPAGER "env MAN_PN=1 vim -M +MANPAGER -"
+	set -x MANPAGER "vim -M +MANPAGER -"
-
-On OpenBSD:
-
-        export MANPAGER="env MAN_PN=1 vim -M +MANPAGER"
-
-If you experience still issues on manpages whose titles do not contain capital
-letters, then try adding MANPATH=${MANPATH} after MAN_PN=1. If your manpages do
-not show up localized, then try adding, LANGUAGE=${LANG} after MAN_PN=1. See
-
-  https://github.com/vim/vim/issues/1002
-
 
 PDF							*ft-pdf-plugin*
 
@@ -706,4 +676,23 @@ You can change the default by defining the variable g:tex_flavor to the format
 Currently no other formats are recognized.
 
 
+VIM							*ft-vim-plugin*
+
+The Vim filetype plugin defines mappings to move to the start and end of
+functions with [[ and ]].  Move around comments with ]" and [".
+
+The mappings can be disabled with: >
+	let g:no_vim_maps = 1
+
+
+ZIMBU							*ft-zimbu-plugin*
+
+The Zimbu filetype plugin defines mappings to move to the start and end of
+functions with [[ and ]].
+
+The mappings can be disabled with: >
+	let g:no_zimbu_maps = 1
+<
+
+
  vim:tw=78:ts=8:ft=help:norl:

runtime/doc/gui.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*gui.txt*       For Vim version 8.0.  Last change: 2017 Nov 09
+*gui.txt*       For Vim version 8.0.  Last change: 2018 Mar 06
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -134,7 +134,7 @@ task bar with the 'guiheadroom' option.
 :winp[os]
 		Display current position of the top left corner of the GUI vim
 		window in pixels.  Does not work in all versions.
-		Also see |getwinposx()| and |getwinposy()|.
+		Also see |getwinpos()|, |getwinposx()| and |getwinposy()|.
 
 :winp[os] {X} {Y}							*E466*
 		Put the GUI vim window at the given {X} and {Y} coordinates.
@@ -992,10 +992,14 @@ it behaves in a strange way.
 :popu[p] {name}			Popup the menu {name}.  The menu named must
 				have at least one subentry, but need not
 				appear on the menu-bar (see |hidden-menus|).
-				{only available for Win32 and GTK GUI}
+				{only available for Win32 and GTK GUI or in
+				the terminal when compiled with +insert_expand}
 
 :popu[p]! {name}		Like above, but use the position of the mouse
 				pointer instead of the cursor.
+				In the terminal this is the last known
+				position, which is usually at the last click
+				or release (mouse movement is irrelevalt).
 
 Example: >
 	:popup File
@@ -1006,6 +1010,10 @@ pointer if ! was used). >
 	:popup ]Toolbar
 This creates a popup menu that doesn't exist on the main menu-bar.
 
+Note that in the GUI the :popup command will return immediately, before a
+selection has been made.  In the terminal the commands waits for the user to
+make a selection.
+
 Note that a menu that starts with ']' will not be displayed.
 
 ==============================================================================

runtime/doc/gui_x11.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*gui_x11.txt*   For Vim version 8.0.  Last change: 2017 Jul 28
+*gui_x11.txt*   For Vim version 8.0.  Last change: 2018 May 06
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -53,6 +53,9 @@ When using "gvim -f" and then ":gui", Vim will run in the foreground.  The
 ":gui -b".
 
 "gvim --nofork" does the same as "gvim -f".
+
+When there are running jobs Vim will not fork, because the processes would no
+longer be child processes.
 								*E851* *E852*
 When starting the GUI fails Vim will try to continue running in the terminal.
 

runtime/doc/if_cscop.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*if_cscop.txt*  For Vim version 8.0.  Last change: 2017 Jun 14
+*if_cscop.txt*  For Vim version 8.0.  Last change: 2018 Jan 21
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Andy Kahn
@@ -468,36 +468,18 @@ license or OS distribution), then you can download it for free from:
 	http://cscope.sourceforge.net/
 This is released by SCO under the BSD license.
 
-If you want a newer version of cscope, you will probably have to buy it.
-According to the (old) nvi documentation:
-
-	You can buy version 13.3 source with an unrestricted license
-	for $400 from AT&T Software Solutions by calling +1-800-462-8146.
-
-Also you can download cscope 13.x and mlcscope 14.x (multi-lingual cscope
-which supports C, C++, Java, lex, yacc, breakpoint listing, Ingres, and SDL)
-from World-Wide Exptools Open Source packages page:
-	http://www.bell-labs.com/project/wwexptools/packages.html
-
 In Solaris 2.x, if you have the C compiler license, you will also have
 cscope.  Both are usually located under /opt/SUNWspro/bin
 
-SGI developers can also get it.  Search for Cscope on this page:
-	http://freeware.sgi.com/index-by-alpha.html
-	https://toolbox.sgi.com/toolbox/utilities/cscope/
-The second one is for those who have a password for the SGI toolbox.
-
 There is source to an older version of a cscope clone (called "cs") available
 on the net.  Due to various reasons, this is not supported with Vim.
 
 The cscope interface/support for Vim was originally written by
 Andy Kahn <ackahn@netapp.com>.  The original structure (as well as a tiny
-bit of code) was adapted from the cscope interface in nvi.  Please report
+bit of code) was adapted from the cscope interface in nvi.
-any problems, suggestions, patches, et al., you have for the usage of
-cscope within Vim to him.
 							*cscope-win32*
-For a cscope version for Win32 see:
+For a cscope version for Win32 see (seems abandoned):
-	http://code.google.com/p/cscope-win32/
+	https://code.google.com/archive/p/cscope-win32/
 
 Win32 support was added by Sergey Khorev <sergey.khorev@gmail.com>.  Contact
 him if you have Win32-specific issues.

runtime/doc/if_perl.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*if_perl.txt*   For Vim version 8.0.  Last change: 2015 Oct 16
+*if_perl.txt*   For Vim version 8.0.  Last change: 2017 Nov 24
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Sven Verdoolaege
@@ -112,7 +112,7 @@ possible.
 Here is an overview of the functions that are available to Perl: >
 
   :perl VIM::Msg("Text")		# displays a message
-  :perl VIM::Msg("Error", "ErrorMsg")	# displays an error message
+  :perl VIM::Msg("Wrong!", "ErrorMsg")	# displays an error message
   :perl VIM::Msg("remark", "Comment")	# displays a highlighted message
   :perl VIM::SetOption("ai")		# sets a vim option
   :perl $nbuf = VIM::Buffers()		# returns the number of buffers

runtime/doc/if_pyth.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*if_pyth.txt*   For Vim version 8.0.  Last change: 2017 Nov 09
+*if_pyth.txt*   For Vim version 8.0.  Last change: 2018 Jan 30
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Paul Moore
@@ -736,8 +736,8 @@ or 'pythonthreedll' option can be also used to specify the Python DLL.
 
 The name of the DLL should match the Python version Vim was compiled with.
 Currently the name for Python 2 is "python27.dll", that is for Python 2.7.
-That is the default value for 'pythondll'.  For Python 3 it is python35.dll
+That is the default value for 'pythondll'.  For Python 3 it is python36.dll
-(Python 3.5).  To know for sure edit "gvim.exe" and search for
+(Python 3.6).  To know for sure edit "gvim.exe" and search for
 "python\d*.dll\c".
 
 
@@ -809,7 +809,8 @@ Raising SystemExit exception in python isn't endorsed way to quit vim, use: >
 You can test what Python version is available with: >
 	if has('python')
 	  echo 'there is Python 2.x'
-  	elseif has('python3')
+	endif
+  	if has('python3')
 	  echo 'there is Python 3.x'
 	endif
 
@@ -818,6 +819,24 @@ dynamically, these has() calls will try to load them.  If only one can be
 loaded at a time, just checking if Python 2 or 3 are available will prevent
 the other one from being available.
 
+To avoid loading the dynamic library, only check if Vim was compiled with
+python support: >
+	if has('python_compiled')
+	  echo 'compiled with Python 2.x support'
+	  if has('python_dynamic')
+	    echo 'Python 2.x dynamically loaded'
+	  endif
+	endif
+  	if has('python3_compiled')
+	  echo 'compiled with Python 3.x support'
+	  if has('python3_dynamic')
+	    echo 'Python 3.x dynamically loaded'
+	  endif
+	endif
+
+This also tells you whether Python is dynamically loaded, which will fail if
+the runtime library cannot be found.
+
 ==============================================================================
 11. Python X						*python_x* *pythonx*
 

runtime/doc/if_ruby.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*if_ruby.txt*   For Vim version 8.0.  Last change: 2016 Sep 01
+*if_ruby.txt*   For Vim version 8.0.  Last change: 2018 Mar 15
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Shugo Maeda
@@ -221,6 +221,9 @@ for sure edit "gvim.exe" and search for "ruby\d*.dll\c".
 If you want to build Vim with RubyInstaller 1.9 or 2.X using MSVC, you need
 some tricks.  See the src/INSTALLpc.txt for detail.
 
+If Vim is built with RubyInstaller 2.4 or later, you may also need to add
+"C:\Ruby<version>\bin\ruby_builtin_dlls" to the PATH environment variable.
+
 
 Unix ~
 

runtime/doc/indent.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*indent.txt*    For Vim version 8.0.  Last change: 2014 Dec 06
+*indent.txt*    For Vim version 8.0.  Last change: 2018 Apr 04
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -414,10 +414,10 @@ The examples below assume a 'shiftwidth' of 4.
 							*cino-(*
 	(N    When in unclosed parentheses, indent N characters from the line
 	      with the unclosed parentheses.  Add a 'shiftwidth' for every
-	      unclosed parentheses.  When N is 0 or the unclosed parentheses
+	      extra unclosed parentheses.  When N is 0 or the unclosed
-	      is the first non-white character in its line, line up with the
+	      parentheses is the first non-white character in its line, line
-	      next non-white character after the unclosed parentheses.
+	      up with the next non-white character after the unclosed
-	      (default 'shiftwidth' * 2).
+	      parentheses.  (default 'shiftwidth' * 2).
 
 		cino=			  cino=(0 >
 		  if (c1 && (c2 ||	    if (c1 && (c2 ||
@@ -428,7 +428,8 @@ The examples below assume a 'shiftwidth' of 4.
 		     {			       {
 <
 							*cino-u*
-	uN    Same as (N, but for one level deeper.  (default 'shiftwidth').
+	uN    Same as (N, but for one nesting level deeper.
+	      (default 'shiftwidth').
 
 		cino=			  cino=u2 >
 		  if (c123456789	    if (c123456789

runtime/doc/index.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*index.txt*     For Vim version 8.0.  Last change: 2017 Aug 02
+*index.txt*     For Vim version 8.0.  Last change: 2018 Apr 19
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -959,7 +959,7 @@ tag		command	      note action in Visual mode	~
 |v_i{|		i{		   same as iB
 |v_i}|		i}		   same as iB
 |v_o|		o		   move cursor to other corner of area
-|v_r|		r		2  delete highlighted area and start insert
+|v_r|		r		2  replace highlighted area with a character
 |v_s|		s		2  delete highlighted area and start insert
 |v_u|		u		2  make highlighted area lowercase
 |v_v|		v		   make Visual mode characterwise or stop

runtime/doc/insert.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*insert.txt*    For Vim version 8.0.  Last change: 2017 May 30
+*insert.txt*    For Vim version 8.0.  Last change: 2018 Feb 10
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -1103,6 +1103,8 @@ items:
 			item with the same word is already present.
 	empty		when non-zero this match will be added even when it is
 			an empty string
+	user_data 	custom data which is associated with the item and
+			available in |v:completed_item|
 
 All of these except "icase", "dup" and "empty" must be a string.  If an item
 does not meet these requirements then an error message is given and further
@@ -1196,6 +1198,8 @@ The menu is used when:
 
 The 'pumheight' option can be used to set a maximum height.  The default is to
 use all space available.
+The 'pumwidth' option can be used to set a minimum width.  The default is 15
+characters.
 
 There are three states:
 1. A complete match has been inserted, e.g., after using CTRL-N or CTRL-P.
@@ -1296,7 +1300,8 @@ it here: http://ctags.sourceforge.net/  Version 5.6 or later is recommended.
 For version 5.5.4 you should add a patch that adds the "typename:" field:
 	ftp://ftp.vim.org/pub/vim/unstable/patches/ctags-5.5.4.patch
 A compiled .exe for MS-Windows can be found at:
-	http://georgevreilly.com/vim/ctags.html
+	http://ctags.sourceforge.net/
+	https://github.com/universal-ctags/ctags-win32
 
 If you want to complete system functions you can do something like this.  Use
 ctags to generate a tags file for all the system header files: >
@@ -1529,9 +1534,9 @@ groups are included by default with the PHP: phpEnvVar, phpIntVar,
 phpFunctions.
 
 If you wish non-filetype syntax items to also be included, you can use a
-regular expression syntax (added in version 13.0 of autoload\syntaxcomplete.vim)
+regular expression syntax (added in version 13.0 of
-to add items.  Looking at the output from ":syntax list" while editing a PHP file 
+autoload\syntaxcomplete.vim) to add items.  Looking at the output from
-I can see some of these entries: >
+":syntax list" while editing a PHP file I can see some of these entries: >
     htmlArg,htmlTag,htmlTagName,javaScriptStatement,javaScriptGlobalObjects
 
 To pick up any JavaScript and HTML keyword syntax groups while editing a PHP
@@ -1578,15 +1583,15 @@ SQL file (:e syntax.sql) you can use the ":syntax list" command to see the
 various groups and syntax items.  For example: >
     syntax list
 
-Yields data similar to this: >
+Yields data similar to this:
-    sqlOperator    xxx some prior all like and any escape exists in is not 
+    sqlOperator    xxx some prior all like and any escape exists in is not ~
-                       or intersect minus between distinct
+                       or intersect minus between distinct ~
-                       links to Operator
+                       links to Operator ~
-    sqlType        xxx varbit varchar nvarchar bigint int uniqueidentifier 
+    sqlType        xxx varbit varchar nvarchar bigint int uniqueidentifier ~
-                       date money long tinyint unsigned xml text smalldate 
+                       date money long tinyint unsigned xml text smalldate ~
-                       double datetime nchar smallint numeric time bit char 
+                       double datetime nchar smallint numeric time bit char ~
-                       varbinary binary smallmoney
+                       varbinary binary smallmoney ~
-                       image float integer timestamp real decimal
+                       image float integer timestamp real decimal ~
 
 There are two syntax groups listed here: sqlOperator and sqlType.  To retrieve
 a List of syntax items you can call OmniSyntaxList a number of different
@@ -1607,7 +1612,6 @@ From within a plugin, you would typically assign the output to a List: >
     let myKeywords = OmniSyntaxList( ['sqlKeyword'] )
 
 
-
 SQL							*ft-sql-omni*
 
 Completion for the SQL language includes statements, functions, keywords.

runtime/doc/intro.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*intro.txt*     For Vim version 8.0.  Last change: 2017 Sep 04
+*intro.txt*     For Vim version 8.0.  Last change: 2018 Jan 24
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -138,7 +138,7 @@ There are two ways to report bugs, both work:
    see the message.  If you don't want that, e.g. because it is a security
    issue, send it to <bugs@vim.org>, this only goes to the Vim maintainer
    (that's Bram).
-2. Open issue on GitHub: https://github.com/vim/vim/issues
+2. Open an issue on GitHub: https://github.com/vim/vim/issues
    The text will be forwarded to the vim-dev maillist.
 
 Please be brief; all the time that is spent on answering mail is subtracted

runtime/doc/map.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*map.txt*       For Vim version 8.0.  Last change: 2017 Sep 23
+*map.txt*       For Vim version 8.0.  Last change: 2018 May 13
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -542,9 +542,9 @@ scenario: >
 	:imap <M-C> foo
 	:set encoding=utf-8
 The mapping for <M-C> is defined with the latin1 encoding, resulting in a 0xc3
-byte.  If you type the character <EFBFBD> (0xe1 <M-a>) in UTF-8 encoding this is the
+byte.  If you type the character á (0xe1 <M-a>) in UTF-8 encoding this is the
 two bytes 0xc3 0xa1.  You don't want the 0xc3 byte to be mapped then or
-otherwise it would be impossible to type the <EFBFBD> character.
+otherwise it would be impossible to type the á character.
 
 					*<Leader>* *mapleader*
 To define a mapping which uses the "mapleader" variable, the special string
@@ -917,7 +917,9 @@ an additional rule:
 full-id	  In front of the match is a non-keyword character, or this is where
 	  the line or insertion starts.  Exception: When the abbreviation is
 	  only one character, it is not recognized if there is a non-keyword
-	  character in front of it, other than a space or a tab.
+	  character in front of it, other than a space or a tab. However, for
+	  the command line "'<,'>" (or any other marks) is ignored, as if the
+	  command line starts after it.
 
 end-id	  In front of the match is a keyword character, or a space or a tab,
 	  or this is where the line or insertion starts.
@@ -1272,6 +1274,7 @@ By default, the arguments of user defined commands do not undergo completion.
 However, by specifying one or the other of the following attributes, argument
 completion can be enabled:
 
+	-complete=arglist	file names in argument list
 	-complete=augroup	autocmd groups
 	-complete=buffer	buffer names
 	-complete=behave	:behave suboptions

runtime/doc/mbyte.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*mbyte.txt*     For Vim version 8.0.  Last change: 2016 Jul 21
+*mbyte.txt*     For Vim version 8.0.  Last change: 2018 Jan 21
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL	  by Bram Moolenaar et al.
@@ -26,8 +26,9 @@ For changing the language of messages and menus see |mlang.txt|.
 7.  Input on X11			|mbyte-XIM|
 8.  Input on MS-Windows			|mbyte-IME|
 9.  Input with a keymap			|mbyte-keymap|
-10. Using UTF-8				|mbyte-utf8|
+10. Input with imactivatefunc()		|mbyte-func|
-11. Overview of options			|mbyte-options|
+11. Using UTF-8				|mbyte-utf8|
+12. Overview of options			|mbyte-options|
 
 NOTE: This file contains UTF-8 characters.  These may show up as strange
 characters or boxes when using another encoding.
@@ -1254,7 +1255,35 @@ Combining forms:
 ﭏ    0xfb4f  Xal  alef-lamed
 
 ==============================================================================
-10. Using UTF-8				*mbyte-utf8* *UTF-8* *utf-8* *utf8*
+10.  Input with imactivatefunc()				*mbyte-func*
+
+Vim has the 'imactivatefunc' and 'imstatusfunc' options. These are useful to
+activate/deactivate the input method from Vim in any way, also with an external
+command. For example, fcitx provide fcitx-remote command: >
+
+	set iminsert=2
+	set imsearch=2
+	set imcmdline
+
+	set imactivatefunc=ImActivate
+	function! ImActivate(active)
+	  if a:active
+	    call system('fcitx-remote -o')
+	  else
+	    call system('fcitx-remote -c')
+	  endif
+	endfunction
+
+	set imstatusfunc=ImStatus
+	function! ImStatus()
+	  return system('fcitx-remote')[0] is# '2'
+	endfunction
+
+Using this script, you can activate/deactivate XIM via Vim even when it is not
+compiled with |+xim|.
+
+==============================================================================
+11. Using UTF-8				*mbyte-utf8* *UTF-8* *utf-8* *utf8*
 							*Unicode* *unicode*
 The Unicode character set was designed to include all characters from other
 character sets.  Therefore it is possible to write text in any language using
@@ -1402,7 +1431,7 @@ not everybody is able to type a composing character.
 
 
 ==============================================================================
-11. Overview of options					*mbyte-options*
+12. Overview of options					*mbyte-options*
 
 These options are relevant for editing multi-byte files.  Check the help in
 options.txt for detailed information.

runtime/doc/message.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*message.txt*   For Vim version 8.0.  Last change: 2017 Oct 14
+*message.txt*   For Vim version 8.0.  Last change: 2018 Feb 04
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -76,7 +76,7 @@ See `:messages` above.
 LIST OF MESSAGES
 			*E222* *E228* *E232* *E256* *E293* *E298* *E304* *E317*
 			*E318* *E356* *E438* *E439* *E440* *E316* *E320* *E322*
-			*E323* *E341* *E473* *E570* *E685*  >
+			*E323* *E341* *E473* *E570* *E685* *E950*  >
   Add to read buffer
   makemap: Illegal mode
   Cannot create BalloonEval with both message and callback
@@ -97,6 +97,7 @@ LIST OF MESSAGES
   Internal error
   Internal error: {function}
   fatal error in cs_manage_matches
+  Invalid count for del_bytes(): {N}
 
 This is an internal error.  If you can reproduce it, please send in a bug
 report. |bugs|

runtime/doc/mlang.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*mlang.txt*     For Vim version 8.0.  Last change: 2017 Mar 04
+*mlang.txt*     For Vim version 8.0.  Last change: 2018 May 06
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -190,8 +190,8 @@ you can do it without restarting Vim: >
 	:source $VIMRUNTIME/menu.vim
 
 Each part of a menu path is translated separately.  The result is that when
-"Help" is translated to "Hilfe" and "Overview" to "<EFBFBD>berblick" then
+"Help" is translated to "Hilfe" and "Overview" to "Überblick" then
-"Help.Overview" will be translated to "Hilfe.<EFBFBD>berblick".
+"Help.Overview" will be translated to "Hilfe.Überblick".
 
 ==============================================================================
 3. Scripts						*multilang-scripts*

runtime/doc/options.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*options.txt*	For Vim version 8.0.  Last change: 2017 Nov 18
+*options.txt*	For Vim version 8.0.  Last change: 2018 Apr 22
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL	  by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -402,8 +402,8 @@ Setting the filetype
 			used to set the option value in, unless this is a help
 			window, in which case the window below help window is
 			used (skipping the option-window).
-			{not available when compiled without the |+eval| or
+			{not available when compiled without the |+eval|
-			|+autocmd| features}
+			feature}
 
 								*$HOME*
 Using "~" is like using "$HOME", but it is only recognized at the start of an
@@ -1087,7 +1087,9 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 <	Use 'backupdir' to put the backup in a different directory.
 
 						*'backupskip'* *'bsk'*
-'backupskip' 'bsk'	string	(default: "/tmp/*,$TMPDIR/*,$TMP/*,$TEMP/*")
+'backupskip' 'bsk'	string	(default: "$TMPDIR/*,$TMP/*,$TEMP/*"
+				 Unix: "/tmp/*,$TMPDIR/*,$TMP/*,$TEMP/*"
+				 Mac: "/private/tmp/*,$TMPDIR/*,$TMP/*,$TEMP/*")
 			global
 			{not in Vi}
 			{not available when compiled without the |+wildignore|
@@ -1385,8 +1387,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 			written
 	  nowrite	buffer which will not be written
 	  acwrite	buffer which will always be written with BufWriteCmd
-			autocommands. {not available when compiled without the
+			autocommands.
-			|+autocmd| feature}
 	  quickfix	quickfix buffer, contains list of errors |:cwindow|
 			or list of locations |:lwindow|
 	  help		help buffer (you are not supposed to set this
@@ -1808,7 +1809,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	'copyindent'	+ off		don't copy indent structure
 	'cpoptions'	& (all flags)	Vi-compatible flags
 	'cscopepathcomp'+ 0		don't show directories in tags list
-	'cscoperelative'+ off		
+	'cscoperelative'+ off		don't use basename of path as prefix
 	'cscopetag'	+ off		don't use cscope for ":tag"
 	'cscopetagorder'+ 0		see |cscopetagorder|
 	'cscopeverbose'	+ off		see |cscopeverbose|
@@ -2116,7 +2117,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 								*cpo-E*
 		E	It is an error when using "y", "d", "c", "g~", "gu" or
 			"gU" on an Empty region.  The operators only work when
-			at least one character is to be operate on.  Example:
+			at least one character is to be operated on.  Example:
 			This makes "y0" fail in the first column.
 								*cpo-f*
 		f	When included, a ":read" command with a file name
@@ -2466,8 +2467,6 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 'cursorbind' 'crb'	boolean  (default off)
 			local to window
 			{not in Vi}
-			{not available when compiled without the |+cursorbind|
-			feature}
 	When this option is set, as the cursor in the current
 	window moves other cursorbound windows (windows that also have
 	this option set) move their cursors to the corresponding line and
@@ -2634,6 +2633,9 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 		vertical	Start diff mode with vertical splits (unless
 				explicitly specified otherwise).
 
+		hiddenoff	Do not use diff mode for a buffer when it
+				becomes hidden.
+
 		foldcolumn:{n}	Set the 'foldcolumn' option to {n} when
 				starting diff mode.  Without this 2 is used.
 
@@ -2915,8 +2917,6 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 'eventignore' 'ei'	string	(default "")
 			global
 			{not in Vi}
-			{not available when compiled without the |+autocmd|
-			feature}
 	A list of autocommand event names, which are to be ignored.
 	When set to "all" or when "all" is one of the items, all autocommand
 	events are ignored, autocommands will not be executed.
@@ -3165,8 +3165,6 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 'filetype' 'ft'		string (default: "")
 			local to buffer
 			{not in Vi}
-			{not available when compiled without the |+autocmd|
-			feature}
 	When this option is set, the FileType autocommand event is triggered.
 	All autocommands that match with the value of this option will be
 	executed.  Thus the value of 'filetype' is used in place of the file
@@ -3849,7 +3847,14 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	To avoid problems with flags that are added in the future, use the
 	"+=" and "-=" feature of ":set" |add-option-flags|.
 
-	Valid letters are as follows:
+	Valid characters are as follows:
+								*'go-!'*
+	  '!'	External commands are executed in a terminal window.  Without
+		this flag the MS-Windows GUI will open a console window to
+		execute the command.  The Unix GUI will simulate a dumb
+		terminal to list the command output.
+		The terminal window will be positioned at the bottom, and grow
+		upwards as needed.
 							*guioptions_a* *'go-a'*
 	  'a'	Autoselect:  If present, then whenever VISUAL mode is started,
 		or the Visual area extended, Vim tries to become the owner of
@@ -4256,10 +4261,10 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 'imactivatefunc' 'imaf'	string (default "")
 			global
 			{not in Vi}
-			{only available when compiled with |+xim| and
+			{only available when compiled with |+mbyte|}
-			|+GUI_GTK|}
 	This option specifies a function that will be called to
-	activate/inactivate Input Method.
+	activate or deactivate the Input Method.
+	It is not used in the GUI.
 
 	Example: >
 		function ImActivateFunc(active)
@@ -4308,8 +4313,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 'imcmdline' 'imc'	boolean (default off)
 			global
 			{not in Vi}
-			{only available when compiled with the |+xim|,
+			{only available when compiled with |+mbyte|}
-			|+multi_byte_ime| or |global-ime| features}
 	When set the Input Method is always on when starting to edit a command
 	line, unless entering a search pattern (see 'imsearch' for that).
 	Setting this option is useful when your input method allows entering
@@ -4320,8 +4324,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 'imdisable' 'imd'	boolean (default off, on for some systems (SGI))
 			global
 			{not in Vi}
-			{only available when compiled with the |+xim|,
+			{only available when compiled with |+mbyte|}
-			|+multi_byte_ime| or |global-ime| features}
 	When set the Input Method is never used.  This is useful to disable
 	the IM when it doesn't work properly.
 	Currently this option is on by default for SGI/IRIX machines.  This
@@ -4336,8 +4339,6 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 		0	:lmap is off and IM is off
 		1	:lmap is ON and IM is off
 		2	:lmap is off and IM is ON
-	2 is available only when compiled with the |+multi_byte_ime|, |+xim|
-	or |global-ime|.
 	To always reset the option to zero when leaving Insert mode with <Esc>
 	this can be used: >
 		:inoremap <ESC> <ESC>:set iminsert=0<CR>
@@ -4350,6 +4351,10 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	The value 0 may not work correctly with Athena and Motif with some XIM
 	methods.  Use 'imdisable' to disable XIM then.
 
+	You can set 'imactivatefunc' and 'imstatusfunc' to handle IME/XIM
+	via external command if vim is not compiled with the |+xim|,
+	|+multi_byte_ime| or |global-ime|.
+
 						*'imsearch'* *'ims'*
 'imsearch' 'ims'	number (default -1)
 			local to buffer
@@ -4372,10 +4377,10 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 'imstatusfunc' 'imsf'	string (default "")
 			global
 			{not in Vi}
-			{only available when compiled with |+xim| and
+			{only available when compiled with |+mbyte|}
-			|+GUI_GTK|}
 	This option specifies a function that is called to obtain the status
 	of Input Method.  It must return a positive number when IME is active.
+	It is not used in the GUI.
 
 	Example: >
 		function ImStatusFunc()
@@ -4464,8 +4469,8 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	match may not be found.  This is to avoid that Vim hangs while you
 	are typing the pattern.
 	The highlighting can be set with the 'i' flag in 'highlight'.
-	When 'hlsearch' is on, all matched strings are highlighted too while typing
+	When 'hlsearch' is on, all matched strings are highlighted too while
-	a search command. See also: 'hlsearch'.
+	typing a search command. See also: 'hlsearch'.
 	If you don't want turn 'hlsearch' on, but want to highlight all matches
 	while searching, you can turn on and off 'hlsearch' with autocmd.
 	Example: >
@@ -5200,8 +5205,11 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 			{not in Vi}
 	Maximum amount of memory (in Kbyte) to use for one buffer.  When this
 	limit is reached allocating extra memory for a buffer will cause
-	other memory to be freed.  The maximum usable value is about 2000000.
+	other memory to be freed.
-	Use this to work without a limit.  Also see 'maxmemtot'.
+	The maximum usable value is about 2000000.  Use this to work without a
+	limit.
+	The value is ignored when 'swapfile' is off.
+	Also see 'maxmemtot'.
 
 						*'maxmempattern'* *'mmp'*
 'maxmempattern' 'mmp'	number	(default 1000)
@@ -5230,6 +5238,8 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	need more than 2 Gbyte for text editing?  Keep in mind that text is
 	stored in the swap file, one can edit files > 2 Gbyte anyway.  We do
 	need the memory to store undo info.
+	Buffers with 'swapfile' off still count to the total amount of memory
+	used.
 	Also see 'maxmem'.
 
 						*'menuitems'* *'mis'*
@@ -5326,6 +5336,8 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	an explanation.
 	When 'buftype' is "nowrite" or "nofile" this option may be set, but
 	will be ignored.
+	Note that the text may actually be the same, e.g. 'modified' is set
+	when using "rA" on an "A".
 
 						*'more'* *'nomore'*
 'more'			boolean	(Vim default: on, Vi default: off)
@@ -5414,6 +5426,8 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 
 	In the "popup" model the right mouse button produces a pop-up menu.
 	You need to define this first, see |popup-menu|.
+	In a terminal the popup menu works if Vim is compiled with the
+	|+insert_expand| option.
 
 	Note that you can further refine the meaning of buttons with mappings.
 	See |gui-mouse-mapping|.  But mappings are NOT used for modeless
@@ -5746,11 +5760,11 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	copy of the original file will be kept.  The name of the copy is the
 	name of the original file with the string in the 'patchmode' option
 	appended.  This option should start with a dot.  Use a string like
-	".org".  'backupdir' must not be empty for this to work (Detail: The
+	".orig" or ".org".  'backupdir' must not be empty for this to work
-	backup file is renamed to the patchmode file after the new file has
+	(Detail: The backup file is renamed to the patchmode file after the
-	been successfully written, that's why it must be possible to write a
+	new file has been successfully written, that's why it must be possible
-	backup file).  If there was no file to be backed up, an empty file is
+	to write a backup file).  If there was no file to be backed up, an
-	created.
+	empty file is created.
 	When the 'backupskip' pattern matches, a patchmode file is not made.
 	Using 'patchmode' for compressed files appends the extension at the
 	end (e.g., "file.gz.orig"), thus the resulting name isn't always
@@ -5952,6 +5966,15 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	Insert mode completion.  When zero as much space as available is used.
 	|ins-completion-menu|.
 
+						*'pumwidth'* *'pw'*
+'pumwidth' 'pw'		number	(default 15)
+			global
+			{not available when compiled without the
+			|+insert_expand| feature}
+			{not in Vi}
+	Determines the minimum width to use for the popup menu for Insert mode
+	completion.  |ins-completion-menu|.
+
 						*'pythondll'*
 'pythondll'		string	(default depends on the build)
 			global
@@ -5962,6 +5985,20 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	DYNAMIC_PYTHON_DLL, which was specified at compile time.
 	Environment variables are expanded |:set_env|.
 	This option cannot be set from a |modeline| or in the |sandbox|, for
+	security reasons.
+
+						*'pythonhome'*
+'pythonhome'		string	(default "")
+			global
+			{not in Vi}
+			{only available when compiled with the |+python/dyn|
+			feature}
+	Specifies the name of the Python 2.x home directory. When 'pythonhome'
+	and the PYTHONHOME environment variable are not set, PYTHON_HOME,
+	which was specified at compile time, will be used for the Python 2.x
+	home directory.
+	Environment variables are expanded |:set_env|.
+	This option cannot be set from a |modeline| or in the |sandbox|, for
 	security reasons.
 
 						*'pythonthreedll'*
@@ -5974,6 +6011,20 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	DYNAMIC_PYTHON3_DLL, which was specified at compile time.
 	Environment variables are expanded |:set_env|.
 	This option cannot be set from a |modeline| or in the |sandbox|, for
+	security reasons.
+
+						*'pythonthreehome'*
+'pythonthreehome'	string	(default "")
+			global
+			{not in Vi}
+			{only available when compiled with the |+python3/dyn|
+			feature}
+	Specifies the name of the Python 3 home directory. When
+	'pythonthreehome' and the PYTHONHOME environment variable are not set,
+	PYTHON3_HOME, which was specified at compile time, will be used for
+	the Python 3 home directory.
+	Environment variables are expanded |:set_env|.
+	This option cannot be set from a |modeline| or in the |sandbox|, for
 	security reasons.
 
 						*'pyxversion'* *'pyx'*
@@ -6033,7 +6084,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 			{only available when compiled with the |+reltime|
 			feature}
 	The time in milliseconds for redrawing the display.  This applies to
-	searching for patterns for 'hlsearch', |:match| highlighting an syntax
+	searching for patterns for 'hlsearch', |:match| highlighting and syntax
 	highlighting.
 	When redrawing takes more than this many milliseconds no further
 	matches will be highlighted.
@@ -6119,9 +6170,10 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 		  geom	    pixelGeometry	int	0 - 2 (see below)
 		  renmode   renderingMode	int	0 - 6 (see below)
 		  taamode   textAntialiasMode	int	0 - 3 (see below)
+		  scrlines  Scroll Lines	int	(deprecated)
 
-		See this URL for detail:
+		See this URL for detail (except for scrlines):
-		  http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/dd368190.aspx
+		  https://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/dd368190.aspx
 
 		For geom: structure of a device pixel.
 		  0 - DWRITE_PIXEL_GEOMETRY_FLAT
@@ -6129,7 +6181,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 		  2 - DWRITE_PIXEL_GEOMETRY_BGR
 
 		See this URL for detail:
-		  http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/dd368114.aspx
+		  https://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/dd368114.aspx
 
 		For renmode: method of rendering glyphs.
 		  0 - DWRITE_RENDERING_MODE_DEFAULT
@@ -6141,7 +6193,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 		  6 - DWRITE_RENDERING_MODE_OUTLINE
 
 		See this URL for detail:
-		  http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/dd368118.aspx
+		  https://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/dd368118.aspx
 
 		For taamode: antialiasing mode used for drawing text.
 		  0 - D2D1_TEXT_ANTIALIAS_MODE_DEFAULT
@@ -6150,15 +6202,41 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 		  3 - D2D1_TEXT_ANTIALIAS_MODE_ALIASED
 
 		See this URL for detail:
-		  http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/dd368170.aspx
+		  https://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/dd368170.aspx
+
+		For scrlines:
+		This was used for optimizing scrolling behavior, however this
+		is now deprecated.  If specified, it is simply ignored.
 
 		Example: >
 		  set encoding=utf-8
-		  set gfn=Ricty_Diminished:h12:cSHIFTJIS
+		  set gfn=Ricty_Diminished:h12
 		  set rop=type:directx
 <
-		If select a raster font (Courier, Terminal or FixedSys) to
+		If select a raster font (Courier, Terminal or FixedSys which
-		'guifont', it fallbacks to be drawn by GDI automatically.
+		have ".fon" extension in file name) to 'guifont', it will be
+		drawn by GDI as a fallback.
+
+		NOTE: It is known that some fonts and options combination
+		causes trouble on drawing glyphs.
+
+		  - 'renmode:5' and 'renmode:6' will not work with some
+		    special made fonts (True-Type fonts which includes only
+		    bitmap glyphs).
+		  - 'taamode:3' will not work with some vector fonts.
+
+		NOTE: With this option, you can display colored emoji
+		(emoticon) in Windows 8.1 or later.  To display colored emoji,
+		there are some conditions which you should notice.
+
+		  - If your font includes non-colored emoji already, it will
+		    be used.
+		  - If your font doesn't have emoji, the system chooses an
+		    alternative symbol font.  On Windows 10, "Segoe UI Emoji"
+		    will be used.
+		  - When this alternative font didn't have fixed width glyph,
+		    emoji might be rendered beyond the bounding box of drawing
+		    cell.
 
 	Other render types are currently not supported.
 
@@ -6369,6 +6447,8 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	to find files which replace a distributed runtime files.  You can put
 	a directory after $VIMRUNTIME to find files which add to distributed
 	runtime files.
+	When Vim is started with |--clean| the home directory entries are not
+	included.
 	This option cannot be set from a |modeline| or in the |sandbox|, for
 	security reasons.
 
@@ -6387,8 +6467,6 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 'scrollbind' 'scb'	boolean  (default off)
 			local to window
 			{not in Vi}
-			{not available when compiled without the |+scrollbind|
-			feature}
 	See also |scroll-binding|.  When this option is set, the current
 	window scrolls as other scrollbind windows (windows that also have
 	this option set) scroll.  This option is useful for viewing the
@@ -6426,8 +6504,6 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 						*'scrollopt'* *'sbo'*
 'scrollopt' 'sbo'	string	(default "ver,jump")
 			global
-			{not available when compiled without the |+scrollbind|
-			feature}
 			{not in Vi}
 	This is a comma-separated list of words that specifies how
 	'scrollbind' windows should behave.  'sbo' stands for ScrollBind
@@ -6517,7 +6593,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 
 						*'sessionoptions'* *'ssop'*
 'sessionoptions' 'ssop'	string	(default: "blank,buffers,curdir,folds,
-					       help,options,tabpages,winsize")
+					 help,options,tabpages,winsize,terminal")
 			global
 			{not in Vi}
 			{not available when compiled without the |+mksession|
@@ -6549,6 +6625,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	   tabpages	all tab pages; without this only the current tab page
 			is restored, so that you can make a session for each
 			tab page separately
+	   terminal	include terminal windows where the command can be restored
 	   unix		with Unix end-of-line format (single <NL>), even when
 			on Windows or DOS
 	   winpos	position of the whole Vim window
@@ -6572,14 +6649,21 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	It is allowed to give an argument to the command, e.g.  "csh -f".
 	See |option-backslash| about including spaces and backslashes.
 	Environment variables are expanded |:set_env|.
+
 	If the name of the shell contains a space, you might need to enclose
-	it in quotes.  Example: >
+	it in quotes or escape the space.  Example with quotes: >
 		:set shell=\"c:\program\ files\unix\sh.exe\"\ -f
 <	Note the backslash before each quote (to avoid starting a comment) and
 	each space (to avoid ending the option value).  Also note that the
 	"-f" is not inside the quotes, because it is not part of the command
-	name.  And Vim automagically recognizes the backslashes that are path
+	name.  Vim automagically recognizes the backslashes that are path
 	separators.
+	Example with escaped space (Vim will do this when initializing the
+	option from $SHELL): >
+		:set shell=/bin/with\\\ space/sh
+<	The resulting value of 'shell' is  "/bin/with\ space/sh", two
+	backslashes are consumed by `:set`.
+
 	Under MS-Windows, when the executable ends in ".com" it must be
 	included.  Thus setting the shell to "command.com" or "4dos.com"
 	works, but "command" and "4dos" do not work for all commands (e.g.,
@@ -7337,7 +7421,6 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	W F   Preview window flag, text is ",PRV".
 	y F   Type of file in the buffer, e.g., "[vim]".  See 'filetype'.
 	Y F   Type of file in the buffer, e.g., ",VIM".  See 'filetype'.
-	      {not available when compiled without |+autocmd| feature}
 	q S   "[Quickfix List]", "[Location List]" or empty.
 	k S   Value of "b:keymap_name" or 'keymap' when |:lmap| mappings are
 	      being used: "<keymap>"
@@ -7361,7 +7444,9 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	a S   Argument list status as in default title.  ({current} of {max})
 	      Empty if the argument file count is zero or one.
 	{ NF  Evaluate expression between '%{' and '}' and substitute result.
-	      Note that there is no '%' before the closing '}'.
+	      Note that there is no '%' before the closing '}'.  The
+	      expression cannot contain a '}' character, call a function to
+	      work around that.
 	( -   Start of item group.  Can be used for setting the width and
 	      alignment of a section.  Must be followed by %) somewhere.
 	) -   End of item group.  No width fields allowed.
@@ -7482,6 +7567,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	Also see |swap-file| and |'swapsync'|.
 	If you want to open a new buffer without creating a swap file for it,
 	use the |:noswapfile| modifier.
+	See 'directory' for where the swap file is created.
 
 	This option is used together with 'bufhidden' and 'buftype' to
 	specify special kinds of buffers.   See |special-buffers|.
@@ -7828,46 +7914,71 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 		:set encoding=utf-8
 <	You need to do this when your system has no locale support for UTF-8.
 
-						*'termguicolors'* *'tgc'*
+					*'termguicolors'* *'tgc'* *E954*
 'termguicolors' 'tgc'	boolean (default off)
 			global
 			{not in Vi}
 			{not available when compiled without the
 			|+termguicolors| feature}
 	When on, uses |highlight-guifg| and |highlight-guibg| attributes in
-	the terminal (thus using 24-bit color). Requires a ISO-8613-3
+	the terminal (thus using 24-bit color).
-	compatible terminal.
+
-	If setting this option does not work (produces a colorless UI)
+	Requires a ISO-8613-3 compatible terminal.  If setting this option
-	reading |xterm-true-color| might help.
+	does not work (produces a colorless UI) reading |xterm-true-color|
+	might help.
+
+	For Win32 console, Windows 10 version 1703 (Creators Update) or later
+	is required. Use this check to find out: >
+		if has('vcon')
+<	This requires Vim to be built with the |+vtp| feature.
+
 	Note that the "cterm" attributes are still used, not the "gui" ones.
 	NOTE: This option is reset when 'compatible' is set.
 
-						*'termkey'* *'tk'*
+						*'termwinscroll'* *'twsl'*
-'termkey' 'tk'		string	(default "")
+'termwinscroll' 'twsl'	number	(default 10000)
+			local to buffer
+			{not in Vi}
+			{not available when compiled without the
+			|+terminal| feature}
+	Number of scrollback lines to keep.  When going over this limit the
+	first 10% of the scrollback lines are deleted.  This is just to reduce
+	the memory usage.  See |Terminal-Normal|.
+
+						*'termwinkey'* *'twk'*
+'termwinkey' 'twk'	string	(default "")
 			local to window
 			{not in Vi}
 	The key that starts a CTRL-W command in a terminal window.  Other keys
 	are sent to the job running in the window.
 	The <> notation can be used, e.g.: >
-		:set termkey=<C-L>
+		:set termwinkey=<C-L>
 <	The string must be one key stroke but can be multiple bytes.
 	When not set CTRL-W is used, so that CTRL-W : gets you to the command
-	line.  If 'termkey' is set to CTRL-L then CTRL-L : gets you to the
+	line.  If 'termwinkey' is set to CTRL-L then CTRL-L : gets you to the
 	command line.
 
-						*'termsize'* *'tms'*
+						*'termwinsize'* *'tws'*
-'termsize' 'tms'	string	(default "")
+'termwinsize' 'tws'	string	(default "")
 			local to window
 			{not in Vi}
-	Size of the |terminal| window.  Format: {rows}x{columns}.
+	Size of the |terminal| window.  Format: {rows}x{columns} or
+	{rows}*{columns}.
 	- When empty the terminal gets the size from the window.
-	- When set (e.g., "24x80") the terminal size is not adjusted to the
+	- When set with a "x" (e.g., "24x80") the terminal size is not
-	  window size.  If the window is smaller only the top-left part is
+	  adjusted to the window size.  If the window is smaller only the
-	  displayed.
+	  top-left part is displayed.
-	  When rows is zero then use the height of the window.
+	- When set with a "*" (e.g., "10*50") the terminal size follows the
-	  When columns is zero then use the width of the window.
+	  window size, but will not be smaller than the specified rows and/or
-	  For example: "30x0" uses 30 rows with the current window width.
+	  columns.
-	  Using "0x0" is the same as empty.
+	- When rows is zero then use the height of the window.
+	- When columns is zero then use the width of the window.
+	- Using "0x0" or "0*0" is the same as empty.
+
+	Examples:
+	  "30x0" uses 30 rows and the current window width.
+	  "20*0" uses at least 20 rows and the current window width.
+	  "0*40" uses the current window height and at least 40 columns.
 	Note that the command running in the terminal window may still change
 	the size of the terminal.  In that case the Vim window will be
 	adjusted to that size, if possible.
@@ -8232,7 +8343,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	number, more intelligent detection process runs.
 	The "xterm2" value will be set if the xterm version is reported to be
 	from 95 to 276.  The "sgr" value will be set if the xterm version is
-	277 or highter and when Vim detects Mac Terminal.app or Iterm2.
+	277 or higher and when Vim detects Mac Terminal.app or iTerm2.
 	If you do not want 'ttymouse' to be set to "xterm2" or "sgr"
 	automatically, set t_RV to an empty string: >
 		:set t_RV=

runtime/doc/os_mac.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*os_mac.txt*    For Vim version 8.0.  Last change: 2017 Apr 28
+*os_mac.txt*    For Vim version 8.0.  Last change: 2018 Jan 21
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar et al.
@@ -165,7 +165,7 @@ and then run `make` to build Vim.  The order of the options doesn't matter.
 
 To make sure at runtime whether or not the darwin feature is compiled in, you
 can use `has('osxdarwin')` which returns 1 if the feature is compiled in; 0
-otherwise.  For backwards comptibility, you can still use `macunix` instead of
+otherwise.  For backward compatibility, you can still use `macunix` instead of
 `osxdarwin`.
 
 Notable use cases where `--disable-darwin` is turned out to be useful are:

runtime/doc/os_vms.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*os_vms.txt*    For Vim version 8.0.  Last change: 2014 Aug 29
+*os_vms.txt*    For Vim version 8.0.  Last change: 2018 May 06
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL
@@ -702,13 +702,13 @@ In a cluster that contains nodes with different architectures like below:
 $show cluster
 View of Cluster from system ID 11655  node: TOR                                                                     18-AUG-2008 11:58:31
 +---------------------------------+
-<EFBFBD>        SYSTEMS        <EFBFBD> MEMBERS <EFBFBD>
+|        SYSTEMS        | MEMBERS |
-+-----------------------+---------<EFBFBD>
++-----------------------+---------|
-<EFBFBD>  NODE  <EFBFBD>   SOFTWARE   <EFBFBD>  STATUS <EFBFBD>
+|  NODE  |   SOFTWARE   |  STATUS |
-+--------+--------------+---------<EFBFBD>
++--------+--------------+---------|
-<EFBFBD> TOR    <EFBFBD> VMS V7.3-2   <EFBFBD> MEMBER  <EFBFBD>
+| TOR    | VMS V7.3-2   | MEMBER  |
-<EFBFBD> TITAN2 <EFBFBD> VMS V8.3     <EFBFBD> MEMBER  <EFBFBD>
+| TITAN2 | VMS V8.3     | MEMBER  |
-<EFBFBD> ODIN   <EFBFBD> VMS V7.3-2   <EFBFBD> MEMBER  <EFBFBD>
+| ODIN   | VMS V7.3-2   | MEMBER  |
 +---------------------------------+
 
 It is convenient to have a common VIM directory but execute different

runtime/doc/pattern.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*pattern.txt*   For Vim version 8.0.  Last change: 2017 Jun 05
+*pattern.txt*   For Vim version 8.0.  Last change: 2018 Mar 13
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -905,7 +905,7 @@ $	At end of pattern or in front of "\|", "\)" or "\n" ('magic' on):
 	becomes invalid.  Vim doesn't automatically update the matches.
 	Similar to moving the cursor for "\%#" |/\%#|.
 
-						*/\%l* */\%>l* */\%<l*
+						*/\%l* */\%>l* */\%<l* *E951*
 \%23l	Matches in a specific line.
 \%<23l	Matches above a specific line (lower line number).
 \%>23l	Matches below a specific line (higher line number).
@@ -1166,7 +1166,8 @@ x	A single character, with no special meaning, matches itself
 	- Matching with a collection can be slow, because each character in
 	  the text has to be compared with each character in the collection.
 	  Use one of the other atoms above when possible.  Example: "\d" is
-	  much faster than "[0-9]" and matches the same characters.
+	  much faster than "[0-9]" and matches the same characters.  However,
+	  the new |NFA| regexp engine deals with this better than the old one.
 
 						*/\%[]* *E69* *E70* *E369*
 \%[]	A sequence of optionally matched atoms.  This always matches.

runtime/doc/quickfix.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*quickfix.txt*  For Vim version 8.0.  Last change: 2017 Sep 13
+*quickfix.txt*  For Vim version 8.0.  Last change: 2018 May 01
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -64,6 +64,14 @@ When a window with a location list is split, the new window gets a copy of the
 location list.  When there are no longer any references to a location list,
 the location list is destroyed.
 
+						*quickfix-changedtick*
+Every quickfix and location list has a read-only changedtick variable that
+tracks the total number of changes made to the list.  Every time the quickfix
+list is modified, this count is incremented. This can be used to perform an
+action only when the list has changed.  The getqflist() and getloclist()
+functions can be used to query the current value of changedtick.  You cannot
+change the changedtick variable.
+
 The following quickfix commands can be used.  The location list commands are
 similar to the quickfix commands, replacing the 'c' prefix in the quickfix
 command with 'l'.
@@ -322,9 +330,9 @@ deleted for some reason, the message "line changed" is shown to warn you that
 the error location may not be correct.  If you quit Vim and start again the
 marks are lost and the error locations may not be correct anymore.
 
-If vim is built with |+autocmd| support, two autocommands are available for
+Two autocommands are available for running commands before and after a
-running commands before and after a quickfix command (':make', ':grep' and so
+quickfix command (':make', ':grep' and so on) is executed. See
-on) is executed. See |QuickFixCmdPre| and |QuickFixCmdPost| for details.
+|QuickFixCmdPre| and |QuickFixCmdPost| for details.
 
 						*QuickFixCmdPost-example*
 When 'encoding' differs from the locale, the error messages may have a
@@ -341,6 +349,50 @@ use this code: >
 	au QuickfixCmdPost make call QfMakeConv()
 Another option is using 'makeencoding'.
 
+							*quickfix-title*
+Every quickfix and location list has a title. By default the title is set to
+the command that created the list. The |getqflist()| and |getloclist()|
+functions can be used to get the title of a quickfix and a location list
+respectively. The |setqflist()| and |setloclist()| functions can be used to
+modify the title of a quickfix and location list respectively. Examples: >
+	call setqflist([], 'a', {'title' : 'Cmd output'})
+	echo getqflist({'title' : 1})
+	call setloclist(3, [], 'a', {'title' : 'Cmd output'})
+	echo getloclist(3, {'title' : 1})
+<
+							*quickfix-size*
+You can get the number of entries (size) in a quickfix and a location list
+using the |getqflist()| and |getloclist()| functions respectively. Examples: >
+	echo getqflist({'size' : 1})
+	echo getloclist(5, {'size' : 1})
+<
+							*quickfix-context*
+Any Vim type can be associated as a context with a quickfix or location list.
+The |setqflist()| and the |setloclist()| functions can be used to associate a
+context with a quickfix and a location list respectively. The |getqflist()|
+and the |getloclist()| functions can be used to retrieve the context of a
+quickfix and a location list respectively. This is useful for a Vim plugin
+dealing with multiple quickfix/location lists.
+Examples: >
+
+	let somectx = {'name' : 'Vim', 'type' : 'Editor'}
+	call setqflist([], 'a', {'context' : somectx})
+	echo getqflist({'context' : 1})
+
+	let newctx = ['red', 'green', 'blue']
+	call setloclist(2, [], 'a', {'id' : qfid, 'context' : newctx})
+	echo getloclist(2, {'id' : qfid, 'context' : 1})
+<
+							*quickfix-parse*
+You can parse a list of lines using 'errorformat' without creating or
+modifying a quickfix list using the |getqflist()| function. Examples: >
+	echo getqflist({'lines' : ["F1:10:Line10", "F2:20:Line20"]})
+	echo getqflist({'lines' : systemlist('grep -Hn quickfix *')})
+This returns a dictionary where the 'items' key contains the list of quickfix
+entries parsed from lines. The following shows how to use a custom
+'errorformat' to parse the lines without modifying the 'errorformat' option: >
+	echo getqflist({'efm' : '%f#%l#%m', 'lines' : ['F1#10#Line']})
+<
 
 EXECUTE A COMMAND IN ALL THE BUFFERS IN QUICKFIX OR LOCATION LIST:
 							*:cdo*
@@ -367,8 +419,7 @@ EXECUTE A COMMAND IN ALL THE BUFFERS IN QUICKFIX OR LOCATION LIST:
 			autocommand event is disabled by adding it to
 			'eventignore'.  This considerably speeds up editing
 			each buffer.
-			{not in Vi} {not available when compiled without the
+			{not in Vi}
-			|+listcmds| feature}
 			Also see |:bufdo|, |:tabdo|, |:argdo|, |:windo|,
 			|:ldo|, |:cfdo| and |:lfdo|.
 
@@ -381,8 +432,7 @@ EXECUTE A COMMAND IN ALL THE BUFFERS IN QUICKFIX OR LOCATION LIST:
 				:{cmd}
 				etc.
 <			Otherwise it works the same as `:cdo`.
-			{not in Vi} {not available when compiled without the
+			{not in Vi}
-			|+listcmds| feature}
 
 							*:ldo*
 :ld[o][!] {cmd}		Execute {cmd} in each valid entry in the location list
@@ -395,8 +445,7 @@ EXECUTE A COMMAND IN ALL THE BUFFERS IN QUICKFIX OR LOCATION LIST:
 				etc.
 <			Only valid entries in the location list are used.
 			Otherwise it works the same as `:cdo`.
-			{not in Vi} {not available when compiled without the
+			{not in Vi}
-			|+listcmds| feature}
 
 							*:lfdo*
 :lfdo[!] {cmd}		Execute {cmd} in each file in the location list for
@@ -408,8 +457,7 @@ EXECUTE A COMMAND IN ALL THE BUFFERS IN QUICKFIX OR LOCATION LIST:
 				:{cmd}
 				etc.
 <			Otherwise it works the same as `:ldo`.
-			{not in Vi} {not available when compiled without the
+			{not in Vi}
-			|+listcmds| feature}
 
 =============================================================================
 2. The error window					*quickfix-window*
@@ -542,6 +590,117 @@ In all of the above cases, if the location list for the selected window is not
 yet set, then it is set to the location list displayed in the location list
 window.
 
+							*quickfix-window-ID*
+You can use the |getqflist()| and |getloclist()| functions to obtain the
+window ID of the quickfix window and location list window respectively (if
+present).  Examples: >
+	echo getqflist({'winid' : 1}).winid
+	echo getloclist(2, {'winid' : 1}).winid
+<
+							*getqflist-examples*
+The getqflist() and getloclist() functions can be used to get the various
+attributes of a quickfix and location list respectively. Some examples for
+using these functions are below:
+>
+    " get the title of the current quickfix list
+    :echo getqflist({'title' : 0}).title
+
+    " get the identifier of the current quickfix list
+    :let qfid = getqflist({'id' : 0}).id
+
+    " get the identifier of the fourth quickfix list in the stack
+    :let qfid = getqflist({'nr' : 4, 'id' : 0}).id
+
+    " check whether a quickfix list with a specific identifier exists
+    :if getqflist({'id' : qfid}).id == qfid
+
+    " get the index of the current quickfix list in the stack
+    :let qfnum = getqflist({'nr' : 0}).nr
+
+    " get the items of a quickfix list specified by an identifier
+    :echo getqflist({'id' : qfid, 'items' : 0}).items
+
+    " get the number of entries in a quickfix list specified by an id
+    :echo getqflist({'id' : qfid, 'size' : 0}).size
+
+    " get the context of the third quickfix list in the stack
+    :echo getqflist({'nr' : 3, 'context' : 0}).context
+
+    " get the number of quickfix lists in the stack
+    :echo getqflist({'nr' : '$'}).nr
+
+    " get the number of times the current quickfix list is changed
+    :echo getqflist({'changedtick' : 0}).changedtick
+
+    " get the current entry in a quickfix list specified by an identifier
+    :echo getqflist({'id' : qfid, 'idx' : 0}).idx
+
+    " get all the quickfix list attributes using an identifier
+    :echo getqflist({'id' : qfid, 'all' : 0})
+
+    " parse text from a List of lines and return a quickfix list
+    :let myList = ["a.java:10:L10", "b.java:20:L20"]
+    :echo getqflist({'lines' : myList}).items
+
+    " parse text using a custom 'efm' and return a quickfix list
+    :echo getqflist({'lines' : ['a.c#10#Line 10'], 'efm':'%f#%l#%m'}).items
+
+    " get the quickfix list window id
+    :echo getqflist({'winid' : 0}).winid
+
+    " get the context of the current location list
+    :echo getloclist(0, {'context' : 0}).context
+
+    " get the location list window id of the third window
+    :echo getloclist(3, {'winid' : 0}).winid
+<
+							*setqflist-examples*
+The setqflist() and setloclist() functions can be used to set the various
+attributes of a quickfix and location list respectively. Some examples for
+using these functions are below:
+>
+    " create an empty quickfix list with a title and a context
+    :let t = 'Search results'
+    :let c = {'cmd' : 'grep'}
+    :call setqflist([], ' ', {'title' : t, 'context' : c})
+
+    " set the title of the current quickfix list
+    :call setqflist([], 'a', {'title' : 'Mytitle'})
+
+    " set the context of a quickfix list specified by an identifier
+    :call setqflist([], 'a', {'id' : qfid, 'context' : {'val' : 100}})
+
+    " create a new quickfix list from a command output
+    :call setqflist([], ' ', {'lines' : systemlist('grep -Hn main *.c')})
+
+    " parse text using a custom efm and add to a particular quickfix list
+    :call setqflist([], 'a', {'id' : qfid,
+		\ 'lines' : ["a.c#10#L10", "b.c#20#L20"], 'efm':'%f#%l#%m'})
+
+    " add items to the quickfix list specified by an identifier
+    :let newItems = [{'filename' : 'a.txt', 'lnum' : 10, 'text' : "Apple"},
+		    \ {'filename' : 'b.txt', 'lnum' : 20, 'text' : "Orange"}]
+    :call setqflist([], 'a', {'id' : qfid, 'items' : newItems})
+
+    " empty a quickfix list specified by an identifier
+    :call setqflist([], 'r', {'id' : qfid, 'items' : []})
+
+    " free all the quickfix lists in the stack
+    :call setqflist([], 'f')
+
+    " set the title of the fourth quickfix list
+    :call setqflist([], 'a', {'nr' : 4, 'title' : 'SomeTitle'})
+
+    " create a new quickfix list at the end of the stack
+    :call setqflist([], ' ', {'nr' : '$',
+			\ 'lines' : systemlist('grep -Hn class *.java')})
+
+    " create a new location list from a command output
+    :call setloclist(0, [], ' ', {'lines' : systemlist('grep -Hn main *.c')})
+
+    " replace the location list entries for the third window
+    :call setloclist(3, [], 'r', {'items' : newItems})
+<
 =============================================================================
 3. Using more than one list of errors			*quickfix-error-lists*
 
@@ -586,12 +745,20 @@ list, one newer list is overwritten.  This is especially useful if you are
 browsing with ":grep" |grep|.  If you want to keep the more recent error
 lists, use ":cnewer 99" first.
 
+To get the number of lists in the quickfix and location list stack, you can
+use the |getqflist()| and |getloclist()| functions respectively with the list
+number set to the special value '$'. Examples: >
+	echo getqflist({'nr' : '$'}).nr
+	echo getloclist(3, {'nr' : '$'}).nr
+To get the number of the current list in the stack: >
+	echo getqflist({'nr' : 0}).nr
+<
 =============================================================================
 4. Using :make						*:make_makeprg*
 
 							*:mak* *:make*
-:mak[e][!] [arguments]	1. If vim was built with |+autocmd|, all relevant
+:mak[e][!] [arguments]	1. All relevant |QuickFixCmdPre| autocommands are
-			   |QuickFixCmdPre| autocommands are executed.
+			   executed.
 			2. If the 'autowrite' option is on, write any changed
 			   buffers
 			3. An errorfile name is made from 'makeef'.  If
@@ -603,9 +770,8 @@ lists, use ":cnewer 99" first.
 			   errorfile (for Unix it is also echoed on the
 			   screen).
 			5. The errorfile is read using 'errorformat'.
-			6. If vim was built with |+autocmd|, all relevant
+			6. All relevant |QuickFixCmdPost| autocommands are
-			   |QuickFixCmdPost| autocommands are executed.
+			   executed.  See example below.
-			   See example below.
 			7. If [!] is not given the first error is jumped to.
 			8. The errorfile is deleted.
 			9. You can now move through the errors with commands
@@ -1068,6 +1234,7 @@ you want to match case, add "\C" to the pattern |/\C|.
 Basic items
 
 	%f		file name (finds a string)
+	%o		module name (finds a string)
 	%l		line number (finds a number)
 	%c		column number (finds a number representing character
 			column of the error, (1 <tab> == 1 character column))
@@ -1104,7 +1271,7 @@ or >
 to indicate the column of the error.  This is to be used in a multi-line error
 message.  See |errorformat-javac| for a  useful example.
 
-The "%s" conversion specifies the text to search for to locate the error line.
+The "%s" conversion specifies the text to search for, to locate the error line.
 The text is used as a literal string.  The anchors "^" and "$" are added to
 the text to locate the error line exactly matching the search text and the
 text is prefixed with the "\V" atom to make it "very nomagic".  The "%s"
@@ -1112,6 +1279,11 @@ conversion can be used to locate lines without a line number in the error
 output.  Like the output of the "grep" shell command.
 When the pattern is present the line number will not be used.
 
+The "%o" conversion specifies the module name in quickfix entry.  If present
+it will be used in quickfix error window instead of the filename.  The module
+name is used only for displaying purposes, the file name is used when jumping
+to the file.
+
 Changing directory
 
 The following uppercase conversion characters specify the type of special

runtime/doc/quickref.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*quickref.txt*  For Vim version 8.0.  Last change: 2017 Oct 19
+*quickref.txt*  For Vim version 8.0.  Last change: 2018 Apr 18
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -618,7 +618,8 @@ Short explanation of each option:		*option-list*
 'backupext'	  'bex'     extension used for the backup file
 'backupskip'	  'bsk'     no backup for files that match these patterns
 'balloondelay'	  'bdlay'   delay in mS before a balloon may pop up
-'ballooneval'	  'beval'   switch on balloon evaluation
+'ballooneval'	  'beval'     switch on balloon evaluation in the GUI
+'balloonevalterm' 'bevalterm' switch on balloon evaluation in the terminal
 'balloonexpr'	  'bexpr'   expression to show in balloon
 'belloff'	  'bo'	    do not ring the bell for these reasons
 'binary'	  'bin'     read/write/edit file in binary mode
@@ -837,8 +838,11 @@ Short explanation of each option:		*option-list*
 'printoptions'	  'popt'    controls the format of :hardcopy output
 'prompt'	  'prompt'  enable prompt in Ex mode
 'pumheight'	  'ph'	    maximum height of the popup menu
+'pumwidth'	  'pw'	    minimum width of the popup menu
 'pythondll'		    name of the Python 2 dynamic library
+'pythonhome'		    name of the Python 2 home directory
 'pythonthreedll'	    name of the Python 3 dynamic library
+'pythonthreehome'	    name of the Python 3 home directory
 'pyxversion'	  'pyx'	    Python version used for pyx* commands
 'quoteescape'	  'qe'	    escape characters used in a string
 'readonly'	  'ro'	    disallow writing the buffer
@@ -923,8 +927,9 @@ Short explanation of each option:		*option-list*
 'termbidi'	  'tbidi'   terminal takes care of bi-directionality
 'termencoding'	  'tenc'    character encoding used by the terminal
 'termguicolors'	  'tgc'     use GUI colors for the terminal
-'termkey'	  'tk'	    key that precedes a Vim command in a terminal
+'termwinkey'	  'twk'	    key that precedes a Vim command in a terminal
-'termsize'	  'tms'	    size of a terminal window
+'termwinscroll'   'twsl'    max number of scrollback lines in a terminal window
+'termwinsize'	  'tws'	    size of a terminal window
 'terse'			    shorten some messages
 'textauto'	  'ta'	    obsolete, use 'fileformats'
 'textmode'	  'tx'	    obsolete, use 'fileformat'

runtime/doc/quotes.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*quotes.txt*    For Vim version 8.0.  Last change: 2010 Nov 03
+*quotes.txt*    For Vim version 8.0.  Last change: 2018 Mar 29
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -18,7 +18,7 @@ Coming with a very GUI mindset from Windows, I always thought of people using
 Vi as some kind of outer space alien in human clothes.  Once I tried I really
 got addicted by its power and now I found myself typing Vim keypresses in the
 oddest places! That's why I would like to see Vim embedded in every
-application which deals with text editing.  (Jos<EFBFBD> Fonseca)
+application which deals with text editing.  (José Fonseca)
 
 I was a 12-year emacs user who switched to Vim about a year ago after finally
 giving up on the multiple incompatible versions, flaky contributed packages,

runtime/doc/remote.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*remote.txt*    For Vim version 8.0.  Last change: 2017 Aug 01
+*remote.txt*    For Vim version 8.0.  Last change: 2017 Nov 12
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -181,7 +181,8 @@ name on the 'VimRegistry' property on the root window.
 
 A non GUI Vim with access to the X11 display (|xterm-clipboard| enabled), can
 also act as a command server if a server name is explicitly given with the
---servername argument.
+--servername argument, or when Vim was build with the |+autoservername|
+feature.
 
 An empty --servername argument will cause the command server to be disabled.
 

runtime/doc/repeat.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*repeat.txt*    For Vim version 8.0.  Last change: 2017 Jun 10
+*repeat.txt*    For Vim version 8.0.  Last change: 2018 Mar 04
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -242,6 +242,10 @@ For writing a Vim script, see chapter 41 of the user manual |usr_41.txt|.
 			If the directory pack/*/opt/{name}/after exists it is
 			added at the end of 'runtimepath'.
 
+			If loading packages from "pack/*/start" was skipped,
+			then this directory is searched first:
+				pack/*/start/{name} ~
+
 			Note that {name} is the directory name, not the name
 			of the .vim file.  All the files matching the pattern
 				pack/*/opt/{name}/plugin/**/*.vim ~
@@ -261,6 +265,7 @@ For writing a Vim script, see chapter 41 of the user manual |usr_41.txt|.
 			loaded during initialization, see |load-plugins|.
 
 			Also see |pack-add|.
+			{only available when compiled with +eval}
 
 						*:packl* *:packloadall*
 :packl[oadall][!]	Load all packages in the "start" directory under each
@@ -284,6 +289,7 @@ For writing a Vim script, see chapter 41 of the user manual |usr_41.txt|.
 			An error only causes sourcing the script where it
 			happens to be aborted, further plugins will be loaded.
 			See |packages|.
+			{only available when compiled with +eval}
 
 :scripte[ncoding] [encoding]		*:scripte* *:scriptencoding* *E167*
 			Specify the character encoding used in the script.
@@ -802,6 +808,19 @@ DEFINING BREAKPOINTS
 <		Note that this only works for commands that are executed when
 		sourcing the file, not for a function defined in that file.
 
+:breaka[dd] expr {expression}
+		Sets a breakpoint, that will break whenever the {expression}
+		evaluates to a different value. Example: >
+			:breakadd expr g:lnum
+
+<		Will break, whenever the global variable lnum changes.
+		Note if you watch a |script-variable| this will break
+		when switching scripts, since the script variable is only
+		valid in the script where it has been defined and if that
+		script is called from several other scripts, this will stop
+		whenever that particular variable will become visible or
+		unaccessible again.
+
 The [lnum] is the line number of the breakpoint.  Vim will stop at or after
 this line.  When omitted line 1 is used.
 

runtime/doc/scroll.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*scroll.txt*    For Vim version 8.0.  Last change: 2016 Nov 10
+*scroll.txt*    For Vim version 8.0.  Last change: 2018 Apr 26
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -32,6 +32,7 @@ seen):
 
 							*CTRL-E*
 CTRL-E			Scroll window [count] lines downwards in the buffer.
+			The text moves upwards on the screen.
 			Mnemonic: Extra lines.
 
 							*CTRL-D*
@@ -70,6 +71,7 @@ seen):
 
 							*CTRL-Y*
 CTRL-Y			Scroll window [count] lines upwards in the buffer.
+			The text moves downwards on the screen.
 			Note: When using the MS-Windows key bindings CTRL-Y is
 			remapped to redo.
 

runtime/doc/spell.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*spell.txt*	For Vim version 8.0.  Last change: 2017 Oct 26
+*spell.txt*	For Vim version 8.0.  Last change: 2018 Mar 29
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL	  by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -907,9 +907,9 @@ when using "cp1250" on Unix.
 						*spell-LOW* *spell-UPP*
 Three lines in the affix file are needed.  Simplistic example:
 
-	FOL  <EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD> ~
+	FOL  áëñ ~
-	LOW  <EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD> ~
+	LOW  áëñ ~
-	UPP  <EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD> ~
+	UPP  ÁËÑ ~
 
 All three lines must have exactly the same number of characters.
 
@@ -924,9 +924,9 @@ The "UPP" line specifies the characters with upper-case.  That is, a character
 is upper-case where it's different from the character at the same position in
 "FOL".
 
-An exception is made for the German sharp s <EFBFBD>.  The upper-case version is
+An exception is made for the German sharp s ß.  The upper-case version is
 "SS".  In the FOL/LOW/UPP lines it should be included, so that it's recognized
-as a word character, but use the <EFBFBD> character in all three.
+as a word character, but use the ß character in all three.
 
 ASCII characters should be omitted, Vim always handles these in the same way.
 When the encoding is UTF-8 no word characters need to be specified.
@@ -1397,7 +1397,7 @@ suggestions would spend most time trying all kind of weird compound words.
 							*spell-SYLLABLE*
 The SYLLABLE item defines characters or character sequences that are used to
 count the number of syllables in a word.  Example:
-	SYLLABLE a<EFBFBD>e<EFBFBD>i<EFBFBD>o<EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD>u<EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD>y/aa/au/ea/ee/ei/ie/oa/oe/oo/ou/uu/ui ~
+	SYLLABLE aáeéiíoóöõuúüûy/aa/au/ea/ee/ei/ie/oa/oe/oo/ou/uu/ui ~
 
 Before the first slash is the set of characters that are counted for one
 syllable, also when repeated and mixed, until the next character that is not
@@ -1478,8 +1478,8 @@ alike.  This is mostly used for a letter with different accents.  This is used
 to prefer suggestions with these letters substituted.  Example:
 
 	MAP 2 ~
-	MAP e<EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD> ~
+	MAP eéëêè ~
-	MAP u<EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD> ~
+	MAP uüùúû ~
 
 The first line specifies the number of MAP lines following.  Vim ignores the
 number, but the line must be there.

runtime/doc/starting.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*starting.txt*  For Vim version 8.0.  Last change: 2017 Nov 11
+*starting.txt*  For Vim version 8.0.  Last change: 2018 May 05
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -58,9 +58,9 @@ filename	One or more file names.  The first one will be the current
 		that is read from stdin.  The commands that would normally be
 		read from stdin will now be read from stderr.  Example: >
 			find . -name "*.c" -print | vim -
-<		The buffer will be marked modified, because it contains text
+<		The buffer will not be marked as modified, so that it's easy
-		that needs to be saved.  Except when in readonly mode, then
+		to exit.  Be careful to mark it as modified if you don't want
-		the buffer is not marked modified.  Example: >
+		to accidentally lose it.  Example: >
 			ls | view -
 <
 		Starting in Ex mode: >
@@ -127,7 +127,8 @@ argument.
 On VMS all option arguments are assumed to be lowercase, unless preceded with
 a slash.  Thus "-R" means recovery and "-/R" readonly.
 
---help							*-h* *--help*
+--help							*-h* *--help* *-?*
+-?
 -h		Give usage (help) message and exit.  {not in Vi}
 		See |info-message| about capturing the text.
 
@@ -421,7 +422,9 @@ a slash.  Thus "-R" means recovery and "-/R" readonly.
 							*--not-a-term*
 --not-a-term	Tells Vim that the user knows that the input and/or output is
 		not connected to a terminal.  This will avoid the warning and
-		the two second delay that would happen. {not in Vi}
+		the two second delay that would happen.
+		Also avoids the "Reading from stdin..." message.
+		{not in Vi}
 
 							*--ttyfail*
 --ttyfail	When the stdin or stdout is not a terminal (tty) then exit
@@ -508,12 +511,14 @@ a slash.  Thus "-R" means recovery and "-/R" readonly.
 		{not in Vi}
 
 							*--clean*
---clean		Equal to "-u DEFAULTS -i NONE":
+--clean		Equal to "-u DEFAULTS -U NONE -i NONE":
 		- initializations from files and environment variables is
 		  skipped
 		- the |defaults.vim| script is loaded, which implies
 		  'nocompatible': use Vim defaults
+		- no |gvimrc| script is loaded
 		- no viminfo file is read or written
+		- the home directory is excluded from 'runtimepath'
 							*-x*
 -x		Use encryption to read/write files.  Will prompt for a key,
 		which is then stored in the 'key' option.  All writes will
@@ -1008,14 +1013,13 @@ Vi compatible default value ~
 When Vim starts, the 'compatible' option is on.  This will be used when Vim
 starts its initializations.  But as soon as:
 - a user vimrc file is found, or
-- a vimrc file in the current directory, or
+- a vimrc file in the current directory is found, or
 - the "VIMINIT" environment variable is set, or
 - the "-N" command line argument is given, or
 - the "--clean" command line argument is given, or
-  even when no vimrc file exists.
 - the |defaults.vim| script is loaded, or
-- gvimrc file was found,
+- a gvimrc file was found,
-then it will be set to 'nocompatible'.
+then the option will be set to 'nocompatible'.
 
 Note that this does NOT happen when a system-wide vimrc file was found.
 
@@ -1041,7 +1045,7 @@ giving the mapping.
 Defaults without a .vimrc file ~
 							*defaults.vim*
 If Vim is started normally and no user vimrc file is found, the
-$VIMRUTIME/defaults.vim script is loaded.  This will set 'compatible' off,
+$VIMRUNTIME/defaults.vim script is loaded.  This will set 'compatible' off,
 switch on syntax highlighting and a few more things.  See the script for
 details.  NOTE: this is done since Vim 8.0, not in Vim 7.4. (it was added in
 patch 7.4.2111 to be exact).

runtime/doc/syntax.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*syntax.txt*	For Vim version 8.0.  Last change: 2017 Sep 30
+*syntax.txt*	For Vim version 8.0.  Last change: 2018 Apr 30
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL	  by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -2779,13 +2779,10 @@ Ruby syntax will perform spellchecking of strings if you define
 
 SCHEME						*scheme.vim* *ft-scheme-syntax*
 
-By default only R5RS keywords are highlighted and properly indented.
+By default only R7RS keywords are highlighted and properly indented.
 
-MzScheme-specific stuff will be used if b:is_mzscheme or g:is_mzscheme
+scheme.vim also supports extensions of the CHICKEN Scheme->C compiler.
-variables are defined.
+Define b:is_chicken or g:is_chicken, if you need them.
-
-Also scheme.vim supports keywords of the Chicken Scheme->C compiler.  Define
-b:is_chicken or g:is_chicken, if you need them.
 
 
 SDL						*sdl.vim* *ft-sdl-syntax*
@@ -4630,7 +4627,9 @@ in their own color.
 				runtime colors/evening.vim
 				hi Statement ctermfg=Blue guifg=Blue
 
-<			After the color scheme has been loaded the
+<			Before the color scheme will be loaded the
+			|ColorSchemePre| autocommand event is triggered.
+			After the color scheme has been loaded the
 			|ColorScheme| autocommand event is triggered.
 			For info about writing a colorscheme file: >
 				:edit $VIMRUNTIME/colors/README.txt
@@ -5025,12 +5024,19 @@ StatusLine	status line of current window
 StatusLineNC	status lines of not-current windows
 		Note: if this is equal to "StatusLine" Vim will use "^^^" in
 		the status line of the current window.
+							*hl-StatusLineTerm*
+StatusLineTerm	status line of current window, if it is a |terminal| window.
+							*hl-StatusLineTermNC*
+StatusLineTermNC   status lines of not-current windows that is a |terminal|
+		window.
 							*hl-TabLine*
 TabLine		tab pages line, not active tab page label
 							*hl-TabLineFill*
 TabLineFill	tab pages line, where there are no labels
 							*hl-TabLineSel*
 TabLineSel	tab pages line, active tab page label
+							*hl-Terminal*
+Terminal	|terminal| window (see |terminal-size-color|)
 							*hl-Title*
 Title		titles for output from ":set all", ":autocmd" etc.
 							*hl-Visual*

runtime/doc/tabpage.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*tabpage.txt*   For Vim version 8.0.  Last change: 2016 Oct 20
+*tabpage.txt*   For Vim version 8.0.  Last change: 2018 Mar 29
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -286,8 +286,7 @@ LOOPING OVER TAB PAGES:
 		current tab page.
 		{cmd} can contain '|' to concatenate several commands.
 		{cmd} must not open or close tab pages or reorder them.
-		{not in Vi} {not available when compiled without the
+		{not in Vi}
-		|+listcmds| feature}
 		Also see |:windo|, |:argdo|, |:bufdo|, |:cdo|, |:ldo|, |:cfdo|
 		and |:lfdo|
 

runtime/doc/tags

@@ -74,12 +74,14 @@ $VIM_POSIX	vi_diff.txt	/*$VIM_POSIX*
 'backupskip'	options.txt	/*'backupskip'*
 'balloondelay'	options.txt	/*'balloondelay'*
 'ballooneval'	options.txt	/*'ballooneval'*
+'balloonevalterm'	options.txt	/*'balloonevalterm'*
 'balloonexpr'	options.txt	/*'balloonexpr'*
 'bdir'	options.txt	/*'bdir'*
 'bdlay'	options.txt	/*'bdlay'*
 'beautify'	vi_diff.txt	/*'beautify'*
 'belloff'	options.txt	/*'belloff'*
 'beval'	options.txt	/*'beval'*
+'bevalterm'	options.txt	/*'bevalterm'*
 'bex'	options.txt	/*'bex'*
 'bexpr'	options.txt	/*'bexpr'*
 'bf'	vi_diff.txt	/*'bf'*
@@ -292,6 +294,7 @@ $VIM_POSIX	vi_diff.txt	/*$VIM_POSIX*
 'gfw'	options.txt	/*'gfw'*
 'ghr'	options.txt	/*'ghr'*
 'go'	options.txt	/*'go'*
+'go-!'	options.txt	/*'go-!'*
 'go-A'	options.txt	/*'go-A'*
 'go-F'	options.txt	/*'go-F'*
 'go-L'	options.txt	/*'go-L'*
@@ -505,7 +508,9 @@ $VIM_POSIX	vi_diff.txt	/*$VIM_POSIX*
 'noawa'	options.txt	/*'noawa'*
 'nobackup'	options.txt	/*'nobackup'*
 'noballooneval'	options.txt	/*'noballooneval'*
+'noballoonevalterm'	options.txt	/*'noballoonevalterm'*
 'nobeval'	options.txt	/*'nobeval'*
+'nobevalterm'	options.txt	/*'nobevalterm'*
 'nobin'	options.txt	/*'nobin'*
 'nobinary'	options.txt	/*'nobinary'*
 'nobiosk'	options.txt	/*'nobiosk'*
@@ -778,10 +783,14 @@ $VIM_POSIX	vi_diff.txt	/*$VIM_POSIX*
 'prompt'	options.txt	/*'prompt'*
 'pt'	options.txt	/*'pt'*
 'pumheight'	options.txt	/*'pumheight'*
+'pumwidth'	options.txt	/*'pumwidth'*
 'pvh'	options.txt	/*'pvh'*
 'pvw'	options.txt	/*'pvw'*
+'pw'	options.txt	/*'pw'*
 'pythondll'	options.txt	/*'pythondll'*
+'pythonhome'	options.txt	/*'pythonhome'*
 'pythonthreedll'	options.txt	/*'pythonthreedll'*
+'pythonthreehome'	options.txt	/*'pythonthreehome'*
 'pyx'	options.txt	/*'pyx'*
 'pyxversion'	options.txt	/*'pyxversion'*
 'qe'	options.txt	/*'qe'*
@@ -1079,8 +1088,9 @@ $VIM_POSIX	vi_diff.txt	/*$VIM_POSIX*
 'termbidi'	options.txt	/*'termbidi'*
 'termencoding'	options.txt	/*'termencoding'*
 'termguicolors'	options.txt	/*'termguicolors'*
-'termkey'	options.txt	/*'termkey'*
+'termwinkey'	options.txt	/*'termwinkey'*
-'termsize'	options.txt	/*'termsize'*
+'termwinscroll'	options.txt	/*'termwinscroll'*
+'termwinsize'	options.txt	/*'termwinsize'*
 'terse'	options.txt	/*'terse'*
 'textauto'	options.txt	/*'textauto'*
 'textmode'	options.txt	/*'textmode'*
@@ -1096,10 +1106,8 @@ $VIM_POSIX	vi_diff.txt	/*$VIM_POSIX*
 'titlelen'	options.txt	/*'titlelen'*
 'titleold'	options.txt	/*'titleold'*
 'titlestring'	options.txt	/*'titlestring'*
-'tk'	options.txt	/*'tk'*
 'tl'	options.txt	/*'tl'*
 'tm'	options.txt	/*'tm'*
-'tms'	options.txt	/*'tms'*
 'to'	options.txt	/*'to'*
 'toolbar'	options.txt	/*'toolbar'*
 'toolbariconsize'	options.txt	/*'toolbariconsize'*
@@ -1120,6 +1128,9 @@ $VIM_POSIX	vi_diff.txt	/*$VIM_POSIX*
 'ttyscroll'	options.txt	/*'ttyscroll'*
 'ttytype'	options.txt	/*'ttytype'*
 'tw'	options.txt	/*'tw'*
+'twk'	options.txt	/*'twk'*
+'tws'	options.txt	/*'tws'*
+'twsl'	options.txt	/*'twsl'*
 'tx'	options.txt	/*'tx'*
 'uc'	options.txt	/*'uc'*
 'udf'	options.txt	/*'udf'*
@@ -1223,7 +1234,9 @@ $VIM_POSIX	vi_diff.txt	/*$VIM_POSIX*
 +acl	various.txt	/*+acl*
 +arabic	various.txt	/*+arabic*
 +autocmd	various.txt	/*+autocmd*
++autoservername	various.txt	/*+autoservername*
 +balloon_eval	various.txt	/*+balloon_eval*
++balloon_eval_term	various.txt	/*+balloon_eval_term*
 +browse	various.txt	/*+browse*
 +builtin_terms	various.txt	/*+builtin_terms*
 +byte_offset	various.txt	/*+byte_offset*
@@ -1347,6 +1360,7 @@ $VIM_POSIX	vi_diff.txt	/*$VIM_POSIX*
 +visual	various.txt	/*+visual*
 +visualextra	various.txt	/*+visualextra*
 +vreplace	various.txt	/*+vreplace*
++vtp	various.txt	/*+vtp*
 +wildignore	various.txt	/*+wildignore*
 +wildmenu	various.txt	/*+wildmenu*
 +windows	various.txt	/*+windows*
@@ -1394,6 +1408,7 @@ $VIM_POSIX	vi_diff.txt	/*$VIM_POSIX*
 --ttyfail	starting.txt	/*--ttyfail*
 --version	starting.txt	/*--version*
 --windowid	starting.txt	/*--windowid*
+-?	starting.txt	/*-?*
 -A	starting.txt	/*-A*
 -C	starting.txt	/*-C*
 -D	starting.txt	/*-D*
@@ -1920,11 +1935,18 @@ $VIM_POSIX	vi_diff.txt	/*$VIM_POSIX*
 :AdaTagDir	ft_ada.txt	/*:AdaTagDir*
 :AdaTagFile	ft_ada.txt	/*:AdaTagFile*
 :AdaTypes	ft_ada.txt	/*:AdaTypes*
+:Arguments	terminal.txt	/*:Arguments*
+:Break	terminal.txt	/*:Break*
+:Clear	terminal.txt	/*:Clear*
 :CompilerSet	usr_41.txt	/*:CompilerSet*
+:Continue	terminal.txt	/*:Continue*
 :DiffOrig	diff.txt	/*:DiffOrig*
 :DoMatchParen	pi_paren.txt	/*:DoMatchParen*
+:Evaluate	terminal.txt	/*:Evaluate*
 :Explore	pi_netrw.txt	/*:Explore*
+:Finish	terminal.txt	/*:Finish*
 :GLVS	pi_getscript.txt	/*:GLVS*
+:Gdb	terminal.txt	/*:Gdb*
 :GetLatestVimScripts_dat	pi_getscript.txt	/*:GetLatestVimScripts_dat*
 :GnatFind	ft_ada.txt	/*:GnatFind*
 :GnatPretty	ft_ada.txt	/*:GnatPretty*
@@ -1949,11 +1971,14 @@ $VIM_POSIX	vi_diff.txt	/*$VIM_POSIX*
 :Ntree	pi_netrw.txt	/*:Ntree*
 :Nw	pi_netrw.txt	/*:Nw*
 :Nwrite	pi_netrw.txt	/*:Nwrite*
+:Over	terminal.txt	/*:Over*
 :P	various.txt	/*:P*
 :Pexplore	pi_netrw.txt	/*:Pexplore*
 :Print	various.txt	/*:Print*
+:Program	terminal.txt	/*:Program*
 :Rexplore	pi_netrw.txt	/*:Rexplore*
 :RmVimball	pi_vimball.txt	/*:RmVimball*
+:Run	terminal.txt	/*:Run*
 :RustEmitAsm	ft_rust.txt	/*:RustEmitAsm*
 :RustEmitIr	ft_rust.txt	/*:RustEmitIr*
 :RustExpand	ft_rust.txt	/*:RustExpand*
@@ -1962,14 +1987,19 @@ $VIM_POSIX	vi_diff.txt	/*$VIM_POSIX*
 :RustPlay	ft_rust.txt	/*:RustPlay*
 :RustRun	ft_rust.txt	/*:RustRun*
 :Sexplore	pi_netrw.txt	/*:Sexplore*
+:Source	terminal.txt	/*:Source*
+:Step	terminal.txt	/*:Step*
+:Stop	terminal.txt	/*:Stop*
 :TOhtml	syntax.txt	/*:TOhtml*
 :TarDiff	pi_tar.txt	/*:TarDiff*
 :Termdebug	terminal.txt	/*:Termdebug*
+:TermdebugCommand	terminal.txt	/*:TermdebugCommand*
 :Texplore	pi_netrw.txt	/*:Texplore*
 :UseVimball	pi_vimball.txt	/*:UseVimball*
 :Vexplore	pi_netrw.txt	/*:Vexplore*
 :VimballList	pi_vimball.txt	/*:VimballList*
 :Vimuntar	pi_tar.txt	/*:Vimuntar*
+:Winbar	terminal.txt	/*:Winbar*
 :X	editing.txt	/*:X*
 :XMLent	insert.txt	/*:XMLent*
 :XMLns	insert.txt	/*:XMLns*
@@ -3171,6 +3201,8 @@ $VIM_POSIX	vi_diff.txt	/*$VIM_POSIX*
 :unhide	windows.txt	/*:unhide*
 :unl	eval.txt	/*:unl*
 :unlet	eval.txt	/*:unlet*
+:unlet-$	eval.txt	/*:unlet-$*
+:unlet-environment	eval.txt	/*:unlet-environment*
 :unlo	eval.txt	/*:unlo*
 :unlockvar	eval.txt	/*:unlockvar*
 :unm	map.txt	/*:unm*
@@ -3500,6 +3532,7 @@ $VIM_POSIX	vi_diff.txt	/*$VIM_POSIX*
 @r	eval.txt	/*@r*
 A	insert.txt	/*A*
 ACL	editing.txt	/*ACL*
+ANSI-C	develop.txt	/*ANSI-C*
 ATTENTION	usr_11.txt	/*ATTENTION*
 Abbreviations	map.txt	/*Abbreviations*
 Aleph	options.txt	/*Aleph*
@@ -3536,6 +3569,8 @@ BufWritePre	autocmd.txt	/*BufWritePre*
 C	change.txt	/*C*
 C-editing	tips.txt	/*C-editing*
 C-indenting	indent.txt	/*C-indenting*
+C89	develop.txt	/*C89*
+C99	develop.txt	/*C99*
 COMSPEC	starting.txt	/*COMSPEC*
 CR-used-for-NL	pattern.txt	/*CR-used-for-NL*
 CTRL-6	editing.txt	/*CTRL-6*
@@ -3658,11 +3693,13 @@ Cmd-event	autocmd.txt	/*Cmd-event*
 CmdUndefined	autocmd.txt	/*CmdUndefined*
 Cmdline	cmdline.txt	/*Cmdline*
 Cmdline-mode	cmdline.txt	/*Cmdline-mode*
+CmdlineChanged	autocmd.txt	/*CmdlineChanged*
 CmdlineEnter	autocmd.txt	/*CmdlineEnter*
 CmdlineLeave	autocmd.txt	/*CmdlineLeave*
 CmdwinEnter	autocmd.txt	/*CmdwinEnter*
 CmdwinLeave	autocmd.txt	/*CmdwinLeave*
 ColorScheme	autocmd.txt	/*ColorScheme*
+ColorSchemePre	autocmd.txt	/*ColorSchemePre*
 Command-line	cmdline.txt	/*Command-line*
 Command-line-mode	cmdline.txt	/*Command-line-mode*
 CompleteDone	autocmd.txt	/*CompleteDone*
@@ -3682,6 +3719,7 @@ Dictionaries	eval.txt	/*Dictionaries*
 Dictionary	eval.txt	/*Dictionary*
 Dictionary-function	eval.txt	/*Dictionary-function*
 Digraphs	digraph.txt	/*Digraphs*
+DirChanged	autocmd.txt	/*DirChanged*
 E	motion.txt	/*E*
 E10	message.txt	/*E10*
 E100	diff.txt	/*E100*
@@ -4569,7 +4607,14 @@ E945	pattern.txt	/*E945*
 E946	terminal.txt	/*E946*
 E947	terminal.txt	/*E947*
 E948	terminal.txt	/*E948*
+E949	editing.txt	/*E949*
 E95	message.txt	/*E95*
+E950	message.txt	/*E950*
+E951	pattern.txt	/*E951*
+E952	autocmd.txt	/*E952*
+E953	eval.txt	/*E953*
+E954	options.txt	/*E954*
+E955	eval.txt	/*E955*
 E96	diff.txt	/*E96*
 E97	diff.txt	/*E97*
 E98	diff.txt	/*E98*
@@ -4581,6 +4626,7 @@ EncodingChanged	autocmd.txt	/*EncodingChanged*
 Eterm	syntax.txt	/*Eterm*
 Ex	intro.txt	/*Ex*
 Ex-mode	intro.txt	/*Ex-mode*
+ExitPre	autocmd.txt	/*ExitPre*
 Exuberant_ctags	tagsrch.txt	/*Exuberant_ctags*
 F	motion.txt	/*F*
 FALSE	eval.txt	/*FALSE*
@@ -4810,9 +4856,14 @@ TabNew	autocmd.txt	/*TabNew*
 Tcl	if_tcl.txt	/*Tcl*
 TermChanged	autocmd.txt	/*TermChanged*
 TermResponse	autocmd.txt	/*TermResponse*
+Terminal-Job	terminal.txt	/*Terminal-Job*
+Terminal-Normal	terminal.txt	/*Terminal-Normal*
 Terminal-mode	terminal.txt	/*Terminal-mode*
+TerminalOpen	autocmd.txt	/*TerminalOpen*
 TextChanged	autocmd.txt	/*TextChanged*
 TextChangedI	autocmd.txt	/*TextChangedI*
+TextChangedP	autocmd.txt	/*TextChangedP*
+TextYankPost	autocmd.txt	/*TextYankPost*
 Transact-SQL	ft_sql.txt	/*Transact-SQL*
 U	undo.txt	/*U*
 UTF-8	mbyte.txt	/*UTF-8*
@@ -5072,7 +5123,10 @@ asin()	eval.txt	/*asin()*
 asm.vim	syntax.txt	/*asm.vim*
 asm68k	syntax.txt	/*asm68k*
 asmh8300.vim	syntax.txt	/*asmh8300.vim*
+assert-return	eval.txt	/*assert-return*
+assert_beeps()	eval.txt	/*assert_beeps()*
 assert_equal()	eval.txt	/*assert_equal()*
+assert_equalfile()	eval.txt	/*assert_equalfile()*
 assert_exception()	eval.txt	/*assert_exception()*
 assert_fails()	eval.txt	/*assert_fails()*
 assert_false()	eval.txt	/*assert_false()*
@@ -5145,6 +5199,7 @@ backup-extension	version4.txt	/*backup-extension*
 backup-table	editing.txt	/*backup-table*
 balloon-eval	debugger.txt	/*balloon-eval*
 balloon_show()	eval.txt	/*balloon_show()*
+balloon_split()	eval.txt	/*balloon_split()*
 bar	motion.txt	/*bar*
 bars	help.txt	/*bars*
 base_font_name_list	mbyte.txt	/*base_font_name_list*
@@ -5233,6 +5288,7 @@ c_<C-Left>	cmdline.txt	/*c_<C-Left>*
 c_<C-R>	cmdline.txt	/*c_<C-R>*
 c_<C-R>_<C-A>	cmdline.txt	/*c_<C-R>_<C-A>*
 c_<C-R>_<C-F>	cmdline.txt	/*c_<C-R>_<C-F>*
+c_<C-R>_<C-L>	cmdline.txt	/*c_<C-R>_<C-L>*
 c_<C-R>_<C-O>	cmdline.txt	/*c_<C-R>_<C-O>*
 c_<C-R>_<C-P>	cmdline.txt	/*c_<C-R>_<C-P>*
 c_<C-R>_<C-R>	cmdline.txt	/*c_<C-R>_<C-R>*
@@ -5281,6 +5337,7 @@ c_CTRL-R	cmdline.txt	/*c_CTRL-R*
 c_CTRL-R_=	cmdline.txt	/*c_CTRL-R_=*
 c_CTRL-R_CTRL-A	cmdline.txt	/*c_CTRL-R_CTRL-A*
 c_CTRL-R_CTRL-F	cmdline.txt	/*c_CTRL-R_CTRL-F*
+c_CTRL-R_CTRL-L	cmdline.txt	/*c_CTRL-R_CTRL-L*
 c_CTRL-R_CTRL-O	cmdline.txt	/*c_CTRL-R_CTRL-O*
 c_CTRL-R_CTRL-P	cmdline.txt	/*c_CTRL-R_CTRL-P*
 c_CTRL-R_CTRL-R	cmdline.txt	/*c_CTRL-R_CTRL-R*
@@ -5861,6 +5918,7 @@ eval()	eval.txt	/*eval()*
 eval-examples	eval.txt	/*eval-examples*
 eval-sandbox	eval.txt	/*eval-sandbox*
 eval.txt	eval.txt	/*eval.txt*
+event-variable	eval.txt	/*event-variable*
 eventhandler()	eval.txt	/*eventhandler()*
 eview	starting.txt	/*eview*
 evim	starting.txt	/*evim*
@@ -6081,6 +6139,7 @@ fork	os_unix.txt	/*fork*
 form.vim	syntax.txt	/*form.vim*
 format-bullet-list	tips.txt	/*format-bullet-list*
 format-comments	change.txt	/*format-comments*
+format-formatexpr	change.txt	/*format-formatexpr*
 formatting	change.txt	/*formatting*
 formfeed	intro.txt	/*formfeed*
 fortran.vim	syntax.txt	/*fortran.vim*
@@ -6222,6 +6281,7 @@ ft-vb-syntax	syntax.txt	/*ft-vb-syntax*
 ft-verilog-indent	indent.txt	/*ft-verilog-indent*
 ft-vhdl-indent	indent.txt	/*ft-vhdl-indent*
 ft-vim-indent	indent.txt	/*ft-vim-indent*
+ft-vim-plugin	filetype.txt	/*ft-vim-plugin*
 ft-vim-syntax	syntax.txt	/*ft-vim-syntax*
 ft-xf86conf-syntax	syntax.txt	/*ft-xf86conf-syntax*
 ft-xhtml-omni	insert.txt	/*ft-xhtml-omni*
@@ -6229,6 +6289,7 @@ ft-xml-omni	insert.txt	/*ft-xml-omni*
 ft-xml-syntax	syntax.txt	/*ft-xml-syntax*
 ft-xpm-syntax	syntax.txt	/*ft-xpm-syntax*
 ft-yaml-syntax	syntax.txt	/*ft-yaml-syntax*
+ft-zimbu-plugin	filetype.txt	/*ft-zimbu-plugin*
 ft-zsh-syntax	syntax.txt	/*ft-zsh-syntax*
 ft_ada.txt	ft_ada.txt	/*ft_ada.txt*
 ft_rust.txt	ft_rust.txt	/*ft_rust.txt*
@@ -6469,6 +6530,7 @@ g:tar_nomax	pi_tar.txt	/*g:tar_nomax*
 g:tar_readoptions	pi_tar.txt	/*g:tar_readoptions*
 g:tar_secure	pi_tar.txt	/*g:tar_secure*
 g:tar_writeoptions	pi_tar.txt	/*g:tar_writeoptions*
+g:terminal_ansi_colors	terminal.txt	/*g:terminal_ansi_colors*
 g:tex_comment_nospell	syntax.txt	/*g:tex_comment_nospell*
 g:tex_conceal	syntax.txt	/*g:tex_conceal*
 g:tex_fast	syntax.txt	/*g:tex_fast*
@@ -6543,6 +6605,7 @@ get-ms-debuggers	debug.txt	/*get-ms-debuggers*
 getbufinfo()	eval.txt	/*getbufinfo()*
 getbufline()	eval.txt	/*getbufline()*
 getbufvar()	eval.txt	/*getbufvar()*
+getchangelist()	eval.txt	/*getchangelist()*
 getchar()	eval.txt	/*getchar()*
 getcharmod()	eval.txt	/*getcharmod()*
 getcharsearch()	eval.txt	/*getcharsearch()*
@@ -6558,6 +6621,7 @@ getfperm()	eval.txt	/*getfperm()*
 getfsize()	eval.txt	/*getfsize()*
 getftime()	eval.txt	/*getftime()*
 getftype()	eval.txt	/*getftype()*
+getjumplist()	eval.txt	/*getjumplist()*
 getlatestvimscripts-install	pi_getscript.txt	/*getlatestvimscripts-install*
 getline()	eval.txt	/*getline()*
 getloclist()	eval.txt	/*getloclist()*
@@ -6565,6 +6629,7 @@ getmatches()	eval.txt	/*getmatches()*
 getpid()	eval.txt	/*getpid()*
 getpos()	eval.txt	/*getpos()*
 getqflist()	eval.txt	/*getqflist()*
+getqflist-examples	quickfix.txt	/*getqflist-examples*
 getreg()	eval.txt	/*getreg()*
 getregtype()	eval.txt	/*getregtype()*
 getscript	pi_getscript.txt	/*getscript*
@@ -6577,6 +6642,7 @@ gettabinfo()	eval.txt	/*gettabinfo()*
 gettabvar()	eval.txt	/*gettabvar()*
 gettabwinvar()	eval.txt	/*gettabwinvar()*
 getwininfo()	eval.txt	/*getwininfo()*
+getwinpos()	eval.txt	/*getwinpos()*
 getwinposx()	eval.txt	/*getwinposx()*
 getwinposy()	eval.txt	/*getwinposy()*
 getwinvar()	eval.txt	/*getwinvar()*
@@ -6813,9 +6879,12 @@ hl-SpellLocal	syntax.txt	/*hl-SpellLocal*
 hl-SpellRare	syntax.txt	/*hl-SpellRare*
 hl-StatusLine	syntax.txt	/*hl-StatusLine*
 hl-StatusLineNC	syntax.txt	/*hl-StatusLineNC*
+hl-StatusLineTerm	syntax.txt	/*hl-StatusLineTerm*
+hl-StatusLineTermNC	syntax.txt	/*hl-StatusLineTermNC*
 hl-TabLine	syntax.txt	/*hl-TabLine*
 hl-TabLineFill	syntax.txt	/*hl-TabLineFill*
 hl-TabLineSel	syntax.txt	/*hl-TabLineSel*
+hl-Terminal	syntax.txt	/*hl-Terminal*
 hl-Title	syntax.txt	/*hl-Title*
 hl-Tooltip	syntax.txt	/*hl-Tooltip*
 hl-User1	syntax.txt	/*hl-User1*
@@ -6826,6 +6895,8 @@ hl-Visual	syntax.txt	/*hl-Visual*
 hl-VisualNOS	syntax.txt	/*hl-VisualNOS*
 hl-WarningMsg	syntax.txt	/*hl-WarningMsg*
 hl-WildMenu	syntax.txt	/*hl-WildMenu*
+hl-debugBreakpoint	terminal.txt	/*hl-debugBreakpoint*
+hl-debugPC	terminal.txt	/*hl-debugPC*
 hlID()	eval.txt	/*hlID()*
 hlexists()	eval.txt	/*hlexists()*
 hlsearch-variable	eval.txt	/*hlsearch-variable*
@@ -7338,6 +7409,7 @@ mbyte-encoding	mbyte.txt	/*mbyte-encoding*
 mbyte-first	mbyte.txt	/*mbyte-first*
 mbyte-fonts-MSwin	mbyte.txt	/*mbyte-fonts-MSwin*
 mbyte-fonts-X11	mbyte.txt	/*mbyte-fonts-X11*
+mbyte-func	mbyte.txt	/*mbyte-func*
 mbyte-keymap	mbyte.txt	/*mbyte-keymap*
 mbyte-locale	mbyte.txt	/*mbyte-locale*
 mbyte-options	mbyte.txt	/*mbyte-options*
@@ -7817,6 +7889,8 @@ option-backslash	options.txt	/*option-backslash*
 option-list	quickref.txt	/*option-list*
 option-summary	options.txt	/*option-summary*
 option-window	options.txt	/*option-window*
+option_restore()	todo.txt	/*option_restore()*
+option_save()	todo.txt	/*option_save()*
 options	options.txt	/*options*
 options-changed	version5.txt	/*options-changed*
 options-in-terminal	terminal.txt	/*options-in-terminal*
@@ -8049,14 +8123,20 @@ quake.vim	syntax.txt	/*quake.vim*
 quickfix	quickfix.txt	/*quickfix*
 quickfix-6	version6.txt	/*quickfix-6*
 quickfix-ID	quickfix.txt	/*quickfix-ID*
+quickfix-changedtick	quickfix.txt	/*quickfix-changedtick*
+quickfix-context	quickfix.txt	/*quickfix-context*
 quickfix-directory-stack	quickfix.txt	/*quickfix-directory-stack*
 quickfix-error-lists	quickfix.txt	/*quickfix-error-lists*
 quickfix-functions	usr_41.txt	/*quickfix-functions*
 quickfix-gcc	quickfix.txt	/*quickfix-gcc*
 quickfix-manx	quickfix.txt	/*quickfix-manx*
+quickfix-parse	quickfix.txt	/*quickfix-parse*
 quickfix-perl	quickfix.txt	/*quickfix-perl*
+quickfix-size	quickfix.txt	/*quickfix-size*
+quickfix-title	quickfix.txt	/*quickfix-title*
 quickfix-valid	quickfix.txt	/*quickfix-valid*
 quickfix-window	quickfix.txt	/*quickfix-window*
+quickfix-window-ID	quickfix.txt	/*quickfix-window-ID*
 quickfix.txt	quickfix.txt	/*quickfix.txt*
 quickref	quickref.txt	/*quickref*
 quickref.txt	quickref.txt	/*quickref.txt*
@@ -8288,6 +8368,7 @@ setloclist()	eval.txt	/*setloclist()*
 setmatches()	eval.txt	/*setmatches()*
 setpos()	eval.txt	/*setpos()*
 setqflist()	eval.txt	/*setqflist()*
+setqflist-examples	quickfix.txt	/*setqflist-examples*
 setreg()	eval.txt	/*setreg()*
 settabvar()	eval.txt	/*settabvar()*
 settabwinvar()	eval.txt	/*settabwinvar()*
@@ -8868,7 +8949,11 @@ term++open	terminal.txt	/*term++open*
 term-dependent-settings	term.txt	/*term-dependent-settings*
 term-list	syntax.txt	/*term-list*
 term.txt	term.txt	/*term.txt*
+term_dumpdiff()	eval.txt	/*term_dumpdiff()*
+term_dumpload()	eval.txt	/*term_dumpload()*
+term_dumpwrite()	eval.txt	/*term_dumpwrite()*
 term_getaltscreen()	eval.txt	/*term_getaltscreen()*
+term_getansicolors()	eval.txt	/*term_getansicolors()*
 term_getattr()	eval.txt	/*term_getattr()*
 term_getcursor()	eval.txt	/*term_getcursor()*
 term_getjob()	eval.txt	/*term_getjob()*
@@ -8881,6 +8966,9 @@ term_gettty()	eval.txt	/*term_gettty()*
 term_list()	eval.txt	/*term_list()*
 term_scrape()	eval.txt	/*term_scrape()*
 term_sendkeys()	eval.txt	/*term_sendkeys()*
+term_setansicolors()	eval.txt	/*term_setansicolors()*
+term_setkill()	eval.txt	/*term_setkill()*
+term_setrestore()	eval.txt	/*term_setrestore()*
 term_setsize()	eval.txt	/*term_setsize()*
 term_start()	eval.txt	/*term_start()*
 term_wait()	eval.txt	/*term_wait()*
@@ -8898,10 +8986,18 @@ termdebug-example	terminal.txt	/*termdebug-example*
 termdebug-starting	terminal.txt	/*termdebug-starting*
 termdebug-stepping	terminal.txt	/*termdebug-stepping*
 termdebug-variables	terminal.txt	/*termdebug-variables*
+termdebug_popup	terminal.txt	/*termdebug_popup*
+termdebug_wide	terminal.txt	/*termdebug_wide*
 terminal	terminal.txt	/*terminal*
+terminal-api	terminal.txt	/*terminal-api*
+terminal-client-server	terminal.txt	/*terminal-client-server*
 terminal-colors	os_unix.txt	/*terminal-colors*
+terminal-communication	terminal.txt	/*terminal-communication*
 terminal-cursor-style	terminal.txt	/*terminal-cursor-style*
 terminal-debug	terminal.txt	/*terminal-debug*
+terminal-diff	terminal.txt	/*terminal-diff*
+terminal-diffscreendump	terminal.txt	/*terminal-diffscreendump*
+terminal-dumptest	terminal.txt	/*terminal-dumptest*
 terminal-functions	usr_41.txt	/*terminal-functions*
 terminal-info	term.txt	/*terminal-info*
 terminal-key-codes	term.txt	/*terminal-key-codes*
@@ -8909,9 +9005,12 @@ terminal-ms-windows	terminal.txt	/*terminal-ms-windows*
 terminal-options	term.txt	/*terminal-options*
 terminal-output-codes	term.txt	/*terminal-output-codes*
 terminal-resizing	terminal.txt	/*terminal-resizing*
+terminal-screendump	terminal.txt	/*terminal-screendump*
+terminal-session	terminal.txt	/*terminal-session*
 terminal-size-color	terminal.txt	/*terminal-size-color*
 terminal-special-keys	terminal.txt	/*terminal-special-keys*
 terminal-testing	terminal.txt	/*terminal-testing*
+terminal-to-job	terminal.txt	/*terminal-to-job*
 terminal-typing	terminal.txt	/*terminal-typing*
 terminal-unix	terminal.txt	/*terminal-unix*
 terminal-use	terminal.txt	/*terminal-use*
@@ -8983,6 +9082,7 @@ tolower()	eval.txt	/*tolower()*
 toolbar-icon	gui.txt	/*toolbar-icon*
 toupper()	eval.txt	/*toupper()*
 tr()	eval.txt	/*tr()*
+trim()	eval.txt	/*trim()*
 trojan-horse	starting.txt	/*trojan-horse*
 true-variable	eval.txt	/*true-variable*
 trunc()	eval.txt	/*trunc()*
@@ -9095,6 +9195,7 @@ v:ctype	eval.txt	/*v:ctype*
 v:dying	eval.txt	/*v:dying*
 v:errmsg	eval.txt	/*v:errmsg*
 v:errors	eval.txt	/*v:errors*
+v:event	eval.txt	/*v:event*
 v:exception	eval.txt	/*v:exception*
 v:false	eval.txt	/*v:false*
 v:fcs_choice	eval.txt	/*v:fcs_choice*
@@ -9462,6 +9563,7 @@ win_getid()	eval.txt	/*win_getid()*
 win_gotoid()	eval.txt	/*win_gotoid()*
 win_id2tabwin()	eval.txt	/*win_id2tabwin()*
 win_id2win()	eval.txt	/*win_id2win()*
+win_screenpos()	eval.txt	/*win_screenpos()*
 winbufnr()	eval.txt	/*winbufnr()*
 wincol()	eval.txt	/*wincol()*
 window	windows.txt	/*window*
@@ -9641,6 +9743,7 @@ zz	scroll.txt	/*zz*
 {Visual}	intro.txt	/*{Visual}*
 {address}	cmdline.txt	/*{address}*
 {arglist}	editing.txt	/*{arglist}*
+{bufname}	windows.txt	/*{bufname}*
 {char1-char2}	intro.txt	/*{char1-char2}*
 {event}	autocmd.txt	/*{event}*
 {file}	editing.txt	/*{file}*

runtime/doc/tagsrch.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*tagsrch.txt*   For Vim version 8.0.  Last change: 2017 Oct 20
+*tagsrch.txt*   For Vim version 8.0.  Last change: 2018 May 04
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -36,12 +36,12 @@ An easy way back is with the CTRL-T command.  Also read about the tag stack
 below.
 
 						*:ta* *:tag* *E426* *E429*
-:[count]ta[g][!] {ident}
+:[count]ta[g][!] {name}
-			Jump to the definition of {ident}, using the
+			Jump to the definition of {name}, using the
-			information in the tags file(s).  Put {ident} in the
+			information in the tags file(s).  Put {name} in the
 			tag stack.  See |tag-!| for [!].
-			{ident} can be a regexp pattern, see |tag-regexp|.
+			{name} can be a regexp pattern, see |tag-regexp|.
-			When there are several matching tags for {ident}, jump
+			When there are several matching tags for {name}, jump
 			to the [count] one.  When [count] is omitted the
 			first one is jumped to. See |tag-matchlist| for
 			jumping to other matching tags.
@@ -49,16 +49,16 @@ below.
 g<LeftMouse>						*g<LeftMouse>*
 <C-LeftMouse>					*<C-LeftMouse>* *CTRL-]*
 CTRL-]			Jump to the definition of the keyword under the
-			cursor.  Same as ":tag {ident}", where {ident} is the
+			cursor.  Same as ":tag {name}", where {name} is the
 			keyword under or after cursor.
-			When there are several matching tags for {ident}, jump
+			When there are several matching tags for {name}, jump
 			to the [count] one.  When no [count] is given the
 			first one is jumped to. See |tag-matchlist| for
 			jumping to other matching tags.
 			{Vi: identifier after the cursor}
 
 							*v_CTRL-]*
-{Visual}CTRL-]		Same as ":tag {ident}", where {ident} is the text that
+{Visual}CTRL-]		Same as ":tag {name}", where {name} is the text that
 			is highlighted.  {not in Vi}
 
 							*telnet-CTRL-]*
@@ -82,7 +82,7 @@ When there are multiple matches for a tag, this priority is used:
 
 Note that when the current file changes, the priority list is mostly not
 changed, to avoid confusion when using ":tnext".  It is changed when using
-":tag {ident}".
+":tag {name}".
 
 The ignore-case matches are not found for a ":tag" command when:
 - the 'ignorecase' option is off and 'tagcase' is "followic"
@@ -167,7 +167,7 @@ You can get from main to FuncA by using CTRL-] on the call to FuncA.  Then
 you can CTRL-] to get to FuncC.  If you now want to go back to main you can
 use CTRL-T twice.  Then you can CTRL-] to FuncB.
 
-If you issue a ":ta {ident}" or CTRL-] command, this tag is inserted at the
+If you issue a ":ta {name}" or CTRL-] command, this tag is inserted at the
 current position in the stack.  If the stack was full (it can hold up to 20
 entries), the oldest entry is deleted and the older entries shift one
 position up (their index number is decremented by one).  If the last used
@@ -191,14 +191,14 @@ between them.  Note that these commands don't change the tag stack, they keep
 the same entry.
 
 							*:ts* *:tselect*
-:ts[elect][!] [ident]	List the tags that match [ident], using the
+:ts[elect][!] [name]	List the tags that match [name], using the
 			information in the tags file(s).
-			When [ident] is not given, the last tag name from the
+			When [name] is not given, the last tag name from the
 			tag stack is used.
 			See |tag-!| for [!].
 			With a '>' in the first column is indicated which is
 			the current position in the list (if there is one).
-			[ident] can be a regexp pattern, see |tag-regexp|.
+			[name] can be a regexp pattern, see |tag-regexp|.
 			See |tag-priority| for the priorities used in the
 			listing.  {not in Vi}
 			Example output:
@@ -226,7 +226,7 @@ the same entry.
 			type 'q' and enter the number.
 
 							*:sts* *:stselect*
-:sts[elect][!] [ident]	Does ":tselect[!] [ident]" and splits the window for
+:sts[elect][!] [name]	Does ":tselect[!] [name]" and splits the window for
 			the selected tag.  {not in Vi}
 
 							*g]*
@@ -238,11 +238,11 @@ g]			Like CTRL-], but use ":tselect" instead of ":tag".
 			identifier.  {not in Vi}
 
 							*:tj* *:tjump*
-:tj[ump][!] [ident]	Like ":tselect", but jump to the tag directly when
+:tj[ump][!] [name]	Like ":tselect", but jump to the tag directly when
 			there is only one match.  {not in Vi}
 
 							*:stj* *:stjump*
-:stj[ump][!] [ident]	Does ":tjump[!] [ident]" and splits the window for the
+:stj[ump][!] [name]	Does ":tjump[!] [name]" and splits the window for the
 			selected tag.  {not in Vi}
 
 							*g_CTRL-]*
@@ -277,9 +277,9 @@ g CTRL-]		Like CTRL-], but use ":tjump" instead of ":tag".
 			in Vi}
 
 							*:lt* *:ltag*
-:lt[ag][!] [ident]	Jump to tag [ident] and add the matching tags to a new
+:lt[ag][!] [name]	Jump to tag [name] and add the matching tags to a new
-			location list for the current window.  [ident] can be
+			location list for the current window.  [name] can be
-			a regexp pattern, see |tag-regexp|.  When [ident] is
+			a regexp pattern, see |tag-regexp|.  When [name] is
 			not given, the last tag name from the tag stack is
 			used.  The search pattern to locate the tag line is
 			prefixed with "\V" to escape all the special
@@ -311,12 +311,12 @@ the same as above, with a "p" prepended.
 {not available when compiled without the |+quickfix| feature}
 
 							*:pts* *:ptselect*
-:pts[elect][!] [ident]	Does ":tselect[!] [ident]" and shows the new tag in a
+:pts[elect][!] [name]	Does ":tselect[!] [name]" and shows the new tag in a
 			"Preview" window.  See |:ptag| for more info.
 			{not in Vi}
 
 							*:ptj* *:ptjump*
-:ptj[ump][!] [ident]	Does ":tjump[!] [ident]" and shows the new tag in a
+:ptj[ump][!] [name]	Does ":tjump[!] [name]" and shows the new tag in a
 			"Preview" window.  See |:ptag| for more info.
 			{not in Vi}
 

runtime/doc/terminal.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*terminal.txt*	For Vim version 8.0.  Last change: 2017 Nov 12
+*terminal.txt*	For Vim version 8.0.  Last change: 2018 May 11
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL	  by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -7,8 +7,6 @@
 Terminal window support					*terminal*
 
 
-WARNING: THIS IS ONLY PARTLY IMPLEMENTED, ANYTHING CAN STILL CHANGE
-
 The terminal feature is optional, use this to check if your Vim has it: >
 	echo has('terminal')
 If the result is "1" you have it.
@@ -22,10 +20,19 @@ If the result is "1" you have it.
       Terminal Modes			|Terminal-mode|
       Cursor style			|terminal-cursor-style|
       Special keys			|terminal-special-keys|
+      Session				|terminal-session|
       Unix				|terminal-unix|
       MS-Windows			|terminal-ms-windows|
-2. Remote testing	|terminal-testing|
+2. Terminal communication	|terminal-communication|
-3. Debugging		|terminal-debug|
+      Vim to job: term_sendkeys()	|terminal-to-job|
+      Job to Vim: JSON API		|terminal-api|
+      Using the client-server feature	|terminal-client-server|
+3. Remote testing		|terminal-testing|
+4. Diffing screen dumps		|terminal-diff|
+      Writing a screen dump test for Vim  |terminal-dumptest|
+      Creating a screen dump		  |terminal-screendump|
+      Comparing screen dumps		  |terminal-diffscreendump|
+5. Debugging			|terminal-debug|
       Starting				|termdebug-starting|
       Example session			|termdebug-example|
       Stepping through code		|termdebug-stepping|
@@ -36,7 +43,6 @@ If the result is "1" you have it.
 
 {Vi does not have any of these commands}
 {only available when compiled with the |+terminal| feature}
-
 The terminal feature requires the |+multi_byte|, |+job| and |+channel| features.
 
 ==============================================================================
@@ -66,6 +72,7 @@ See |CTRL-W| for more commands.
 
 Special in the terminal window:			*CTRL-W_.*  *CTRL-W_N* 
 	CTRL-W .	send a CTRL-W to the job in the terminal
+	CTRL-W CTRL-\	send a CTRL-\ to the job in the terminal
 	CTRL-W N	go to Terminal-Normal mode, see |Terminal-mode|
 	CTRL-\ CTRL-N   go to Terminal-Normal mode, see |Terminal-mode|
 	CTRL-W " {reg}  paste register {reg}		*CTRL-W_quote*
@@ -73,16 +80,16 @@ Special in the terminal window:			*CTRL-W_.*  *CTRL-W_N*
 			evaluating an expression.
 	CTRL-W CTRL-C	ends the job, see below |t_CTRL-W_CTRL-C|
 
-See option 'termkey' for specifying another key instead of CTRL-W that
+See option 'termwinkey' for specifying another key instead of CTRL-W that
-will work like CTRL-W.  However, typing 'termkey' twice sends 'termkey' to
+will work like CTRL-W.  However, typing 'termwinkey' twice sends 'termwinkey'
-the job.  For example:
+to the job.  For example:
-	'termkey' CTRL-W    move focus to the next window
+	'termwinkey' CTRL-W    move focus to the next window
-	'termkey' :	    enter an Ex command
+	'termwinkey' :	       enter an Ex command
-	'termkey' 'termkey' send 'termkey' to the job in the terminal
+	'termwinkey' 'termwinkey' send 'termwinkey' to the job in the terminal
-	'termkey' .	    send a CTRL-W to the job in the terminal
+	'termwinkey' .	       send a CTRL-W to the job in the terminal
-	'termkey' N	    go to terminal Normal mode, see below
+	'termwinkey' N	       go to terminal Normal mode, see below
-	'termkey' CTRL-N    same as CTRL-W N
+	'termwinkey' CTRL-N    same as CTRL-W N
-	'termkey' CTRL-C    same as |t_CTRL-W_CTRL-C|
+	'termwinkey' CTRL-C    same as |t_CTRL-W_CTRL-C|
 							*t_CTRL-\_CTRL-N*
 The special key combination CTRL-\ CTRL-N can be used to switch to Normal
 mode, just like this works in any other mode.
@@ -97,19 +104,28 @@ themselves (like Vim does).
 
 To change the keys you type use terminal mode mappings, see |:tmap|.
 These are defined like any mapping, but apply only when typing keys that are
-sent to the job running in the terminal.  For example, to make Escape switch
+sent to the job running in the terminal.  For example, to make F1 switch
 to Terminal-Normal mode: >
+   tnoremap <F1> <C-W>N
+You can use Esc, but you need to make sure it won't cause other keys to
+break: >
    tnoremap <Esc> <C-W>N
+   set notimeout ttimeout timeoutlen=100
+
 <							*options-in-terminal*
 After opening the terminal window and setting 'buftype' to "terminal" the
 BufWinEnter autocommand event is triggered.  This makes it possible to set
 options specifically for the window and buffer.  Example: >
    au BufWinEnter * if &buftype == 'terminal' | setlocal bufhidden=hide | endif
 
+Mouse events (click and drag) are passed to the terminal.  Mouse move events
+are only passed when Vim itself is receiving them.  For a terminal that is
+when 'balloonevalterm' is enabled.
+
 
 Size and color ~
 							*terminal-size-color*
-See option 'termsize' for controlling the size of the terminal window.
+See option 'termwinsize' for controlling the size of the terminal window.
 (TODO: scrolling when the terminal is larger than the window)
 
 The job running in the terminal can change the colors.  The default foreground
@@ -118,8 +134,19 @@ and background colors are taken from Vim, the Normal highlight group.
 For a color terminal the 'background' option is used to decide whether the
 terminal window will start with a white or black background.
 
-To use a different color the Terminal highlight group can be used: >
+To use a different color the Terminal highlight group can be used, for
+example: >
     hi Terminal ctermbg=lightgrey ctermfg=blue guibg=lightgrey guifg=blue
+<
+							*g:terminal_ansi_colors*
+In GUI mode or with 'termguicolors', the 16 ANSI colors used by default in new
+terminal windows may be configured using the variable
+`g:terminal_ansi_colors`, which should be a list of 16 color names or
+hexadecimal color codes, similar to those accepted by |highlight-guifg|.  When
+not using GUI colors, the terminal window always uses the 16 ANSI colors of
+the underlying terminal.
+The |term_setansicolors()| function can be used to change the colors, and
+|term_getansicolors()| to get the currently used colors.
 
 
 Syntax ~
@@ -133,6 +160,13 @@ Syntax ~
 			if [command] is NONE no job is started, the pty of the
 			terminal can be used by a command like gdb.
 
+			If [command] is missing the default behavior is to
+			close the terminal when the shell exits.  This can be
+			changed with the ++noclose argument.
+			If [command] is present the default behavior is to
+			keep the terminal open in Terminal-Normal mode.  This
+			can be changed with the ++close argument.
+
 			A new buffer will be created, using [command] or
 			'shell' as the name, prefixed with a "!".  If a buffer
 			by this name already exists a number is added in
@@ -144,28 +178,39 @@ Syntax ~
 			keys in the terminal window.  For MS-Windows see the
 			++eof argument below.
 
-			Two comma separated numbers are used as "rows,cols".
-			E.g. `:24,80gdb` opens a terminal with 24 rows and 80
-			columns.  However, if the terminal window spans the
-			Vim window with, there is no vertical split, the Vim
-			window width is used.
 						*term++close* *term++open*
 			Supported [options] are:
 			++close		The terminal window will close
 					automatically when the job terminates.
+			++noclose	The terminal window will NOT close
+					automatically when the job terminates.
 			++open		When the job terminates and no window
 					shows it, a window will be opened.
 					Note that this can be interruptive.
+				The last of ++close, ++noclose and ++open
+				matters and rules out earlier arguments.
+
 			++curwin	Open the terminal in the current
 					window, do not split the current
 					window.  Fails if the current buffer
 					cannot be |abandon|ed.
 			++hidden	Open the terminal in a hidden buffer,
 					no window will be used.
+			++norestore	Do not include this terminal window
+					in a session file.
+			++kill={how}	When trying to close the terminal
+					window kill the job with {how}.  See
+					|term_setkill()| for the values.
 			++rows={height} Use {height} for the terminal window
-					height.
+					height.  If the terminal uses the full
+					Vim height (no window above or below
+					th terminal window) the command line
+					height will be reduced as needed.
 			++cols={width}  Use {width} for the terminal window
-					width.
+					width. If the terminal uses the full
+					Vim width (no window left or right of
+					the terminal window) this value is
+					ignored.
 			++eof={text}	when using [range]: text to send after
 					the last line was written. Cannot
 					contain white space.  A CR is
@@ -179,8 +224,12 @@ Syntax ~
 			If you want to use more options use the |term_start()|
 			function.
 
-When the buffer associated with the terminal is unloaded or wiped out the job
+When the buffer associated with the terminal is forcibly unloaded or wiped out
-is killed, similar to calling `job_stop(job, "kill")`
+the job is killed, similar to calling `job_stop(job, "kill")` .
+Closing the window normally results in |E947|.  When a kill method was set
+with "++kill={how}" or |term_setkill()| then closing the window will use that
+way to kill or interrupt the job.  For example: >
+	:term ++kill=term tail -f /tmp/log
 
 So long as the job is running the window behaves like it contains a modified
 buffer.  Trying to close the window with `CTRL-W :quit` fails.  When using
@@ -220,39 +269,41 @@ Resizing ~
 							*terminal-resizing*
 The size of the terminal can be in one of three modes:
 
-1. The 'termsize' option is empty: The terminal size follows the window size.
+1. The 'termwinsize' option is empty: The terminal size follows the window
-   The minimal size is 2 screen lines with 10 cells.
+   size.  The minimal size is 2 screen lines with 10 cells.
 
-2. The 'termsize' option is "rows*cols", where "rows" is the minimal number of
+2. The 'termwinsize' option is "rows*cols", where "rows" is the minimal number
-   screen rows and "cols" is the minimal number of cells.
+   of screen rows and "cols" is the minimal number of cells.
 
-3. The 'termsize' option is "rowsXcols" (where the x is upper or lower case).
+3. The 'termwinsize' option is "rowsXcols" (where the x is upper or lower
-   The terminal size is fixed to the specified number of screen lines and
+   case).  The terminal size is fixed to the specified number of screen lines
-   cells.  If the window is bigger there will be unused empty space.
+   and cells.  If the window is bigger there will be unused empty space.
 
 If the window is smaller than the terminal size, only part of the terminal can
 be seen (the lower-left part).
 
 The |term_getsize()| function can be used to get the current size of the
 terminal.  |term_setsize()| can be used only when in the first or second mode,
-not when 'termsize' is "rowsXcols".
+not when 'termwinsize' is "rowsXcols".
 
 
 Terminal-Job and Terminal-Normal mode ~
-							*Terminal-mode*
+						*Terminal-mode* *Terminal-Job*
 When the job is running the contents of the terminal is under control of the
 job.  That includes the cursor position.  Typed keys are sent to the job.
 The terminal contents can change at any time.  This is called Terminal-Job
 mode.
 
-Use CTRL-W N (or 'termkey' N) to switch to Terminal-Normal mode.  Now the
+Use CTRL-W N (or 'termwinkey' N) to switch to Terminal-Normal mode.  Now the
 contents of the terminal window is under control of Vim, the job output is
 suspended.  CTRL-\ CTRL-N does the same.
 
 Terminal-Job mode is where |:tmap| mappings are applied. Keys sent by
 |term_sendkeys()| are not subject to tmap, but keys from |feedkeys()| are.
 
-							*E946*
+It is not possible to enter Insert mode from Terminal-Job mode.
+
+						*Terminal-Normal* *E946*
 In Terminal-Normal mode you can move the cursor around with the usual Vim
 commands, Visually mark text, yank text, etc.  But you cannot change the
 contents of the buffer.  The commands that would start insert mode, such as
@@ -263,7 +314,10 @@ In Terminal-Normal mode the statusline and window title show "(Terminal)".  If
 the job ends while in Terminal-Normal mode this changes to
 "(Terminal-finished)".
 
-It is not possible to enter Insert mode from Terminal-Job mode.
+When the job outputs lines in the terminal, such that the contents scrolls off
+the top, those lines are remembered and can be seen in Terminal-Normal mode.
+The number of lines is limited by the 'termwinscroll' option. When going over
+this limit, the first 10% of the scrolled lines are deleted and are lost.
 
 
 Cursor style ~
@@ -279,6 +333,22 @@ is inverted.  Since Vim cannot detect this, the terminal window cursor
 blinking will also be inverted.
 
 
+Session ~
+							*terminal-session*
+A terminal window will be restored when using a session file, if possible and
+wanted.
+
+If "terminal" was removed from 'sessionoptions' then no terminal windows will
+be restored.
+
+If the job in the terminal was finished the window will not be restored.
+
+If the terminal can be restored, the command that was used to open it will be
+used again.  To change this use the |term_setrestore()| function.  This can
+also be used to not restore a specific terminal by setting the command to
+"NONE".
+
+
 Special keys ~
 							*terminal-special-keys*
 Since the terminal emulator simulates an xterm, only escape sequences that
@@ -298,22 +368,15 @@ On Unix a pty is used to make it possible to run all kinds of commands.  You
 can even run Vim in the terminal!  That's used for debugging, see below.
 
 Environment variables are used to pass information to the running job:
-    TERM		name of the terminal, 'term'
+    TERM		the name of the terminal, from the 'term' option or
+			$TERM in the GUI; falls back to "xterm" if it does not
+			start with "xterm"
     ROWS		number of rows in the terminal initially
     LINES		same as ROWS
     COLUMNS		number of columns in the terminal initially
     COLORS		number of colors, 't_Co' (256*256*256 in the GUI)
     VIM_SERVERNAME	v:servername
 
-The |client-server| feature can be used to communicate with the Vim instance
-where the job was started.  This only works when v:servername is not empty.
-If needed you can set it with: >
-	call remote_startserver('vim-server')
-
-In the job you can then do something like: >
-	vim --servername $VIM_SERVERNAME --remote +123 some_file.c
-This will open the file "some_file.c" and put the cursor on line 123.
-
 
 MS-Windows ~
 							*terminal-ms-windows*
@@ -335,8 +398,117 @@ to point to the right file, if needed.  If you have both the 32-bit and 64-bit
 version, rename to winpty32.dll and winpty64.dll to match the way Vim was
 build.
 
+Environment variables are used to pass information to the running job:
+    VIM_SERVERNAME	v:servername
+
 ==============================================================================
-2. Remote testing					*terminal-testing*
+2. Terminal communication			 *terminal-communication*
+
+There are several ways to communicate with the job running in a terminal:
+- Use |term_sendkeys()| to send text and escape sequences from Vim to the job.
+- Use the JSON API to send encoded commands from the job to Vim.
+- Use the |client-server| mechanism. This works on machines with an X server
+  and on MS-Windows.
+
+
+Vim to job: term_sendkeys() ~
+							*terminal-to-job*
+This allows for remote controlling the job running in the terminal.  It is a
+one-way mechanism.  The job can update the display to signal back to Vim.
+For example, if a shell is running in a terminal, you can do: >
+	call term_sendkeys(buf, "ls *.java\<CR>")
+
+This requires for the job to be in the right state where it will do the right
+thing when receiving the keys.  For the above example, the shell must be
+waiting for a command to be typed.
+
+For a job that was written for the purpose, you can use the JSON API escape
+sequence in the other direction.  E.g.: >
+	call term_sendkeys(buf, "\<Esc>]51;["response"]\x07")
+
+
+Job to Vim: JSON API ~
+							*terminal-api*
+The job can send JSON to Vim, using a special escape sequence.  The JSON
+encodes a command that Vim understands.  Example of such a message: >
+	<Esc>]51;["drop", "README.md"]<07>
+
+The body is always a list, making it easy to find the end: ]<07>.
+The <Esc>]51;msg<07> sequence is reserved by xterm for "Emacs shell", which is
+similar to what we are doing here.
+
+Currently supported commands:
+
+	call {funcname} {argument}
+
+		Call a user defined function with {argument}.
+		The function is called with two arguments: the buffer number
+		of the terminal and {argument}, the decoded JSON argument. 
+		The function name must start with "Tapi_" to avoid
+		accidentally calling a function not meant to be used for the
+		terminal API
+		The user function should sanity check the argument.
+		The function can use |term_sendkeys()| to send back a reply.
+		Example in JSON: >
+			["call", "Tapi_Impression", ["play", 14]]
+<		Calls a function defined like this: >
+			function Tapi_Impression(bufnum, arglist)
+			  if len(a:arglist) == 2
+			    echomsg "impression " . a:arglist[0]
+			    echomsg "count " . a:arglist[1]
+			  endif
+			endfunc
+<		Output from `:echo` may be erased by a redraw, use `:echomsg`
+		to be able to see it with `:messages`.
+
+	drop {filename} [options]
+
+		Let Vim open a file, like the `:drop` command.  If {filename}
+		is already open in a window, switch to that window.  Otherwise
+		open a new window to edit {filename}.
+		Note that both the job and Vim may change the current
+		directory, thus it's best to use the full path.
+
+		[options] is only used when opening a new window.  If present,
+		it must be a Dict.  Similarly to |++opt|, These entries are recognized:
+		  "ff"		file format: "dos", "mac" or "unix"
+		  "fileformat"	idem
+		  "enc"		overrides 'fileencoding'
+		  "encoding"	idem
+		  "bin"		sets 'binary'
+		  "binary"	idem
+		  "nobin"	resets 'binary'
+		  "nobinary"	idem
+		  "bad"		specifies behavior for bad characters, see
+				|++bad|
+
+		Example in JSON: >
+			["drop", "path/file.txt", {"ff": "dos"}]
+
+A trick to have Vim send this escape sequence: >
+	exe "set t_ts=\<Esc>]51; t_fs=\x07"
+	let &titlestring = '["call","Tapi_TryThis",["hello",123]]'
+	redraw
+	set t_ts& t_fs&
+
+Rationale: Why not allow for any command or expression?  Because that might
+create a security problem.
+
+
+Using the client-server feature ~
+						*terminal-client-server*
+This only works when v:servername is not empty.  If needed you can set it,
+before opening the terminal, with: >
+	call remote_startserver('vim-server')
+
+$VIM_SERVERNAME is set in the terminal to pass on the server name.
+
+In the job you can then do something like: >
+	vim --servername $VIM_SERVERNAME --remote +123 some_file.c
+This will open the file "some_file.c" and put the cursor on line 123.
+
+==============================================================================
+3. Remote testing					*terminal-testing*
 
 Most Vim tests execute a script inside Vim.  For some tests this does not
 work, running the test interferes with the code being tested.  To avoid this
@@ -351,7 +523,97 @@ term_scrape()		inspect terminal screen
 
 
 ==============================================================================
-3. Debugging					*terminal-debug*
+4. Diffing screen dumps					*terminal-diff*
+
+In some cases it can be bothersome to test that Vim displays the right
+characters on the screen.  E.g. with syntax highlighting.  To make this
+simpler it is possible to take a screen dump of a terminal and compare it to
+an expected screen dump.
+
+Vim uses the window size, text, color and other attributes as displayed.  The
+Vim screen size, font and other properties do not matter.  Therefore this
+mechanism is portable across systems.  A conventional screenshot would reflect
+all differences, including font size and family.
+
+
+Writing a screen dump test for Vim ~
+							*terminal-dumptest*
+For an example see the Test_syntax_c() function in
+src/testdir/test_syntax.vim.  The main parts are:
+- Write a file you want to test with. This is useful for testing syntax
+  highlighting.  You can also start Vim with en empty buffer.
+- Run Vim in a terminal with a specific size.  The default is 20 lines of 75
+  characters.  This makes sure the dump is always this size.  The function
+  RunVimInTerminal() takes care of this.  Pass it the arguments for the Vim
+  command.
+- Send any commands to Vim using term_sendkeys().  For example: >
+	call term_sendkeys(buf, ":echo &lines &columns\<CR>")
+- Check that the screen is now in the expected state, using
+  VerifyScreenDump().  This expects the reference screen dump to be in the
+  src/testdir/dumps/ directory.  Pass the name without ".dump".  It is
+  recommended to use the name of the test function and a sequence number, so
+  that we know what test is using the file.
+- Repeat sending commands and checking the state.
+- Finally stop Vim by calling StopVimInTerminal().
+
+The first time you do this you won't have a screen dump yet.  Create an empty
+file for now, e.g.: >
+	touch src/testdir/dumps/Test_function_name_01.dump
+
+The test will then fail, giving you the command to compare the reference dump
+and the failed dump, e.g.: >
+	call term_dumpdiff("Test_func.dump.failed", "dumps/Test_func.dump")
+
+Use this command in Vim, with the current directory set to src/testdir.
+Once you are satisfied with the test, move the failed dump in place of the
+reference: >
+	:!mv Test_func.dump.failed dumps/Test_func.dump
+
+
+Creating a screen dump ~
+							*terminal-screendump*
+
+To create the screen dump, run Vim (or any other program) in a terminal and
+make it show the desired state.  Then use the term_dumpwrite() function to
+create a screen dump file.  For example: >
+	:call term_dumpwrite(77, "mysyntax.dump")
+
+Here "77" is the buffer number of the terminal.  Use `:ls!` to see it.
+
+You can view the screen dump with term_dumpload(): >
+	:call term_dumpload("mysyntax.dump")
+
+To verify that Vim still shows exactly the same screen, run Vim again with
+exactly the same way to show the desired state.  Then create a screen dump
+again, using a different file name: >
+	:call term_dumpwrite(88, "test.dump")
+
+To assert that the files are exactly the same use assert_equalfile(): >
+	call assert_equalfile("mysyntax.dump", "test.dump")
+
+If there are differences then v:errors will contain the error message.
+
+
+Comparing screen dumps ~
+						*terminal-diffscreendump*
+
+assert_equalfile() does not make it easy to see what is different.
+To spot the problem use term_dumpdiff(): >
+	call term_dumpdiff("mysyntax.dump", "test.dump")
+
+This will open a window consisting of three parts:
+1.  The contents of the first dump
+2.  The difference between the first and second dump
+3.  The contents of the second dump
+
+You can usually see what differs in the second part.  Use the 'ruler' to
+relate it to the position in the first or second dump.
+
+Alternatively, press "s" to swap the first and second dump. Do this several
+times so that you can spot the difference in the context of the text.
+
+==============================================================================
+5. Debugging						*terminal-debug*
 
 The Terminal debugging plugin can be used to debug a program with gdb and view
 the source code in a Vim window.  Since this is completely contained inside
@@ -363,12 +625,15 @@ Starting ~
 Load the plugin with this command: >
 	packadd termdebug
 <							*:Termdebug*
-To start debugging use `:TermDebug` folowed by the command name, for example: >
+To start debugging use `:Termdebug` or `:TermdebugCommand`` followed by the
+command name, for example: >
 	:Termdebug vim
 
 This opens two windows:
+
 gdb window	A terminal window in which "gdb vim" is executed.  Here you
 		can directly interact with gdb.  The buffer name is "!gdb".
+
 program window	A terminal window for the executed program.  When "run" is
 		used in gdb the program I/O will happen in this window, so
 		that it does not interfere with controlling gdb.  The buffer
@@ -376,10 +641,11 @@ program window	A terminal window for the executed program.  When "run" is
 
 The current window is used to show the source code.  When gdb pauses the
 source file location will be displayed, if possible.  A sign is used to
-highlight the current position (using highlight group debugPC).	 
+highlight the current position, using highlight group debugPC.	 
 
 If the buffer in the current window is modified, another window will be opened
-to display the current gdb position.
+to display the current gdb position.  You can use `:Winbar` to add a window
+toolbar there.
 
 Focus the terminal of the executed program to interact with it.  This works
 the same as any command running in a terminal window.
@@ -387,6 +653,26 @@ the same as any command running in a terminal window.
 When the debugger ends, typically by typing "quit" in the gdb window, the two
 opened windows are closed.
 
+Only one debugger can be active at a time.
+							*:TermdebugCommand*
+If you want to give specific commands to the command being debugged, you can
+use the `:TermdebugCommand` command followed by the command name and
+additional parameters. >
+	:TermdebugCommand vim --clean -c ':set nu'
+
+Both the `:Termdebug` and `:TermdebugCommand` support an optional "!" bang
+argument to start the command right away, without pausing at the gdb window
+(and cursor will be in the debugged window).  For example: >
+	:TermdebugCommand! vim --clean
+
+To attach gdb to an already running executable or use a core file, pass extra
+arguments.  E.g.: >
+	:Termdebug vim core
+	:Termdebug vim 98343
+
+If no argument is given, you'll end up in a gdb window, in which you need to
+specify which command to run using e.g. the gdb `file` command.
+
 
 Example session ~
 							*termdebug-example*
@@ -401,6 +687,7 @@ You should now have three windows:
     source  - where you started, has a window toolbar with buttons
     gdb	    - you can type gdb commands here
     program - the executed program will use this window
+
 You can use CTRL-W CTRL-W or the mouse to move focus between windows.
 Put focus on the gdb window and type: >
 	break ex_help
@@ -421,6 +708,8 @@ displayed:
 This way you can inspect the value of local variables.  You can also focus the
 gdb window and use a "print" command, e.g.: >
 	print *eap
+If mouse pointer movements are working, Vim will also show a balloon when the
+mouse rests on text that can be evaluated by gdb.
 
 Now go back to the source window and put the cursor on the first line after
 the for loop, then type: >
@@ -456,43 +745,57 @@ Put focus on the gdb window to type commands there.  Some common ones are:
 - frame N	go to the Nth stack frame
 - continue	continue execution
 
-In the window showing the source code these commands can used to control gdb:
+						*:Run* *:Arguments*
- :Run [args]	    run the program with [args] or the previous arguments
+In the window showing the source code these commands can be used to control
- :Arguments {args}  set arguments for the next :Run
+gdb:
+ `:Run` [args]	    run the program with [args] or the previous arguments
+ `:Arguments` {args}  set arguments for the next `:Run`
 
- :Break		set a breakpoint at the current line; a sign will be displayed
+ *:Break*	set a breakpoint at the current line; a sign will be displayed
- :Delete	delete a breakpoint at the current line
+ *:Clear*	delete the breakpoint at the current line
 
- :Step		execute the gdb "step" command
+ *:Step*	execute the gdb "step" command
- :Over 		execute the gdb "next" command (:Next is a Vim command)
+ *:Over*	execute the gdb "next" command (`:Next` is a Vim command)
- :Finish	execute the gdb "finish" command
+ *:Finish*	execute the gdb "finish" command
- :Continue	execute the gdb "continue" command
+ *:Continue*	execute the gdb "continue" command
- :Stop		interrupt the program
+ *:Stop*	interrupt the program
 
-The plugin adds a window toolbar with these entries:
+If 'mouse' is set the plugin adds a window toolbar with these entries:
-  Step		:Step
+  Step		`:Step`
-  Next		:Over
+  Next		`:Over`
-  Finish	:Finish
+  Finish	`:Finish`
-  Cont		:Continue
+  Cont		`:Continue`
-  Stop		:Stop
+  Stop		`:Stop`
-  Eval		:Evaluate
+  Eval		`:Evaluate`
-This way you can use the mouse to perform the most common commands.
+This way you can use the mouse to perform the most common commands.  You need
+to have the 'mouse' option set to enable mouse clicks.
+								*:Winbar*
+You can add the window toolbar in other windows you open with: >
+  :Winbar
+
+If gdb stops at a source line and there is no window currently showing the
+source code, a new window will be created for the source code.  This also
+happens if the buffer in the source code window has been modified and can't be
+abandoned.
 
 
 Inspecting variables ~
-							*termdebug-variables*
+					*termdebug-variables* *:Evaluate*
- :Evaluate	    evaluate the expression under the cursor
+ `:Evaluate`	    evaluate the expression under the cursor
- K		    same
+ `K`		    same
- :Evaluate {expr}   evaluate {expr}
+ `:Evaluate` {expr}   evaluate {expr}
- :'<,'>Evaluate	    evaluate the Visually selected text
+ `:'<,'>Evaluate`     evaluate the Visually selected text
 
 This is similar to using "print" in the gdb window.
+You can usually shorten `:Evaluate` to `:Ev`.
 
 
 Other commands ~
 							*termdebug-commands*
- :Gdb	       jump to the gdb window
+ *:Gdb*	     jump to the gdb window
- :Program      jump to the window with the running program
+ *:Program*    jump to the window with the running program
+ *:Source*     jump to the window with the source code, create it if there
+	     isn't one
 
 
 Communication ~
@@ -503,16 +806,22 @@ will break the debugger.
 
 
 Customizing ~
-							*termdebug-customizing*
+
+GDB command						 *termdebug-customizing*
+
 To change the name of the gdb command, set the "termdebugger" variable before
 invoking `:Termdebug`: >
 	let termdebugger = "mygdb"
 <							*gdb-version*
 Only debuggers fully compatible with gdb will work.  Vim uses the GDB/MI
-interface.  This probably requires gdb version 7.12.  if you get this error:
+interface.  The "new-ui" command  requires gdb version 7.12 or later.  if you
+get this error:
 	Undefined command: "new-ui". Try "help".~
 Then your gdb is too old.
 
+
+Colors						*hl-debugPC* *hl-debugBreakpoint*
+
 The color of the signs can be adjusted with these highlight groups:
 - debugPC		the current position
 - debugBreakpoint	a breakpoint
@@ -525,6 +834,20 @@ When 'background' is "dark":
   hi debugPC term=reverse ctermbg=darkblue guibg=darkblue
   hi debugBreakpoint term=reverse ctermbg=red guibg=red
 
+
+Popup menu						*termdebug_popup*
+
+By default the Termdebug plugin sets 'mousemodel' to "popup_setpos" and adds
+these entries to the popup menu:
+	Set breakpoint		`:Break`
+	Clear breakpoint	`:Clear`
+	Evaluate		`:Evaluate`
+If you don't want this then disable it with: >
+	let g:termdebug_popup = 0
+
+
+Vim window width						*termdebug_wide*
+
 To change the width of the Vim window when debugging starts, and use a
 vertical split: >
   let g:termdebug_wide = 163

runtime/doc/test_urls.vim

@@ -0,0 +1,68 @@
+" Test for URLs in help documents.
+"
+" Opens a new window with all found URLS followed by return code from curl
+" (anything other than 0 means unreachable)
+"
+" Written by Christian Brabandt.
+
+func Test_check_URLs()
+  if has("win32")
+    echoerr "Doesn't work on MS-Windows"
+    return
+  endif
+  if executable('curl')
+    " Note: does not follow redirects!
+    let s:command = 'curl --silent --fail --output /dev/null --head '
+  elseif executable('wget')
+    " Note: only allow a couple of redirects
+    let s:command = 'wget --quiet -S --spider --max-redirect=2 --timeout=5 --tries=2 -O /dev/null '
+  else
+    echoerr 'Only works when "curl" or "wget" is available'
+    return
+  endif
+
+  let pat='\(https\?\|ftp\)://[^\t* ]\+'
+  exe 'helpgrep' pat
+  helpclose
+
+  let urls = map(getqflist(), 'v:val.text')
+  " do not use submatch(1)!
+  let urls = map(urls, {key, val -> matchstr(val, pat)})
+  " remove examples like user@host (invalid urls)
+  let urls = filter(urls, 'v:val !~ "@"')
+  " Remove example URLs which are invalid
+  let urls = filter(urls, {key, val -> val !~ '\<\(\(my\|some\)\?host\|machine\|hostname\|file\)\>'})
+  new
+  put =urls
+  " remove some more invalid items
+  " empty lines
+  v/./d
+  " remove # anchors
+  %s/#.*$//e
+  " remove trailing stuff (parenthesis, dot, comma, quotes), but only for HTTP
+  " links
+  g/^h/s#[.,)'"/>][:.]\?$##
+  g#^[hf]t\?tp:/\(/\?\.*\)$#d
+  silent! g/ftp://,$/d
+  silent! g/=$/d
+  let a = getline(1,'$')
+  let a = uniq(sort(a))
+  %d
+  call setline(1, a)
+
+  " Do the testing.
+  set nomore
+  %s/.*/\=TestURL(submatch(0))/
+
+  " highlight the failures
+  /.* \([0-9]*[1-9]\|[0-9]\{2,}\)$
+endfunc
+
+func TestURL(url)
+  " Relies on the return code to determine whether a page is valid
+  echom printf("Testing URL: %d/%d %s", line('.'), line('$'), a:url)
+  call system(s:command . shellescape(a:url))
+  return printf("%s %d", a:url, v:shell_error)
+endfunc
+
+call Test_check_URLs()

runtime/doc/todo.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*todo.txt*      For Vim version 8.0.  Last change: 2017 Nov 11
+*todo.txt*      For Vim version 8.0.  Last change: 2018 May 13
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL	  by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -35,132 +35,140 @@ entered there will not be repeated below, unless there is extra information.
 							*known-bugs*
 -------------------- Known bugs and current work -----------------------
 
-Permission of viminfo tempfile can be wrong. (Simon Ruderich)
-Always use 600 ?  Also avoids groups problem.
-patch from Simon Ruderich, Nov 8
-
-No maintainer for Vietnamese translations.
-No maintainer for Simplified Chinese translations.
-
 Terminal emulator window:
-- Lots of stuff to implement, see src/terminal.c
+- Duplicated lines when making terminal only window. (Dominique, #2909)
-- Improve debugger interface:
+- Still some stuff to implement and bugs to fix, see src/terminal.c
-  Include all debug features of Agide.
+- Add more functionality for terminal API? (Ozaki Kiichi 2018 May 13, #2907)
-    - Implement the right-click popup menu for the terminal. Can use the
-      completion popup menu code and mouse dragging.
-      Use it for "set breakpoint", "remove breakpoint", etc.
-    - make showballoon() work in a terminal.  Requires getting mouse-move
-      events.
-    - send 'balloonText' events for the cursor position (using CursorHold ?)
-      in terminal mode.
-  - get ideas from http://clewn.sf.net
-  - Look into the idevim plugin/script.
-- Improve testing:
-  Make a screenshot of a terminal, store in a file.
-  Display a stored screenshot, display diff with another one.
-  Make a test that puts Vim in a specific state, make a screenshot and compare
-  with the expected screenshot.  Set t_Co to 256.
 
-+channel:
+Crash when mixing matchadd and substitute()? (Max Christian Pohle, 2018 May
-- Add a separate timeout for opening a socket.  Currently it's fixed at 50
+13, #2910)  Can't reproduce?
-  msec, which is too small for a remote connection. (tverniquet, #2130)
-- Try out background make plugin: 
-  https://github.com/AndrewVos/vim-make-background
-- Problem with stderr on Windows? (Vincent Rischmann, 2016 Aug 31, #1026)
-- Writing raw mode to a buffer should still handle NL characters as line
-  breaks. (Dmitry Zotikov, 2017 Aug 16)
-- When out_cb executes :sleep, the close_cb may be invoked. (Daniel Hahler,
-  2016 Dec 11, #1320)
-- Implement |job-term| ?
-- Channel test fails with Motif.  Sometimes kills the X11 server.
-- When a message in the queue but there is no callback, drop it after a while?
-  Add timestamp to queued messages and callbacks with ID, remove after a
-  minute.  Option to set the droptime.
-- Add an option to drop text of very long lines?  Default to 1 Mbyte.
-- Add remark about undo sync, is there a way to force it?
-- When starting a job, have an option to open the server socket, so we know
-  the port, and pass it to the command with --socket-fd {nr}. (Olaf Dabrunz,
-  Feb 9)  How to do this on MS-Windows?
-- For connection to server, a "keep open" flag would be useful.  Retry
-  connecting in the main loop with zero timeout.
-- job_start(): run job in a newly opened terminal (not a terminal window).
-    With xterm could use -S{pty}.
-    Although user could use "xterm -e 'cmd arg'".
 
-Regexp problems:
+On Win32 when not in the console and t_Co >= 256, allow using 'tgc'.
-- [:space:] only matches ASCII spaces.  Add [:white:] for all space-like
+(Nobuhiro Takasaki, #2833)  Also check t_Co.
-  characters, esp. including 0xa0.  Use character class zero.
-- Since 7.4.704 the old regex engine fails to match [[:print:]] in 0xf6.
-  (Manuel Ortega, 2016 Apr 24)
-  Test fails on Mac.  Avoid using isalpha(), isalnum(), etc?  Depends on
-  LC_CTYPE
-- The old engine does not find a match for "/\%#=1\(\)\{80}", the new engine
-  matches everywhere.
-- Using win_linetabsize() can still be slow. Cache the result, store col and
-  vcol. Reset them when moving to another line.
-- Very slow with a long line and Ruby highlighting. (John Whitley, 2014 Dec 4)
-- Bug with pattern: '\vblock (\d+)\.\n.*\d+%(\1)@<!\.$'
-  (Lech Lorens, 2014 Feb 3)
-- Issue 164: freeze on regexp search.
-- Ignorecase not handled properly for multi-byte characters. (Axel Bender,
-  2013 Dec 11)
-- Using \@> and \?. (Brett Stahlman, 2013 Dec 21) Remark from Marcin
-  Szamotulski; Remark from Brett 2014 Jan 6 and 7.
-- NFA regexp doesn't handle \%<v correctly. (Ingo Karkat, 2014 May 12)
-- Does not work with NFA regexp engine:
-  \%u, \%x, \%o, \%d followed by a composing character
-- Search for \%d0\+ may fail with E363. (Christian Brabandt, 2016 Oct 4)
-- \%'[ does not work.  '%'] does work.  (Masaaki Nakamura, 2016 Apr 4)
-- Bug relating to back references. (Ingo Karkat, 2014 Jul 24)
-- New RE does not give an error for empty group: "\(\)\{2}" (Dominique Pelle,
-  2015 Feb 7)
-- Using back reference before the capturing group sometimes works with the old
-  engine, can we do this with the new engine?  E.g. with
-  "/\%(<\1>\)\@<=.*\%(<\/\(\w\+\)>\)\@=" matching text inside HTML tags.
-  This problem is probably the same: "\%(^\1.*$\n\)\@<=\(\d\+\).*$".
-  (guotuofeng, 2015 Jun 22)
-- Strange matching with "\(Hello\n\)\@<=A". (Anas Syed, 2015 Feb 12)
-- Problem with \v(A)@<=b+\1c. (Issue 334)
-- Diff highlighting can be very slow. (Issue 309)
-- Using %> for a virtual column has a check based on 'tabsize'.  Better would
-  be to cache the result of win_linetabsize(col), storing both col and vcol,
-  and use them to decide whether win_linetabsize() needs to be called.  Reset
-  col and vcol when moving to another line.
-- this doesn't work: "syntax match ErrorMsg /.\%9l\%>20c\&\%<28c/".  Leaving
-  out the \& works.  Seems any column check after \& fails.
-- Difference between two engines: ".*\zs\/\@>\/" on text "///"
-  (Chris Paul, 2016 Nov 13)  New engine not greedy enough?
-  Another one: echom matchstr(" sdfsfsf\n sfdsdfsdf",'[^\n]*')
-  (2017 May 15, #1252)
 
-Include a few color schemes, based on popularity:
+Pop-up menu overlapping terminal is not cleared completely. (Lifepillar, 2018
-http://www.vim.org/scripts/script_search_results.php?keywords=&script_type=color+scheme&order_by=rating&direction=descending&search=search
+May 13, #2908)
-http://vimawesome.com/?q=tag:color-scheme
+
-Use names that indicate their apperance (Christian Brabandt, 2017 Aug 3)
+balloon_show() does not work properly in the terminal. (Ben Jackson, 2017 Dec
-- monokai - Xia Crusoe (2017 Aug 4) 
+20, #2481)
-- seoul256 - Christian Brabandt (2017 Aug 3)
+Also see #2352, want better control over balloon, perhaps set the position.
-- gruvbox -  Christian Brabandt (2017 Aug 3)
+
-- janah - Marco Hinz (2017 Aug 4)
+Errors found with random data:
-- apprentice - Romain Lafourcade (2017 Aug 6)  remarks about help file #1964
+    heap-buffer-overflow in alist_add (#2472)
-Suggested by Hiroki Kokubun:
+
-- [Iceberg](https://github.com/cocopon/iceberg.vim) (my one)
+More warnings from static analysis:
-- [hybrid](https://github.com/w0ng/vim-hybrid)
+https://lgtm.com/projects/g/vim/vim/alerts/?mode=list
-Include solarized color scheme?, it does not support termguicolors.
+
--> Make check for colorscheme that it's sane.
+When opening foo/x.txt and bar/x.txt get swap file warning.  Should check the
+file name. (Juergen Weigert)
+
+Script generated by :mksession does not work well if there are windows with
+modified buffers
+  change "silent only" into "silent only!"
+  change "edit fname" of first buffer to "hide edit fname"
+  skip "badd fname" if "fname" is already in the buffer list
+  remove remark about unloading buffers from documentation
 
 Compiler warnings (geeknik, 2017 Oct 26):
 - signed integer overflow in do_sub() (#2249)
 - signed integer overflow in get_address() (#2248)
 - signed integer overflow in getdecchrs() (#2254)
-- signed integer overflow in nfa_regatom() (#2251)
 - undefined left shift in get_string_tv() (#2250)
 
-When starting with --clean packages under "start" are not loaded.  Make this
+Tests failing for "make testgui" with GTK:
-work:  :packadd START {name}  similar to :runtime START name
+- Test_setbufvar_options()
+- Test_exit_callback_interval()
+
+Try out background make plugin: 
+  https://github.com/AndrewVos/vim-make-background
+or asyncmake: 
+  https://github.com/yegappan/asyncmake
+
+Add a ModeChanged autocommand that has an argument indicating the old and new
+mode.  Also used for switching Terminal mode.
+
+Add an option with file patterns, to be used when unloading a buffer: If there
+is a match, remove entries for the buffer from marks, jumplist, etc.  To be
+used for git temp files.
+
+Cursor in wrong position when line wraps. (#2540)
+
+Add an option similar to 'lazyredraw' to skip redrawing while executing a
+script or function.
+
+MS-Windows: write may fail if another program is reading the file.
+If 'readonly' is not set but the file appears to be readonly later, try again
+(wait a little while).
+CreateFile() returns ERROR_SHARING_VIOLATION (Linwei, 2018 May 5)
+
+Should add a test for every command line argument.  Check coverage for what is
+missing: --nofork, -A , -b, -h, etc.
+
+Improve the installer for MS-Windows.  There are a few alternatives:
+- Add silent install option. (Shane Lee, #751)
+- Installer from Cream (Steve Hall).
+- Modern UI 2.0 for the Nsis installer. (Guopeng Wen)
+    https://github.com/gpwen/vim-installer-mui2
+-  make it possible to do a silent install, see
+    http://nsis.sourceforge.net/Docs/Chapter4.html#4.12
+    Version from Guopeng Wen does this.
+- MSI installer: https://github.com/petrkle/vim-msi/
+- The one on Issue 279.
+Problem: they all work slightly different (e.g. don't install vimrun.exe).
+How to test that it works well for all Vim users?
+
+Alternative manpager.vim. (Enno, 2018 Jan 5, #2529)
+
+Does setting 'cursorline' cause syntax highlighting to slow down?  Perhaps is
+mess up the cache?  (Mike Lee Williams, 2018 Jan 27, #2539)
+Also: 'foldtext' is evaluated too often. (Daniel Hahler, #2773)
 
 When using :packadd files under "later" are not used, which is inconsistent
 with packages under "start". (xtal8, #1994)
 
+Patch to support "xxd -ps". (Erik Auerswald, 2018 May 1)
+
+Column number is wrong when using 'linebreak' and 'wrap'. (Keith Smiley, 2018
+Jan 15, #2555)
+
+":bufdo e" disabled syntax HL in windows other than the current. (BPJ)
+
+Check argument of systemlist(). (Pavlov)
+
+Patch to add reg_executing() and reg_recording(). (Hirohito Higashi, #2745)
+
+No maintainer for Vietnamese translations.
+No maintainer for Simplified Chinese translations.
+
+Python indenting: alternative way to indent arguments:
+http://orchistro.tistory.com/236
+Should be supported with a flag.
+
+Starting job with cwd option, when the directory does not exist, gives a
+confusing error message. (Wang Shidong, 2018 Jan 2, #2519)
+
+Add the debug command line history to viminfo.
+
+Avoid that "sign unplace id" does a redraw right away, esp. when there is a
+sequence of these commands. (Andy Stewart, 2018 Mar 16)
+
+ch_sendraw() with long string does not try to read inbetween, which may cause
+a deadlock if the reading side is waiting for the write to finish. (Nate
+Bosch, 2018 Jan 13, #2548)
+
+Patch to include a cfilter plugin to filter quickfix/location lists.
+(Yegappan Lakshmanan, 2018 May 12)
+
+Add Makefiles to the runtime/spell directory tree, since nobody uses Aap.
+Will have to explain the manual steps (downloading the .aff and .dic files,
+applying the diff, etc.
+
+Pasting a register in Visual mode cannot be repeated. (Mahmoud Al-Qudsi, 2018
+Apr 26, #2849)
+
+User dictionary ~/.vim/spell/lang.utf-8.add not used for spell checking until a
+word is re-added to it. (Matej Cepl, 2018 Feb 6)
+
 Fold at end of the buffer behaves inconsistently. (James McCoy, 2017 Oct 9)
 
 With foldmethod=syntax and nofoldenable comment highlighting isn't removed.
@@ -169,26 +177,112 @@ With foldmethod=syntax and nofoldenable comment highlighting isn't removed.
 Using 'wildignore' also applies to literally entered file name.  Also with
 :drop (remote commands).
 
+Patch to support ":tag <tagkind> <tagname". (emmrk, 2018 May 7, #2871)
+
+Implement option_save() and option_restore():
+option_restore({list})					*option_restore()*
+		Restore options previously saved by option_save().
+		When buffer-local options have been saved, this function must
+		be called when the same buffer is the current buffer.
+		When window-local options have been saved, this function must
+		be called when the same window is the current window.
+		When in the wrong buffer and/or window an error is given and
+		the local options won't be restored.
+
+option_save({list})					*option_save()*
+		Saves the options named in {list}.  The returned value can be
+		passed to option_restore().  Example: >
+			let s:saved_options = option_save([
+			    \ 'ignorecase',
+			    \ 'iskeyword',
+			    \ ])
+			 au <buffer> BufLeave *
+			    \ call option_restore(s:saved_options)
+<		The advantage over using `:let` is that global and local
+		values are handled and the script ID is restored, so that
+		`:verbose set` will show where the option was originally set,
+		not where it was restored.
+
 "gvim --remote" from a directory with non-word characters changes the current
 directory (Paulo Marcel Coelho Arabic, 2017 Oct 30, #2266)
 Also see #1689.
 
-ml_get error when using a Python. (Yggdroot, 2017 Jun 1, #1737)
+ml_get error when using a Python script. (Yggdroot, 2017 Jun 1, #1737)
 Lemonboy can reproduce (2017 Jun 5)
 
+crash when removing an element while inside map(). (Nikolai Pavlov, 2018 Feb
+17, #2652)
+
+When 'virtualedit' is "all" and 'cursorcolumn' is set, the wrong column may be
+highlighted. (van-de-bugger, 2018 Jan 23, #2576)
+
+Patch to parse ":line" in tags file and use it for search. (Daniel Hahler,
+#2546)  Fixes #1057.  Missing a test.
+
+Patch to add winlayout() function. (Yegappan Lakshmanan, 2018 Jan 4)
+
+No profile information for function that executes ":quit". (Daniel Hahler,
+2017 Dec 26, #2501)
+
+Get a "No Name" buffer when 'hidden' is set and opening a new window from the
+quickfix list. (bfrg, 2018 Jan 22, #2574)
+
+CTRL-X on zero gets stuck on 0xfffffffffffffffe. (Hengyang Zhao, #2746)
+
+A function on a dictionary is not profiled. (ZyX, 2010 Dec 25)
+
+Invalid range error when using BufWinLeave for closing terminal.
+(Gabriel Barta, 2017 Nov 15, #2339)
+
+Using an external diff is inefficient.  Not all systems have a good diff
+program available (esp. MS-Windows).  Would be nice to have in internal diff
+implementation.  Can then also use this for displaying changes within a line.
+Olaf Dabrunz is working on this. (10 Jan 2016)
+9   Instead invoking an external diff program, use builtin code.  One can be
+    found here: http://www.ioplex.com/~miallen/libmba/dl/src/diff.c
+    It's complicated and badly documented.
+Alternative: use the xdiff library.  Patch from Christian Brabandt, 2018 Mar
+20, #2732)
+
 ml_get errors with buggy script. (Dominique, 2017 Apr 30)
 
 Error in emsg with buggy script. (Dominique, 2017 Apr 30)
 
+Join truncates xml comment. (Dmitrii Tcyganok, 2017 Dec 24, #2494)
+Requires 'formatoptions' to include "j". (Gary Johnson, 2017 Dec 24)
+
+Patch to support hunspell. (Matej Cepl, Jan 2018, #2500) Based on older patch
+in #846)
+Doesn't work on Windows yet.  Not ready to included, hard coded paths.
+
+Win32 GUI: when running a fast timer, the cursor no longer blinks.
+Was reported: cursor blinks in terminal on widows with a timer. (xtal8, #2142)
+
 When a timer is running and typing CTRL-R on the command line, it is not
 redrawn properly. (xtal8, 2017 Oct 23, #2241)
 
+In an optional package the "after" directory is not scanned?
+(Renato Fabbri, 2018 Feb 22)
+
 Universal solution to detect if t_RS is working, using cursor position.
 Koichi Iwamoto, #2126
 
+Patch for Neovim concerning restoring when closing help window. (glacambre
+neovim #7431)
+
 Default install on MS-Windows should source defaults.vim.
 Ask whether to use Windows or Vim key behavior?
 
+Patch for improving detecting Ruby on Mac in configure. (Ilya Mikhaltsou, 2017
+Nov 21)
+
+When t_Co is changed from termresponse, the OptionSet autocmmand event isn't
+triggered.  Use the code from the end of set_num_option() in
+set_color_count().
+
+Add another autocommand like TermResponse that is fired for the other terminal
+responses, such as bg and fg.  Use "bg", "fg", "blink", etc. for the name.
+
 When using command line window, CmdlineLeave is triggered without
 CmdlineEnter.  (xtal8, 2017 Oct 30, #2263)
 Add some way to get the nested state.  Although CmdwinEnter is obviously
@@ -196,14 +290,26 @@ always nested.
 
 matchit hasn't been maintained for a long time.  #955.
 
-MS-Windows: buffer completetion doesn't work when using backslash (or slash)
+Patch to add variable name after "scope add". (Eddie Lebow, 2018 Feb 7, #2620)
+Maybe not needed?
+
+Problem with 'delcombine'. (agguser, 2017 Nov 10, #2313)
+
+MS-Windows: buffer completion doesn't work when using backslash (or slash)
 for a path separator. (xtal8, #2201)
 
+Patch to adjust to DPI setting for GTK. (Roel van de Kraats, 2017 Nov 20,
+#2357)
+
 Test runtime files.
 Start with filetype detection: testdir/test_filetype.vim
 
 Window not closed when deleting buffer. (Harm te Hennepe, 2017 Aug 27, #2029)
 
+Duplication of completion suggestions for ":!hom".  Issue #539.
+Patch by Christian, 2016 Jan 29
+Another patch in #2733.
+>
 Add options_default() / options_restore() to set several options to Vim
 defaults for a plugin. Comments from Zyx, 2017 May 10.
 Perhaps use a vimcontext / endvimcontext command block.
@@ -217,15 +323,19 @@ Still happens (2017 Jul 9)
 When bracketed paste is used, pasting at the ":append" prompt does not get the
 line breaks. (Ken Takata, 2017 Aug 22)
 
-Patch for 24 bit color support in MS-Windows console, using vcon. (Nobuhiro
+The ":move" command does not honor closed folds. (Ryan Lue, #2351)
-Takasaki, 2017 Oct 1, #2060).  Ready to include now?
+
+Patch to fix increment/decrement not working properly when 'virtualedit' is
+set. (Hirohito Higashi, 2016 Aug 1, #923)
 
 Memory leaks in test_channel? (or is it because of fork())
-Memory leak in test_arabic.
 Using uninitialized value in test_crypt.
+Memory leaks in test_escaped_glob
 
 Patch to make gM move to middle of line. (Yasuhiro Matsumoto, Sep 8, #2070)
 
+Cannot copy modeless selection when cursor is inside it. (lkintact, #2300)
+
 Include Haiku port. (Adrien Destugues, Siarzhuk Zharski, 2013 Oct 24)
 It can replace the BeOS code, which is likely not used anymore.
 Now on github: #1856.  Updated Oct 2017
@@ -252,6 +362,9 @@ Alternatives for ~:
 
 The ++ options for the :edit command are also useful on the Vim command line.
 
+When recovering a file, put the swap file name in b:recovered_swapfile.  Then
+a command can delete it.
+
 Overlong utf-8 sequence is displayed wrong. (Harm te Hennepe, 2017 Sep 14,
 #2089)  Patch with possible solution by Björn Linse.
 
@@ -266,6 +379,22 @@ Seems to happen when the selection is requested the second time, but before
 clip_x11_convert_selection_cb() is invoked, thus in X library code.
 Kazunobu Kuriyama is working on a proper fix. (2017 Jul 25)
 
+Include a few color schemes, based on popularity:
+http://www.vim.org/scripts/script_search_results.php?keywords=&script_type=color+scheme&order_by=rating&direction=descending&search=search
+http://vimawesome.com/?q=tag:color-scheme
+Use names that indicate their appearance (Christian Brabandt, 2017 Aug 3)
+- monokai - Xia Crusoe (2017 Aug 4) 
+- seoul256 - Christian Brabandt (2017 Aug 3)
+- gruvbox -  Christian Brabandt (2017 Aug 3) (simplified version from
+      Lifepillar, 2018 Jan 22, #2573)
+- janah - Marco Hinz (2017 Aug 4)
+- apprentice - Romain Lafourcade (2017 Aug 6)  remarks about help file #1964
+Suggested by Hiroki Kokubun:
+- [Iceberg](https://github.com/cocopon/iceberg.vim) (my one)
+- [hybrid](https://github.com/w0ng/vim-hybrid)
+Include solarized color scheme?, it does not support termguicolors.
+- Sanitized version of pablo (Lifepillar, 2017 Nov 21)
+
 Problem with three-piece comment. (Michael Lee, 2017 May 11, #1696)
 
 Creating a partial with an autoload function is confused about the "self"
@@ -290,8 +419,11 @@ Patch to add argument to :cquit. (Thinca, 2014 Oct 12)
 Python: After "import vim" error messages only show the first line of the
 stack trace. (Yggdroot, 2017 Jul 28, #1887)
 
-Patch to add "module" to quickfix entries. (Marcin Szamotulski, Coot, 2017 Jun
+Profile of a dict function is lost when the dict is deleted.  Would it be
-8, #1757)
+possible to collect this?  (Daniel Hahler, #2350)
+
+Add `:filter` support for various commands (Marcin Szamotulski, 2017 Nov 12
+#2322)  Now in #2327?
 
 When checking if a bufref is valid, also check the buffer number, to catch the
 case of :bwipe followed by :new.
@@ -316,8 +448,6 @@ Or is this not an actual problem?
 
 Better TeX indent file. (Christian Brabandt, 2017 May 3)
 
-Openhab syntax file (mueller, #1678)
-
 Patch to use a separate code for BS on Windows. (Linwei, #1823)
 
 Use gvimext.dll from the nightly build? (Issue #249)
@@ -367,7 +497,7 @@ Perhaps simpler: actually delete the mappings.  Use maplist() to list matching
 mappings (with a lhs prefix, like maparg()), mapdelete() to delete,
 maprestore() to restore (using the output of maplist()).
 
-Add an argument to :mkvimrc (or add aother command) to skip mappings from
+Add an argument to :mkvimrc (or add another command) to skip mappings from
 plugins (source is a Vim script).  No need to put these in a .vimrc, they will
 be defined when the plugin is loaded.
 
@@ -456,9 +586,6 @@ Patch to fix escaping of job arguments. (Yasuhiro Matsumoto, 2016 Oct 5)
 Update Oct 14: https://gist.github.com/mattn/d47e7d3bfe5ade4be86062b565a4bfca
 Update Aug 2017: #1954
 
-Characters deleted on completion. (Adrià Farrés, 2017 Apr 20, #1645)
-Remarks from Christian Brabandt (Apr 21)
-
 The TermResponse event is not triggered when a plugin has set 'eventignore' to
 "all".  Netrw does this. (Gary Johnson, 2017 Jan 24)
 Postpone the event until 'eventignore' is reset.
@@ -500,20 +627,14 @@ Does this also fix #1408 ?
 
 Patch for 'cursorlinenr' option. (Ozaki Kiichi, 2016 Nov 30)
 
+Patch to fix profiling condition lines. (Ozaki Kiichi,, 2017 Dec 26, #2499)
+
 Patch to be able to separately map CTRL-H and BS on Windows.
 (Linwei, 2017 Jul 11, #1833)
 
 When 'completeopt' has "noselect" does not insert a newline. (Lifepillar, 2017
 Apr 23, #1653)
 
-Using an external diff is inefficient.  Not all systems have a good diff
-program available (esp. MS-Windows).  Would be nice to have in internal diff
-implementation.  Can then also use this for displaying changes within a line.
-Olaf Dabrunz is working on this. (10 Jan 2016)
-9   Instead invoking an external diff program, use builtin code.  One can be
-    found here: http://www.ioplex.com/~miallen/libmba/dl/src/diff.c
-    It's complicated and badly documented.
-
 Window resizing with 'winfixheight': With a vertical split the height changes
 anyway. (Tommy allen, 2017 Feb 21, #1502)
 
@@ -529,8 +650,6 @@ Patch to make it possible to extend a list with itself.
 
 Patch to add Zstandard compressed file support. (Nick Terrell, 2016 Oct 24)
 
-Patch to add trim() function. (Bukn, 2016 Nov 25, #1280)
-
 Patch to add MODIFIED_BY to MSVC build file. (Chen Lei, 2016 Nov 24, #1275)
 
 Patch to change argument of :marks. (LemonBoy, 2017 Jan 29, #1426)
@@ -553,6 +672,78 @@ no longer support.
 sort() is not stable when using numeric/float sort (Nikolay Pavlov, 2016 Sep
 4#1038)
 
++channel:
+- Add a separate timeout for opening a socket.  Currently it's fixed at 50
+  msec, which is too small for a remote connection. (tverniquet, #2130)
+- Problem with stderr on Windows? (Vincent Rischmann, 2016 Aug 31, #1026)
+- Writing raw mode to a buffer should still handle NL characters as line
+  breaks. (Dmitry Zotikov, 2017 Aug 16)
+- When out_cb executes :sleep, the close_cb may be invoked. (Daniel Hahler,
+  2016 Dec 11, #1320)
+- Implement |job-term| ?
+- Channel test fails with Motif.  Sometimes kills the X11 server.
+- When a message in the queue but there is no callback, drop it after a while?
+  Add timestamp to queued messages and callbacks with ID, remove after a
+  minute.  Option to set the droptime.
+- Add an option to drop text of very long lines?  Default to 1 Mbyte.
+- Add remark about undo sync, is there a way to force it?
+- When starting a job, have an option to open the server socket, so we know
+  the port, and pass it to the command with --socket-fd {nr}. (Olaf Dabrunz,
+  Feb 9)  How to do this on MS-Windows?
+- For connection to server, a "keep open" flag would be useful.  Retry
+  connecting in the main loop with zero timeout.
+- job_start(): run job in a newly opened terminal (not a terminal window).
+    With xterm could use -S{pty}.
+    Although user could use "xterm -e 'cmd arg'".
+
+Regexp problems:
+- When search pattern has the base character both with and without combining
+  character, search fails.  E.g. "รรีบ" in "การรีบรักใคร". (agguser, #2312)
+- [:space:] only matches ASCII spaces.  Add [:white:] for all space-like
+  characters, esp. including 0xa0.  Use character class zero.
+- Since 7.4.704 the old regex engine fails to match [[:print:]] in 0xf6.
+  (Manuel Ortega, 2016 Apr 24)
+  Test fails on Mac.  Avoid using isalpha(), isalnum(), etc?  Depends on
+  LC_CTYPE
+- The old engine does not find a match for "/\%#=1\(\)\{80}", the new engine
+  matches everywhere.
+- Using win_linetabsize() can still be slow. Cache the result, store col and
+  vcol. Reset them when moving to another line.
+- Very slow with a long line and Ruby highlighting. (John Whitley, 2014 Dec 4)
+- Bug with pattern: '\vblock (\d+)\.\n.*\d+%(\1)@<!\.$'
+  (Lech Lorens, 2014 Feb 3)
+- Issue 164: freeze on regexp search.
+- Ignorecase not handled properly for multi-byte characters. (Axel Bender,
+  2013 Dec 11)
+- Using \@> and \?. (Brett Stahlman, 2013 Dec 21) Remark from Marcin
+  Szamotulski; Remark from Brett 2014 Jan 6 and 7.
+- NFA regexp doesn't handle \%<v correctly. (Ingo Karkat, 2014 May 12)
+- Does not work with NFA regexp engine:
+  \%u, \%x, \%o, \%d followed by a composing character
+- Search for \%d0\+ may fail with E363. (Christian Brabandt, 2016 Oct 4)
+- \%'[ does not work.  '%'] does work.  (Masaaki Nakamura, 2016 Apr 4)
+- Bug relating to back references. (Ingo Karkat, 2014 Jul 24)
+- New RE does not give an error for empty group: "\(\)\{2}" (Dominique Pelle,
+  2015 Feb 7)
+- Using back reference before the capturing group sometimes works with the old
+  engine, can we do this with the new engine?  E.g. with
+  "/\%(<\1>\)\@<=.*\%(<\/\(\w\+\)>\)\@=" matching text inside HTML tags.
+  This problem is probably the same: "\%(^\1.*$\n\)\@<=\(\d\+\).*$".
+  (guotuofeng, 2015 Jun 22)
+- Strange matching with "\(Hello\n\)\@<=A". (Anas Syed, 2015 Feb 12)
+- Problem with \v(A)@<=b+\1c. (Issue 334)
+- Diff highlighting can be very slow. (Issue 309)
+- Using %> for a virtual column has a check based on 'tabsize'.  Better would
+  be to cache the result of win_linetabsize(col), storing both col and vcol,
+  and use them to decide whether win_linetabsize() needs to be called.  Reset
+  col and vcol when moving to another line.
+- this doesn't work: "syntax match ErrorMsg /.\%9l\%>20c\&\%<28c/".  Leaving
+  out the \& works.  Seems any column check after \& fails.
+- Difference between two engines: ".*\zs\/\@>\/" on text "///"
+  (Chris Paul, 2016 Nov 13)  New engine not greedy enough?
+  Another one: echom matchstr(" sdfsfsf\n sfdsdfsdf",'[^\n]*')
+  (2017 May 15, #1252)
+
 Patch to add "cmdline" completion to getcompletion(). (Shougo, Oct 1, #1140)
 
 Feature request: Complete members of a dictionary. (Luc Hermitte, 2017 Jan 4,
@@ -575,6 +766,8 @@ command argument. (Romain Lafourcade, 2016 Oct 16, #1175)
 
 Patch to support CamelCase for spell checking: See a lower-to-upper case
 change as a word boundary. (btucker-MPCData, 2016 Nov 6, #1235)
+patch for 'spellcamelcase' option: spellcheck each CamelCased word.
+(Ben Tucker, 2016 Dec 2)
 
 Idea from Sven: record sequence of keys.  Useful to show others what they are
 doing (look over the shoulder), and also to see what happened.
@@ -582,7 +775,7 @@ Probably list of keystrokes, with some annotations for mode changes.
 Could store in logfile to be able to analyse it with an external command.
 E.g. to see when's the last time a plugin command was used.
 
-execute() cannot be used with command completeion. (Daniel Hahler, 2016 Oct 1,
+execute() cannot be used with command completion. (Daniel Hahler, 2016 Oct 1,
 #1141)
 
 cmap using execute() has side effects. (Killthemule, 2016 Aug 17, #983)
@@ -591,9 +784,6 @@ cmap using execute() has side effects. (Killthemule, 2016 Aug 17, #983)
 
 Patch to order results from taglist(). (Duncan McDougall, 2016 Oct 25)
 
-patch for 'spellcamelcase' option: spellcheck each CamelCased word.
-(Ben Tucker, 2016 Dec 2)
-
 When using ":diffput" through a mapping, undo in the target buffer isn't
 synced.  (Ryan Carney, 2016 Sep 14)
 
@@ -636,9 +826,6 @@ Repeating 'opfunc' in a function only works once. (Tarmean, 2016 Jul 15, #925)
 Have a way to get the call stack, in a function and from an exception.
 #1125
 
-Patch to add 'pythonhome' and 'pythonthreehome' options. (Kazuki Sakamoto,
-2016 Nov 21, #1266)
-
 Second problem in #966: ins_compl_add_tv() uses get_dict_string() multiple
 times, overwrites the one buffer. (Nikolay Pavlov, 2016 Aug 5)
 
@@ -664,9 +851,6 @@ emoji_width table has only one entry.
 It's possible to add ",," to 'wildignore', an empty entry.  Causes problems.
 Reject the value? #710.
 
-Patch to fix increment/decrement not working properly when 'virtualedit' is
-set. (Hirohito Higashi, 2016 Aug 1, #923)
-
 When doing "vi buf.md" a BufNew autocommand for *.md is not triggered.
 Because of using the initial buffer? (Dun Peal, 2016 May 12)
 
@@ -696,9 +880,6 @@ Appveyor build with self-installing executable, includes getting most
 interfaces: https://github.com/k-takata/vim/tree/chrisbra-appveyor-build
 result: https://ci.appveyor.com/project/k-takata/vim/history
 
-Duplication of completion suggestions for ":!hom".  Issue 539.
-Patch by Christian, 2016 Jan 29
->
 Problem that a previous silent ":throw" causes a following try/catch not to
 work. (ZyX, 2013 Sep 28) With examples: (Malcolm Rowe, 2015 Dec 24)
 
@@ -753,12 +934,6 @@ directory exists. (Sergio Gallelli, 2013 Dec 29)
 In debug mode one can inspect variables, but not the function parameters
 (starting with a:). (Luc Hermitte, 2017 Jan 4, #1352)
 
-7   Add a watchpoint in the debug mode: An expression that breaks execution
-    when evaluating to non-zero.  Add the "watchadd expr" command, stop when
-    the value of the expression changes.  ":watchdel" deletes an item,
-    ":watchlist" lists the items. (Charles Campbell)
-Patch by Christian Brabandt, 2016 Jun 10, #859
-
 If ":bd" also closes a Tab page then the " mark is not set.  (Harm te Hennepe,
 2016 Apr 25, #780)
 
@@ -812,10 +987,6 @@ github with a URL like this:
    https://github.com/vim/vim/compare/v7.4.920%5E...v7.4.920.diff
 Diff for version.c contains more context, can't skip a patch.
 
-When t_Co is changed from termresponse, the OptionSet autocmmand event isn't
-triggered.  Use the code from the end of set_num_option() in
-set_color_count().
-
 Python: ":py raw_input('prompt')" doesn't work. (Manu Hack)
 
 Comparing nested structures with "==" uses a different comparator than when
@@ -887,9 +1058,6 @@ Update Aug 14.
 When using --remote-tab on MS-Windows 'encoding' hasn't been initialized yet,
 the file name ends up encoded wrong. (Raul Coronado, 2015 Dec 21)
 
-Patch for problem with restoring screen on Windows. (Nobuhiro Takasaki, 2015
-Sep 10)
-
 Example in editing.txt uses $HOME with the expectation that it ends in a
 slash.  For me it does, but perhaps not for everybody.  Add a function that
 inserts a slash when needed?  pathconcat(dir, path) (Thilo Six, 2015 Aug 12)
@@ -936,9 +1104,6 @@ Doesn't work completely (Dominique Orban)
 
 Patch to add a "literal" argument to bufnr().  (Olaf Dabrunz, 2015 Aug 4)
 
-Cannot execute the shell when it's in a directory with a space.
-Issue #459.
-
 When a session file is created and there are "nofile" buffers, these are not
 filled.  Need to trigger BufReadCmd autocommands.  Also handle deleting the
 initial empty buffer better. (ZyX, 2015 March 8)
@@ -995,13 +1160,11 @@ Patch to open folds for 'incsearch'. (Christian Brabandt, 2015 Jan 6)
 Patch for building a 32bit Vim with 64bit MingW compiler.
 (Michael Soyka, 2014 Oct 15)
 
-Delete old code in os_msdos.c, mch_FullName().
-
 Patch: On MS-Windows shellescape() may have to triple double quotes.
 (Ingo Karkat, 2015 Jan 16)
 
 Patch for variable tabstops.  On github (Christian Brabandt, 2014 May 15)
-Update 2016 Jun 10, # 857
+Update 2018 March 12, #2711
 
 Redo only remembers the last change.  Could use "{count}g." to redo an older
 change.  How does the user know which change?  At least have a way to list
@@ -1040,6 +1203,9 @@ Spell files use a latin single quote. Unicode also has another single quote:
 New OpenOffice spell files support this with ICONV.  But they are not
 compatible with Vim spell files.  The old files can no longer be downloaded.
 
+Spell checking: Add a feature to only consider two spaces after a dot to start
+a new sentence.  Don't give the capitalization error when there is one space.
+
 xterm should be able to pass focus changes to Vim, so that Vim can check for
 buffers that changed.  Perhaps in misc.c, function selectwindow().
 Xterm 224 supports it!
@@ -1052,9 +1218,6 @@ Idea: For a window in the middle (has window above and below it), use
 right-mouse-drag on the status line to move a window up/down without changing
 its height?  It's like dragging the status bar above it at the same time.
 
-Can we make ":unlet $VAR" use unsetenv() to delete the env var?
-What for systems that don't have unsetenv()?  (Issue #1116)
-
 Patch to add a :domodeline command. (Christian Brabandt, 2014 Oct 21)
 
 This does not give an error: (Andre Sihera, 2014 Mar 21)
@@ -1189,13 +1352,6 @@ Patch to allow more types in remote_expr(). (Lech Lorens, 2014 Jan 5)
 Doesn't work for string in list.  Other way to pass all types of variables
 reliably?
 
-Using ":call foo#d.f()" doesn't autoload the "foo.vim" file.
-That is, calling a dictionary function on an autoloaded dict.
-Works OK for echo, just not for  ":call" and ":call call()". (Ted, 2011 Mar
-17)
-Patch by Christian Brabandt, 2013 Mar 23.
-Not 100% sure this is the right solution.
-
 Patch to add {lhs} to :mapclear: clear all maps starting with {lhs}.
 (Christian Brabandt, 2013 Dec 9)
 
@@ -1226,19 +1382,6 @@ optional. (2013 Jul 12)
 
 Dialog is too big on Linux too. (David Fishburn, 2013 Sep 2)
 
-Improve the installer for MS-Windows.  There are a few alternatives:
-- Add silent install option. (Shane Lee, #751)
-- Installer from Cream (Steve Hall).
-- Modern UI 2.0 for the Nsis installer. (Guopeng Wen)
-    https://github.com/gpwen/vim-installer-mui2
--  make it possible to do a silent install, see
-    http://nsis.sourceforge.net/Docs/Chapter4.html#4.12
-    Version from Guopeng Wen does this.
-- MSI installer: https://github.com/petrkle/vim-msi/
-- The one on Issue 279.
-Problem: they all work slightly different (e.g. don't install vimrun.exe).
-How to test that it works well for all Vim users?
-
 Patch to make fold updates much faster. (Christian Brabandt, 2012 Dec)
 
 -   Add regex for 'paragraphs' and 'sections': 'parare' and 'sectre'.  Combine
@@ -1464,9 +1607,6 @@ doesn't jump to the correct line with :cfirst. (ZyX,  2011 Sep 18)
 
 Behavior of i" and a" text objects isn't logical. (Ben Fritz, 2013 Nov 19)
 
-7   Make "ga" show the digraph for a character, if it exists.
-Patch from Christian Brabandt, 2011 Aug 19.
-
 maparg() does not show the <script> flag.  When temporarily changing a
 mapping, how to restore the script ID?
 
@@ -1484,9 +1624,6 @@ Build problem with small features on Mac OS X 10.6. (Rainer, 2011 Jan 24)
 
 "0g@$" puts '] on last byte of multi-byte. (ZyX, 2011 Jan 22)
 
-Patch to add TextDeletePost and TextYankPost events. (Philippe Vaucher, 2011
-May 24)  Update May 26.
-
 Patch for :tabrecently. (Hirokazu Yoshida, 2012 Jan 30)
 
 Problem with "syn sync grouphere". (Gustavo Niemeyer, 2011 Jan 27)
@@ -1866,8 +2003,6 @@ Haskell, 2010 Aug 24)
 
 This does not work yet: "a\(%C\)" (get composing characters into a submatch).
 
-A function on a dictionary is not profiled. (ZyX, 2010 Dec 25)
-
 Inconsistent: starting with $LANG set to es_ES.utf-8 gives Spanish
 messages, even though locale is not supported.  But ":lang messages
 es_ES.utf-8" gives an error and doesn't switch messages. (Dominique Pelle,
@@ -4232,6 +4367,8 @@ Perl interface:
 
 
 Shared libraries:
+8   libcall() can keep the library around instead of always calling dlclose().
+    (Jason Felice, 2018 Mar 20)
 6   Add support for loading shared libraries, and calling functions in it.
 	:libload internal-name libname
 	:libunload internal-name
@@ -4454,8 +4591,6 @@ Autocommands:
     Error	    - When an error happens
     NormalEnter	    - Entering Normal mode
     ReplaceEnter    - Entering Replace mode
-    CmdEnter	    - Entering Cmdline mode (with type of cmdline to allow
-			different mapping)
     VisualEnter	    - Entering Visual mode
     *Leave	    - Leaving a mode (in pair with the above *Enter)
     VimLeaveCheck    - Before Vim decides to exit, so that it can be cancelled
@@ -4653,7 +4788,7 @@ Command line history:
 -   Add "KeyWasTyped" flag: It's reset before each command and set when a
     character from the keyboard is consumed. Value is used to decide to put a
     command line in history or not. Put line in history if it didn't
-    completely resulted from one mapping.
+    completely result from one mapping.
 -   When using ":browse", also put the resulting edit command in the history,
     so that it can be repeated. (Demirel)
 

runtime/doc/usr_05.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*usr_05.txt*	For Vim version 8.0.  Last change: 2016 Mar 28
+*usr_05.txt*	For Vim version 8.0.  Last change: 2018 Feb 20
 
 		     VIM USER MANUAL - by Bram Moolenaar
 
@@ -48,6 +48,14 @@ For MS-DOS and MS-Windows you can use one of these:
 	$HOME/_vimrc ~
 	$VIM/_vimrc ~
 
+If you are creating the vimrc file for the first time, it is recommended to
+put this line at the top: >
+
+	source $VIMRUNTIME/defaults.vim
+
+This initializes Vim for new users (as opposed to traditional Vi users). See
+|defaults.vim| for the details.
+
 The vimrc file can contain all the commands that you type after a colon.  The
 most simple ones are for setting options.  For example, if you want Vim to
 always start with the 'incsearch' option on, add this line your vimrc file: >

runtime/doc/usr_11.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*usr_11.txt*	For Vim version 8.0.  Last change: 2010 Jul 20
+*usr_11.txt*	For Vim version 8.0.  Last change: 2018 Apr 13
 
 		     VIM USER MANUAL - by Bram Moolenaar
 
@@ -234,7 +234,7 @@ that file, be prepared to redo your last changes.
 
 WHAT TO DO?					*swap-exists-choices*
 
-If dialogs are supported you will be asked to select one of five choices:
+If dialogs are supported you will be asked to select one of six choices:
 
   Swap file ".main.c.swp" already exists! ~
   [O]pen Read-Only, (E)dit anyway, (R)ecover, (Q)uit, (A)bort, (D)elete it: ~

runtime/doc/usr_24.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*usr_24.txt*	For Vim version 8.0.  Last change: 2006 Jul 23
+*usr_24.txt*	For Vim version 8.0.  Last change: 2018 Mar 18
 
 		     VIM USER MANUAL - by Bram Moolenaar
 
@@ -538,8 +538,8 @@ a 16 bit and a 32 bit number (e.g., for a Unicode character): >
 *24.9*	Digraphs
 
 Some characters are not on the keyboard.  For example, the copyright character
-(<EFBFBD>).  To type these characters in Vim, you use digraphs, where two characters
+(©).  To type these characters in Vim, you use digraphs, where two characters
-represent one.  To enter a <EFBFBD>, for example, you press three keys: >
+represent one.  To enter a ©, for example, you press three keys: >
 
 	CTRL-K Co
 
@@ -549,12 +549,12 @@ To find out what digraphs are available, use the following command: >
 
 Vim will display the digraph table.  Here are three lines of it:
 
-  AC ~_ 159  NS |  160  !I <EFBFBD>  161  Ct <EFBFBD>  162  Pd <EFBFBD>  163  Cu <EFBFBD>  164  Ye <EFBFBD>  165 ~
+  AC ~_ 159  NS |  160  !I ¡  161  Ct ¢  162  Pd £  163  Cu ¤  164  Ye ¥  165 ~
-  BB <EFBFBD>  166  SE <EFBFBD>  167  ': <EFBFBD>  168  Co <EFBFBD>  169  -a <EFBFBD>  170  << <EFBFBD>  171  NO <EFBFBD>  172 ~
+  BB ¦  166  SE §  167  ': ¨  168  Co ©  169  -a ª  170  << «  171  NO ¬  172 ~
-  -- <EFBFBD>  173  Rg <EFBFBD>  174  'm <EFBFBD>  175  DG <EFBFBD>  176  +- <EFBFBD>  177  2S <EFBFBD>  178  3S <EFBFBD>  179 ~
+  -- ­  173  Rg ®  174  'm ¯  175  DG °  176  +- ±  177  2S ²  178  3S ³  179 ~
 
 This shows, for example, that the digraph you get by typing CTRL-K Pd is the
-character (<EFBFBD>).  This is character number 163 (decimal).
+character (£).  This is character number 163 (decimal).
    Pd is short for Pound.  Most digraphs are selected to give you a hint about
 the character they will produce.  If you look through the list you will
 understand the logic.
@@ -569,9 +569,9 @@ that combination.  Thus CTRL-K dP also works.  Since there is no digraph for
 
 You can define your own digraphs.  Example: >
 
-	:digraph a" <EFBFBD>
+	:digraph a" ä
 
-This defines that CTRL-K a" inserts an <EFBFBD> character.  You can also specify the
+This defines that CTRL-K a" inserts an ä character.  You can also specify the
 character with a decimal number.  This defines the same digraph: >
 
 	:digraph a" 228

runtime/doc/usr_27.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*usr_27.txt*	For Vim version 8.0.  Last change: 2010 Mar 28
+*usr_27.txt*	For Vim version 8.0.  Last change: 2018 Jan 26
 
 		     VIM USER MANUAL - by Bram Moolenaar
 
@@ -225,9 +225,9 @@ specify a line offset, this can cause trouble.  For example: >
 	/const/-2
 
 This finds the next word "const" and then moves two lines up.  If you
-use "n" to search again, Vim could start at the current position and find the same
+use "n" to search again, Vim could start at the current position and find the
-"const" match.  Then using the offset again, you would be back where you started.
+same "const" match.  Then using the offset again, you would be back where you
-You would be stuck!
+started.  You would be stuck!
    It could be worse: Suppose there is another match with "const" in the next
 line.  Then repeating the forward search would find this match and move two
 lines up.  Thus you would actually move the cursor back!

runtime/doc/usr_41.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*usr_41.txt*	For Vim version 8.0.  Last change: 2017 Oct 15
+*usr_41.txt*	For Vim version 8.0.  Last change: 2018 Apr 11
 
 		     VIM USER MANUAL - by Bram Moolenaar
 
@@ -807,6 +807,8 @@ Buffers, windows and the argument list:
 	getbufinfo()		get a list with buffer information
 	gettabinfo()		get a list with tab page information
 	getwininfo()		get a list with window information
+	getchangelist()		get a list of change list entries
+	getjumplist()		get a list of jump list entries
 
 Command line:					*command-line-functions*
 	getcmdline()		get the current command line
@@ -883,9 +885,11 @@ Interactive:					*interactive-functions*
 
 GUI:						*gui-functions*
 	getfontname()		get name of current font being used
-	getwinposx()		X position of the GUI Vim window
+	getwinpos()		position of the Vim window
-	getwinposy()		Y position of the GUI Vim window
+	getwinposx()		X position of the Vim window
+	getwinposy()		Y position of the Vim window
 	balloon_show()		set the balloon content
+	balloon_split()		split a message for a balloon
 
 Vim server:					*server-functions*
 	serverlist()		return the list of server names
@@ -901,6 +905,7 @@ Vim server:					*server-functions*
 Window size and position:			*window-size-functions*
 	winheight()		get height of a specific window
 	winwidth()		get width of a specific window
+	win_screenpos()		get screen position of a window
 	winrestcmd()		return command to restore window sizes
 	winsaveview()		get view of current window
 	winrestview()		restore saved view of current window
@@ -920,7 +925,8 @@ Testing:				    *test-functions*
 	assert_false()		assert that an expression is false
 	assert_true()		assert that an expression is true
 	assert_exception()	assert that a command throws an exception
-	assert_fails()		assert that a function call fails
+	assert_beeps()		assert that a command beeps
+	assert_fails()		assert that a command fails
 	assert_report()		report a test failure
 	test_alloc_fail()	make memory allocation fail
 	test_autochdir()	enable 'autochdir' during startup
@@ -982,6 +988,8 @@ Terminal window:				*terminal-functions*
 	term_getstatus()	get the status of a terminal
 	term_gettitle()		get the title of a terminal
 	term_gettty()		get the tty name of a terminal
+	term_setansicolors()	set 16 ANSI colors, used for GUI
+	term_getansicolors()	get 16 ANSI colors, used for GUI
 
 Timers:						*timer-functions*
 	timer_start()		create a timer

runtime/doc/various.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*various.txt*   For Vim version 8.0.  Last change: 2017 Sep 16
+*various.txt*   For Vim version 8.0.  Last change: 2018 Mar 29
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -40,23 +40,35 @@ CTRL-L			Clear and redraw the screen.  The redraw may happen
 
 :as[cii]	or					*ga* *:as* *:ascii*
 ga			Print the ascii value of the character under the
-			cursor in decimal, hexadecimal and octal.  For
+			cursor in decimal, hexadecimal and octal.
-			example, when the cursor is on a 'R':
+			Mnemonic: Get Ascii value.
+
+			For example, when the cursor is on a 'R':
 				<R>  82,  Hex 52,  Octal 122 ~
 			When the character is a non-standard ASCII character,
 			but printable according to the 'isprint' option, the
-			non-printable version is also given.  When the
+			non-printable version is also given.
-			character is larger than 127, the <M-x> form is also
+			
-			printed.  For example:
+			When the character is larger than 127, the <M-x> form
+			is also printed.  For example:
 				<~A>  <M-^A>  129,  Hex 81,  Octal 201 ~
 				<p>  <|~>  <M-~>  254,  Hex fe,  Octal 376 ~
 			(where <p> is a special character)
+
 			The <Nul> character in a file is stored internally as
 			<NL>, but it will be shown as:
 				<^@>  0,  Hex 00,  Octal 000 ~
+
 			If the character has composing characters these are
 			also shown.  The value of 'maxcombine' doesn't matter.
-			Mnemonic: Get Ascii value.  {not in Vi}
+
+			If the character can be inserted as a digraph, also
+			output the two characters that can be used to create
+			the character:
+			    <ö> 246, Hex 00f6, Oct 366, Digr o: ~
+			This shows you can type CTRL-K o : to insert ö.
+
+			{not in Vi}
 
 							*g8*
 g8			Print the hex values of the bytes used in the
@@ -294,7 +306,7 @@ g8			Print the hex values of the bytes used in the
 			Here is an overview of the features.
 			The first column shows the smallest version in which
 			they are included:
-			   T	tiny
+			   T	tiny (always)
 			   S	small
 			   N	normal
 			   B	big
@@ -308,11 +320,14 @@ g8			Print the hex values of the bytes used in the
    *+acl*		|ACL| support included
    *+ARP*		Amiga only: ARP support included
 B  *+arabic*		|Arabic| language support
-N  *+autocmd*		|:autocmd|, automatic commands
+T  *+autocmd*		|:autocmd|, automatic commands
 H  *+autoservername*	Automatically enable |clientserver|
-m  *+balloon_eval*	|balloon-eval| support. Included when compiling with
+m  *+balloon_eval*	|balloon-eval| support in the GUI. Included when
-			supported GUI (Motif, GTK, GUI) and either
+			compiling with supported GUI (Motif, GTK, GUI) and
-			Netbeans/Sun Workshop integration or |+eval| feature.
+			either Netbeans/Sun Workshop integration or |+eval|
+			feature.
+H  *+balloon_eval_term*	|balloon-eval| support in the terminal,
+			'balloonevalterm'
 N  *+browse*		|:browse| command
 N  *+builtin_terms*	some terminals builtin |builtin-terms|
 B  *++builtin_terms*	maximal terminals builtin |builtin-terms|
@@ -329,7 +344,7 @@ N  *+comments*		|'comments'| support
 B  *+conceal*		"conceal" support, see |conceal| |:syn-conceal| etc.
 N  *+cryptv*		encryption support |encryption|
 B  *+cscope*		|cscope| support
-m  *+cursorbind*	|'cursorbind'| support
+T  *+cursorbind*	|'cursorbind'| support
 m  *+cursorshape*	|termcap-cursor-shape| support
 m  *+debug*		Compiled for debugging.
 N  *+dialog_gui*	Support for |:confirm| with GUI dialog.
@@ -337,7 +352,7 @@ N  *+dialog_con*	Support for |:confirm| with console dialog.
 N  *+dialog_con_gui*	Support for |:confirm| with GUI and console dialog.
 N  *+diff*		|vimdiff| and 'diff'
 N  *+digraphs*		|digraphs| *E196*
-m  *+directx*		Win32 GUI only: DirectX and |'renderoptions'|
+   *+directx*		Win32 GUI only: DirectX and |'renderoptions'|
    *+dnd*		Support for DnD into the "~ register |quote_~|.
 B  *+emacs_tags*	|emacs-tags| files
 N  *+eval*		expression evaluation |eval.txt|
@@ -369,7 +384,7 @@ B  *+langmap*		|'langmap'|
 N  *+libcall*		|libcall()|
 N  *+linebreak*		|'linebreak'|, |'breakat'| and |'showbreak'|
 N  *+lispindent*	|'lisp'|
-N  *+listcmds*		Vim commands for the list of buffers |buffer-hidden|
+T  *+listcmds*		Vim commands for the list of buffers |buffer-hidden|
 			and argument list |:argdelete|
 N  *+localmap*		Support for mappings local to a buffer |:map-local|
 m  *+lua*		|Lua| interface
@@ -414,7 +429,7 @@ N  *+reltime*		|reltime()| function, 'hlsearch'/'incsearch' timeout,
 B  *+rightleft*		Right to left typing |'rightleft'|
 m  *+ruby*		Ruby interface |ruby|
 m  *+ruby/dyn*		Ruby interface |ruby-dynamic| |/dyn|
-N  *+scrollbind*	|'scrollbind'|
+T  *+scrollbind*	|'scrollbind'|
 B  *+signs*		|:sign|
 N  *+smartindent*	|'smartindent'|
 N  *+startuptime*	|--startuptime| argument
@@ -446,6 +461,7 @@ N  *+virtualedit*	|'virtualedit'|
 S  *+visual*		Visual mode |Visual-mode| Always enabled since 7.4.200.
 N  *+visualextra*	extra Visual mode commands |blockwise-operators|
 N  *+vreplace*		|gR| and |gr|
+   *+vtp*		on MS-Windows console: support for 'termguicolors'
 N  *+wildignore*	|'wildignore'|
 N  *+wildmenu*		|'wildmenu'|
    *+windows*		more than one window; Always enabled since 8.0.1118.

runtime/doc/version6.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*version6.txt*  For Vim version 8.0.  Last change: 2014 Aug 29
+*version6.txt*  For Vim version 8.0.  Last change: 2018 Mar 18
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -6103,7 +6103,7 @@ New tutor translations:
 	Slovak (Lubos Celko)
 	Greek (Christos Kontas)
 	German (Joachim Hofmann)
-	Norwegian (<EFBFBD>yvind Holm)
+	Norwegian (Øyvind Holm)
 
 New filetype plugins:
 	Occam (Mario Schweigler)
@@ -6121,13 +6121,13 @@ New compiler plugins:
 	Modelsim vcom (Paul Baleme)
 
 New menu translations:
-	Brazilian (Jos<EFBFBD> de Paula)
+	Brazilian (José de Paula)
 	British (Mike Williams)
 	Korean in UTF-8. (Nam SungHyun)
-	Norwegian (<EFBFBD>yvind Holm)
+	Norwegian (Øyvind Holm)
 	Serbian (Aleksandar Jelenak)
 
-New message translation for Norwegian. (<EFBFBD>yvind Holm)
+New message translation for Norwegian. (Øyvind Holm)
 
 New color scheme:
 	desert (Hans Fugal)
@@ -10066,7 +10066,7 @@ Files:	    src/os_unix.c
 
 Patch 6.2.019 (lang)
 Problem:    Loading the Portuguese menu causes an error message.
-Solution:   Join two lines.  (Jose Pedro Oliveira, Jos<EFBFBD> de Paula)
+Solution:   Join two lines.  (Jose Pedro Oliveira, José de Paula)
 Files:	    runtime/lang/menu_pt_br.vim
 
 Patch 6.2.020
@@ -12418,7 +12418,7 @@ Files:	    src/message.c
 
 Patch 6.2.376
 Problem:    Win32: Ruby interface cannot be dynamically linked with Ruby 1.6.
-Solution:   Add #ifdefs around use of rb_w32_snprintf().  (Beno<EFBFBD>t Cerrina)
+Solution:   Add #ifdefs around use of rb_w32_snprintf().  (Benoît Cerrina)
 Files:	    src/if_ruby.c
 
 Patch 6.2.377 (after 6.2.372)
@@ -14320,7 +14320,7 @@ Files:	    src/edit.c
 Patch 6.3.061
 Problem:    When editing a utf-8 file in an utf-8 xterm and there is a
 	    multi-byte character in the last column, displaying is messed up.
-	    (Jo<EFBFBD>l Rio)
+	    (Joël Rio)
 Solution:   Check for a multi-byte character, not a multi-column character.
 Files:	    src/screen.c
 

runtime/doc/windows.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*windows.txt*   For Vim version 8.0.  Last change: 2017 Sep 25
+*windows.txt*   For Vim version 8.0.  Last change: 2018 Apr 24
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -711,7 +711,6 @@ can also get to them with the buffer list commands, like ":bnext".
 		When using the |:tab| modifier each argument is opened in a
 		tab page.  The last window is used if it's empty.
 		Also see |++opt| and |+cmd|.
-		{only available when compiled with a GUI}
 
 ==============================================================================
 8. Do a command in all buffers or windows			*list-repeat*
@@ -732,8 +731,7 @@ can also get to them with the buffer list commands, like ":bnext".
 			the current window.
 			{cmd} can contain '|' to concatenate several commands.
 			{cmd} must not open or close windows or reorder them.
-			{not in Vi} {not available when compiled without the
+			{not in Vi}
-			|+listcmds| feature}
 			Also see |:tabdo|, |:argdo|, |:bufdo|, |:cdo|, |:ldo|,
 			|:cfdo| and |:lfdo|
 
@@ -761,8 +759,7 @@ can also get to them with the buffer list commands, like ":bnext".
 			autocommand event is disabled by adding it to
 			'eventignore'.  This considerably speeds up editing
 			each buffer.
-			{not in Vi} {not available when compiled without the
+			{not in Vi}
-			|+listcmds| feature}
 			Also see |:tabdo|, |:argdo|, |:windo|, |:cdo|, |:ldo|,
 			|:cfdo| and |:lfdo|
 
@@ -975,7 +972,6 @@ is no word under the cursor, and a few other things: >
 A hidden buffer is not displayed in a window, but is still loaded into memory.
 This makes it possible to jump from file to file, without the need to read or
 write the file every time you get another buffer in a window.
-{not available when compiled without the |+listcmds| feature}
 
 							*:buffer-!*
 If the option 'hidden' ('hid') is set, abandoned buffers are kept for all
@@ -1050,6 +1046,9 @@ list of buffers. |unlisted-buffer|
 		     x   buffers with a read error
 		     %   current buffer
 		     #   alternate buffer
+		     R	 terminal buffers with a running job
+		     F	 terminal buffers with a finished job
+		     ?   terminal buffers without a job: `:terminal NONE`
 		Combining flags means they are "and"ed together, e.g.:
 		     h+   hidden buffers which are modified
 		     a+   active buffers which are modified
@@ -1084,10 +1083,8 @@ list of buffers. |unlisted-buffer|
 <
 
 :bdelete[!] {bufname}						*E93* *E94*
-		Like ":bdelete[!] [N]", but buffer given by name.  Note that a
+		Like ":bdelete[!] [N]", but buffer given by name, see
-		buffer whose name is a number cannot be referenced by that
+		|{bufname}|.
-		name; use the buffer number instead.  Insert a backslash
-		before a space in a buffer name.
 
 :bdelete[!] N1 N2 ...
 		Do ":bdelete[!]" for buffer N1, N2, etc.  The arguments can be
@@ -1124,10 +1121,8 @@ list of buffers. |unlisted-buffer|
 		into a loaded buffer.
 
 :bunload[!] {bufname}
-		Like ":bunload[!] [N]", but buffer given by name.  Note that a
+		Like ":bunload[!] [N]", but buffer given by name.
-		buffer whose name is a number cannot be referenced by that
+		Also see |{bufname}|.
-		name; use the buffer number instead.  Insert a backslash
-		before a space in a buffer name.
 
 :N,Mbunload[!]	Do ":bunload[!]" for all buffers in the range N to M
 		|inclusive|.
@@ -1145,10 +1140,16 @@ list of buffers. |unlisted-buffer|
 		list, without setting the 'buflisted' flag.
 		Also see |+cmd|.
 
-:[N]b[uffer][!] [+cmd] {bufname}
+:[N]b[uffer][!] [+cmd] {bufname}				*{bufname}*
-		Edit buffer for {bufname} from the buffer list.  See
+		Edit buffer for {bufname} from the buffer list.  A partial
-		|:buffer-!| for [!].  This will also edit a buffer that is not
+		name also works, so long as it is unique in the list of
-		in the buffer list, without setting the 'buflisted' flag.
+		buffers.
+		Note that a buffer whose name is a number cannot be referenced
+		by that name; use the buffer number instead.
+		Insert a backslash before a space in a buffer name.
+		See |:buffer-!| for [!].
+		This will also edit a buffer that is not in the buffer list,
+		without setting the 'buflisted' flag.
 		Also see |+cmd|.
 
 :[N]sb[uffer] [+cmd] [N]				*:sb* *:sbuffer*
@@ -1160,7 +1161,7 @@ list of buffers. |unlisted-buffer|
 		Also see |+cmd|.
 
 :[N]sb[uffer] [+cmd] {bufname}
-		Split window and edit buffer for {bufname} from the buffer
+		Split window and edit buffer for |{bufname}| from the buffer
 		list.  This will also edit a buffer that is not in the buffer
 		list, without setting the 'buflisted' flag.
 		Note: If what you want to do is split the buffer, make a copy

runtime/doc/xxd.1

@@ -57,7 +57,7 @@ are all equivalent.
 .PP
 .TP
 .IR \-a " | " \-autoskip
-toggle autoskip: A single '*' replaces nul-lines.  Default off.
+Toggle autoskip: A single '*' replaces nul-lines.  Default off.
 .TP
 .IR \-b " | " \-bits
 Switch to bits (binary digits) dump, rather than hexdump.
@@ -67,10 +67,13 @@ followed by an ascii (or ebcdic) representation. The command line switches
 \-r, \-p, \-i do not work with this mode.
 .TP
 .IR "\-c cols " | " \-cols cols"
-format
+Format
 .RI < cols >
 octets per line. Default 16 (\-i: 12, \-ps: 30, \-b: 6). Max 256.
 .TP
+.IR \-C " | " \-capitalize
+Capitalize variable names in C include file style, when using \-i.
+.TP
 .IR \-E " | " \-EBCDIC
 Change the character encoding in the righthand column from ASCII to EBCDIC.
 This does not change the hexadecimal representation. The option is
@@ -87,7 +90,7 @@ The command line switches
 \-r, \-p, \-i do not work with this mode.
 .TP
 .IR "\-g bytes " | " \-groupsize bytes"
-separate the output of every
+Separate the output of every
 .RI < bytes >
 bytes (two hex characters or eight bit-digits each) by a whitespace.
 Specify
@@ -98,28 +101,28 @@ in normal mode, \fI4\fP in little-endian mode and \fI1\fP in bits mode.
 Grouping does not apply to postscript or include style.
 .TP
 .IR \-h " | " \-help
-print a summary of available commands and exit.  No hex dumping is performed.
+Print a summary of available commands and exit.  No hex dumping is performed.
 .TP
 .IR \-i " | " \-include
-output in C include file style. A complete static array definition is written
+Output in C include file style. A complete static array definition is written
 (named after the input file), unless xxd reads from stdin.
 .TP
 .IR "\-l len " | " \-len len"
-stop after writing
+Stop after writing
 .RI  < len >
 octets.
 .TP
 .I \-o offset
-add
+Add
 .RI < offset >
 to the displayed file position.
 .TP
 .IR \-p " | " \-ps " | " \-postscript " | " \-plain
-output in postscript continuous hexdump style. Also known as plain hexdump
+Output in postscript continuous hexdump style. Also known as plain hexdump
 style.
 .TP
 .IR \-r " | " \-revert
-reverse operation: convert (or patch) hexdump into binary.
+Reverse operation: convert (or patch) hexdump into binary.
 If not writing to stdout, xxd writes into its output file without truncating
 it. Use the combination
 .I \-r \-p
@@ -135,7 +138,7 @@ revert with
 added to file positions found in hexdump.
 .TP
 .I \-s [+][\-]seek
-start at
+Start at
 .RI < seek >
 bytes abs. (or rel.) infile offset.
 \fI+ \fRindicates that the seek is relative to the current stdin file position
@@ -145,10 +148,10 @@ should be that many characters from the end of the input (or if combined with
 Without \-s option, xxd starts at the current file position.
 .TP
 .I \-u
-use upper case hex letters. Default is lower case.
+Use upper case hex letters. Default is lower case.
 .TP
 .IR \-v " | " \-version
-show version string.
+Show version string.
 .SH CAVEATS
 .PP
 .I xxd \-r

runtime/doc/xxd.man

@@ -30,7 +30,7 @@ OPTIONS
        notation.  Thus -c8, -c 8, -c 010 and -cols 8 are all equivalent.
 
        -a | -autoskip
-              toggle autoskip: A single '*' replaces nul-lines.  Default off.
+              Toggle autoskip: A single '*' replaces nul-lines.  Default off.
 
        -b | -bits
               Switch to bits (binary digits) dump, rather than hexdump.   This
@@ -41,9 +41,13 @@ OPTIONS
               mode.
 
        -c cols | -cols cols
-              format  <cols> octets per line. Default 16 (-i: 12, -ps: 30, -b:
+              Format  <cols> octets per line. Default 16 (-i: 12, -ps: 30, -b:
               6). Max 256.
 
+       -C | -capitalize
+              Capitalize variable names in C include file  style,  when  using
+              -i.
+
        -E | -EBCDIC
               Change the character encoding in the righthand column from ASCII
               to EBCDIC.  This does not change the hexadecimal representation.
@@ -56,33 +60,33 @@ OPTIONS
               The command line switches -r, -p, -i do not work with this mode.
 
        -g bytes | -groupsize bytes
-              separate the output of every <bytes> bytes (two  hex  characters
+              Separate  the  output of every <bytes> bytes (two hex characters
               or eight bit-digits each) by a whitespace.  Specify -g 0 to sup‐
               press grouping.  <Bytes> defaults to 2 in normal mode, 4 in lit‐
               tle-endian mode and 1 in bits mode.  Grouping does not apply  to
               postscript or include style.
 
        -h | -help
-              print a summary of available commands and exit.  No hex  dumping
+              Print  a summary of available commands and exit.  No hex dumping
               is performed.
 
        -i | -include
-              output  in C include file style. A complete static array defini‐
+              Output in C include file style. A complete static array  defini‐
               tion  is  written (named after the input file), unless xxd reads
               from stdin.
 
        -l len | -len len
-              stop after writing <len> octets.
+              Stop after writing <len> octets.
 
        -o offset
-              add <offset> to the displayed file position.
+              Add <offset> to the displayed file position.
 
        -p | -ps | -postscript | -plain
-              output  in  postscript  continuous  hexdump style. Also known as
+              Output in postscript continuous hexdump  style.  Also  known  as
               plain hexdump style.
 
        -r | -revert
-              reverse operation: convert (or patch) hexdump into  binary.   If
+              Reverse  operation:  convert (or patch) hexdump into binary.  If
               not writing to stdout, xxd writes into its output  file  without
               truncating it. Use the combination -r -p to read plain hexadeci‐
               mal dumps without line number information and without a particu‐
@@ -94,17 +98,17 @@ OPTIONS
               found in hexdump.
 
        -s [+][-]seek
-              start at <seek> bytes abs. (or rel.) infile offset.  + indicates
+              Start at <seek> bytes abs. (or rel.) infile offset.  + indicates
               that the seek is relative to the  current  stdin  file  position
               (meaningless when not reading from stdin).  - indicates that the
               seek should be that many characters from the end  of  the  input
               (or if combined with +: before the current stdin file position).
               Without -s option, xxd starts at the current file position.
 
-       -u     use upper case hex letters. Default is lower case.
+       -u     Use upper case hex letters. Default is lower case.
 
        -v | -version
-              show version string.
+              Show version string.
 
 CAVEATS
        xxd -r has some builtin magic while evaluating line number information.

runtime/filetype.vim

@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 " Vim support file to detect file types
 "
 " Maintainer:	Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
-" Last Change:	2017 Nov 11
+" Last Change:	2018 May 04
 
 " Listen very carefully, I will say this only once
 if exists("did_load_filetypes")
@@ -231,7 +231,7 @@ au BufNewFile,BufRead *.bl			setf blank
 au BufNewFile,BufRead */etc/blkid.tab,*/etc/blkid.tab.old   setf xml
 
 " Bazel (http://bazel.io)
-autocmd BufRead,BufNewFile *.bzl,WORKSPACE 	setf bzl
+autocmd BufRead,BufNewFile *.bzl,WORKSPACE,BUILD.bazel 	setf bzl
 if has("fname_case")
   " There is another check for BUILD further below.
   autocmd BufRead,BufNewFile BUILD			setf bzl
@@ -239,6 +239,7 @@ endif
 
 " C or lpc
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.c			call dist#ft#FTlpc()
+au BufNewFile,BufRead *.lpc,*.ulpc		setf lpc
 
 " Calendar
 au BufNewFile,BufRead calendar			setf calendar
@@ -378,7 +379,7 @@ au BufNewFile,BufRead *.cfm,*.cfi,*.cfc		setf cf
 au BufNewFile,BufRead configure.in,configure.ac setf config
 
 " CUDA  Cumpute Unified Device Architecture
-au BufNewFile,BufRead *.cu			setf cuda
+au BufNewFile,BufRead *.cu,*.cuh		setf cuda
 
 " Dockerfile
 au BufNewFile,BufRead Dockerfile,*.Dockerfile	setf dockerfile
@@ -428,6 +429,13 @@ au BufNewFile,BufRead control
 	\|   setf debcontrol
 	\| endif
 
+" Debian Copyright
+au BufNewFile,BufRead */debian/copyright	setf debcopyright
+au BufNewFile,BufRead copyright
+	\  if getline(1) =~ '^Format:'
+	\|   setf debcopyright
+	\| endif
+
 " Debian Sources.list
 au BufNewFile,BufRead */etc/apt/sources.list		setf debsources
 au BufNewFile,BufRead */etc/apt/sources.list.d/*.list	setf debsources
@@ -1152,8 +1160,9 @@ au BufNewFile,BufRead *.pod6			setf pod6
 " Also .ctp for Cake template file
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.php,*.php\d,*.phtml,*.ctp	setf php
 
-" Pike
+" Pike and Cmod
-au BufNewFile,BufRead *.pike,*.lpc,*.ulpc,*.pmod setf pike
+au BufNewFile,BufRead *.pike,*.pmod		setf pike
+au BufNewFile,BufRead *.cmod			setf cmod
 
 " Pinfo config
 au BufNewFile,BufRead */etc/pinforc,*/.pinforc	setf pinfo
@@ -1878,8 +1887,8 @@ au BufNewFile,BufRead *.yy,*.yxx,*.y++		setf yacc
 " Yacc or racc
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.y			call dist#ft#FTy()
 
-" Yaml
+" Yaml or Raml
-au BufNewFile,BufRead *.yaml,*.yml		setf yaml
+au BufNewFile,BufRead *.yaml,*.yml,*.raml	setf yaml
 
 " yum conf (close enough to dosini)
 au BufNewFile,BufRead */etc/yum.conf		setf dosini
@@ -1925,6 +1934,9 @@ au StdinReadPost * if !did_filetype() | runtime! scripts.vim | endif
 " Most of these should call s:StarSetf() to avoid names ending in .gz and the
 " like are used.
 
+" More Apache style config files
+au BufNewFile,BufRead */etc/proftpd/*.conf*,*/etc/proftpd/conf.*/*	call s:StarSetf('apachestyle')
+
 " More Apache config files
 au BufNewFile,BufRead access.conf*,apache.conf*,apache2.conf*,httpd.conf*,srm.conf*	call s:StarSetf('apache')
 au BufNewFile,BufRead */etc/apache2/*.conf*,*/etc/apache2/conf.*/*,*/etc/apache2/mods-*/*,*/etc/apache2/sites-*/*,*/etc/httpd/conf.d/*.conf*		call s:StarSetf('apache')

runtime/ftplugin/chicken.vim

@@ -0,0 +1,54 @@
+" CHICKEN-specific Vim customizations
+" Last Change: 2018-03-05
+" Author: Evan Hanson <evhan@foldling.org>
+" Maintainer: Evan Hanson <evhan@foldling.org>
+" URL: https://foldling.org/vim/ftplugin/chicken.vim
+" Notes: These are supplemental settings, to be loaded after the core
+" Scheme ftplugin file (ftplugin/scheme.vim). Enable it by setting
+" b:is_chicken=1 and filetype=scheme.
+
+if !exists('b:did_scheme_ftplugin')
+  finish
+endif
+
+setl keywordprg=chicken-doc
+
+setl lispwords+=and-let*
+setl lispwords+=compiler-typecase
+setl lispwords+=condition-case
+setl lispwords+=define-compiler-syntax
+setl lispwords+=define-constant
+setl lispwords+=define-external
+setl lispwords+=define-for-syntax
+setl lispwords+=define-foreign-type
+setl lispwords+=define-inline
+setl lispwords+=define-location
+setl lispwords+=define-record
+setl lispwords+=define-record-printer
+setl lispwords+=define-specialization
+setl lispwords+=fluid-let
+setl lispwords+=foreign-lambda*
+setl lispwords+=foreign-primitive
+setl lispwords+=foreign-safe-lambda*
+setl lispwords+=functor
+setl lispwords+=handle-exceptions
+setl lispwords+=let-compiler-syntax
+setl lispwords+=let-location
+setl lispwords+=let-optionals
+setl lispwords+=let-optionals*
+setl lispwords+=letrec-values
+setl lispwords+=match
+setl lispwords+=match-let
+setl lispwords+=match-let*
+setl lispwords+=match-letrec
+setl lispwords+=module
+setl lispwords+=receive
+setl lispwords+=set!-values
+setl lispwords+=test-group
+
+let b:undo_ftplugin = b:undo_ftplugin . ' keywordprg<'
+
+if exists('g:loaded_matchit') && !exists('b:match_words')
+  let b:match_words = '#>:<#'
+  let b:undo_ftplugin = b:undo_ftplugin . ' | unlet! b:match_words'
+endif

runtime/ftplugin/cmake.vim

@@ -0,0 +1,16 @@
+" Vim filetype plugin
+" Language:    CMake
+" Maintainer:  Keith Smiley <keithbsmiley@gmail.com>
+" Last Change: 2017 Dec 24
+
+" Only do this when not done yet for this buffer
+if exists("b:did_ftplugin")
+  finish
+endif
+
+" Don't load another plugin for this buffer
+let b:did_ftplugin = 1
+
+let b:undo_ftplugin = "setl commentstring<"
+
+setlocal commentstring=#\ %s

runtime/ftplugin/debchangelog.vim

@@ -1,22 +1,22 @@
 " Vim filetype plugin file (GUI menu, folding and completion)
 " Language:     Debian Changelog
-" Maintainer:   Debian Vim Maintainers <pkg-vim-maintainers@lists.alioth.debian.org>
+" Maintainer:   Debian Vim Maintainers
 " Former Maintainers:   Michael Piefel <piefel@informatik.hu-berlin.de>
 "                       Stefano Zacchiroli <zack@debian.org>
-" Last Change:  2014-01-31
+" Last Change:  2018-01-28
 " License:      Vim License
-" URL:          http://hg.debian.org/hg/pkg-vim/vim/file/unstable/runtime/ftplugin/debchangelog.vim
+" URL:          https://salsa.debian.org/vim-team/vim-debian/blob/master/ftplugin/debchangelog.vim
 
 " Bug completion requires apt-listbugs installed for Debian packages or
 " python-launchpadlib installed for Ubuntu packages
 
-if exists("b:did_ftplugin")
+if exists('b:did_ftplugin')
   finish
 endif
 let b:did_ftplugin=1
 
 " {{{1 Local settings (do on every load)
-if exists("g:debchangelog_fold_enable")
+if exists('g:debchangelog_fold_enable')
   setlocal foldmethod=expr
   setlocal foldexpr=DebGetChangelogFold(v:lnum)
   setlocal foldtext=DebChangelogFoldText()
@@ -28,10 +28,10 @@ setlocal tw=78
 setlocal comments=f:* 
 
 " Clean unloading
-let b:undo_ftplugin = "setlocal tw< comments< foldmethod< foldexpr< foldtext<"
+let b:undo_ftplugin = 'setlocal tw< comments< foldmethod< foldexpr< foldtext<'
 " }}}1
 
-if exists("g:did_changelog_ftplugin")
+if exists('g:did_changelog_ftplugin')
   finish
 endif
 
@@ -44,41 +44,41 @@ let g:did_changelog_ftplugin = 1
 " Returns full name, either from $DEBFULLNAME or debianfullname.
 " TODO Is there a way to determine name from anywhere else?
 function <SID>FullName()
-    if exists("$DEBFULLNAME")
+    if exists('$DEBFULLNAME')
 	return $DEBFULLNAME
-    elseif exists("g:debianfullname")
+    elseif exists('g:debianfullname')
 	return g:debianfullname
     else
-	return "Your Name"
+	return 'Your Name'
     endif
 endfunction
 
 " Returns email address, from $DEBEMAIL, $EMAIL or debianemail.
 function <SID>Email()
-    if exists("$DEBEMAIL")
+    if exists('$DEBEMAIL')
 	return $DEBEMAIL
-    elseif exists("$EMAIL")
+    elseif exists('$EMAIL')
 	return $EMAIL
-    elseif exists("g:debianemail")
+    elseif exists('g:debianemail')
 	return g:debianemail
     else
-	return "your@email.address"
+	return 'your@email.address'
     endif
 endfunction
 
 " Returns date in RFC822 format.
 function <SID>Date()
     let savelang = v:lc_time
-    execute "language time C"
+    execute 'language time C'
-    let dateandtime = strftime("%a, %d %b %Y %X %z")
+    let dateandtime = strftime('%a, %d %b %Y %X %z')
-    execute "language time " . savelang
+    execute 'language time ' . savelang
     return dateandtime
 endfunction
 
 function <SID>WarnIfNotUnfinalised()
-    if match(getline("."), " -- [[:alpha:]][[:alnum:].]")!=-1
+    if match(getline('.'), ' -- [[:alpha:]][[:alnum:].]')!=-1
 	echohl WarningMsg
-	echo "The entry has not been unfinalised before editing."
+	echo 'The entry has not been unfinalised before editing.'
 	echohl None
 	return 1
     endif
@@ -86,10 +86,10 @@ function <SID>WarnIfNotUnfinalised()
 endfunction
 
 function <SID>Finalised()
-    let savelinenum = line(".")
+    let savelinenum = line('.')
-    normal 1G
+    1
-    call search("^ -- ")
+    call search('^ -- ')
-    if match(getline("."), " -- [[:alpha:]][[:alnum:].]")!=-1
+    if match(getline('.'), ' -- [[:alpha:]][[:alnum:].]')!=-1
 	let returnvalue = 1
     else
 	let returnvalue = 0
@@ -109,54 +109,54 @@ function NewVersion()
     amenu disable Changelog.Unfinalise
     amenu enable Changelog.Finalise
     call append(0, substitute(getline(1), '-\([[:digit:]]\+\))', '-$$\1)', ''))
-    call append(1, "")
+    call append(1, '')
-    call append(2, "")
+    call append(2, '')
-    call append(3, " -- ")
+    call append(3, ' -- ')
-    call append(4, "")
+    call append(4, '')
-    call Urgency("low")
+    call Urgency('low')
-    normal 1G0
+    normal! 1G0
-    call search(")")
+    call search(')')
-    normal h
+    normal! h
-    normal 

+    normal! 

     call setline(1, substitute(getline(1), '-\$\$', '-', ''))
-    if exists("g:debchangelog_fold_enable")
+    if exists('g:debchangelog_fold_enable')
         foldopen
     endif
     call AddEntry()
 endfunction
 
 function AddEntry()
-    normal 1G
+    1
-    call search("^ -- ")
+    call search('^ -- ')
-    normal kk
+    .-2
-    call append(".", "  * ")
+    call append('.', '  * ')
-    normal jjj
+    .+3
     let warn=<SID>WarnIfNotUnfinalised()
-    normal kk
+    .-2
     if warn
 	echohl MoreMsg
-	call input("Hit ENTER")
+	call input('Hit ENTER')
 	echohl None
     endif
     startinsert!
 endfunction
 
 function CloseBug()
-    normal 1G
+    1
-    call search("^ -- ")
+    call search('^ -- ')
     let warn=<SID>WarnIfNotUnfinalised()
-    normal kk
+    .-2
-    call append(".", "  *  (closes: #" . input("Bug number to close: ") . ")")
+    call append('.', '  *  (closes: #' . input('Bug number to close: ') . ')')
-    normal j^ll
+    normal! j^ll
     startinsert
 endfunction
 
 function Distribution(dist)
-    call setline(1, substitute(getline(1), ')  *\%(UNRELEASED\|\l\+\);', ") " . a:dist . ";", ""))
+    call setline(1, substitute(getline(1), ')  *\%(UNRELEASED\|\l\+\);', ') ' . a:dist . ';', ''))
 endfunction
 
 function Urgency(urg)
-    call setline(1, substitute(getline(1), "urgency=.*$", "urgency=" . a:urg, ""))
+    call setline(1, substitute(getline(1), 'urgency=.*$', 'urgency=' . a:urg, ''))
 endfunction
 
 function <SID>UnfinaliseMenu()
@@ -172,9 +172,9 @@ endfunction
 
 function Unfinalise()
     call <SID>UnfinaliseMenu()
-    normal 1G
+    1
-    call search("^ -- ")
+    call search('^ -- ')
-    call setline(".", " -- ")
+    call setline('.', ' -- ')
 endfunction
 
 function <SID>FinaliseMenu()
@@ -190,9 +190,9 @@ endfunction
 
 function Finalise()
     call <SID>FinaliseMenu()
-    normal 1G
+    1
-    call search("^ -- ")
+    call search('^ -- ')
-    call setline(".", " -- " . <SID>FullName() . " <" . <SID>Email() . ">  " . <SID>Date())
+    call setline('.', ' -- ' . <SID>FullName() . ' <' . <SID>Email() . '>  ' . <SID>Date())
 endfunction
 
 
@@ -239,7 +239,7 @@ function! s:getAuthor(zonestart, zoneend)
   let linepos = a:zoneend
   while linepos >= a:zonestart
     let line = getline(linepos)
-    if line =~ '^ --'
+    if line =~# '^ --'
       return substitute(line, '^ --\s*\([^<]\+\)\s*.*', '\1', '')
     endif
     let linepos -= 1
@@ -254,7 +254,7 @@ function! DebGetPkgSrcName(lineno)
   let pkgname = ''
   while lineidx > 0
     let curline = getline(lineidx)
-    if curline =~ '^\S'
+    if curline =~# '^\S'
       let pkgname = matchlist(curline, '^\(\S\+\).*$')[1]
       break
     endif
@@ -264,7 +264,7 @@ function! DebGetPkgSrcName(lineno)
 endfunction
 
 function! DebChangelogFoldText()
-  if v:folddashes == '-'  " changelog entry fold
+  if v:folddashes ==# '-'  " changelog entry fold
     return foldtext() . ' -- ' . s:getAuthor(v:foldstart, v:foldend) . ' '
   endif
   return foldtext()
@@ -272,19 +272,19 @@ endfunction
 
 function! DebGetChangelogFold(lnum)
   let line = getline(a:lnum)
-  if line =~ '^\w\+'
+  if line =~# '^\w\+'
     return '>1' " beginning of a changelog entry
   endif
-  if line =~ '^\s\+\[.*\]'
+  if line =~# '^\s\+\[.*\]'
     return '>2' " beginning of an author-specific chunk
   endif
-  if line =~ '^ --'
+  if line =~# '^ --'
     return '1'
   endif
   return '='
 endfunction
 
-if exists("g:debchangelog_fold_enable")
+if exists('g:debchangelog_fold_enable')
   silent! foldopen!   " unfold the entry the cursor is on (usually the first one)
 endif
 
@@ -305,13 +305,13 @@ fun! DebCompleteBugs(findstart, base)
     let try_colidx = col('.') - 1
     let colidx = -1 " default to no-completion-possible
 
-    while try_colidx > 0 && line[try_colidx - 1] =~ '\s\|\d\|#\|,\|:'
+    while try_colidx > 0 && line[try_colidx - 1] =~# '\s\|\d\|#\|,\|:'
       let try_colidx = try_colidx - 1
-      if line[try_colidx] == '#' && colidx == -1
+      if line[try_colidx] ==# '#' && colidx == -1
         " found hash, where we complete from:
         let colidx = try_colidx
-      elseif line[try_colidx] == ':'
+      elseif line[try_colidx] ==# ':'
-        if try_colidx > 1 && strpart(line, try_colidx - 2, 3) =~ '\clp:'
+        if try_colidx > 1 && strpart(line, try_colidx - 2, 3) =~? '\clp:'
           let g:debchangelog_complete_mode = 'lp'
         endif
         break
@@ -320,7 +320,7 @@ fun! DebCompleteBugs(findstart, base)
     return colidx
   else " return matches:
     let bug_lines = []
-    if g:debchangelog_complete_mode == 'lp'
+    if g:debchangelog_complete_mode ==? 'lp'
       if ! has('python')
         echoerr 'vim must be built with Python support to use LP bug completion'
         return
@@ -363,7 +363,7 @@ EOF
     for line in bug_lines
       let parts = matchlist(line, '^\s*\(#\S\+\)\s*-\s*\(.*\)$')
       " filter only those which match a:base:
-      if parts[1] !~ "^" . a:base
+      if parts[1] !~ '^' . a:base
         continue
       endif
       let completion = {}

runtime/ftplugin/debcontrol.vim

@@ -1,18 +1,18 @@
 " Vim filetype plugin file (GUI menu and folding)
 " Language:     Debian control files
-" Maintainer:   Debian Vim Maintainers <pkg-vim-maintainers@lists.alioth.debian.org>
+" Maintainer:   Debian Vim Maintainers
 " Former Maintainer:    Pierre Habouzit <madcoder@debian.org>
-" Last Change:  2008-03-08
+" Last Change:  2018-01-28
-" URL:          http://hg.debian.org/hg/pkg-vim/vim/raw-file/tip/runtime/ftplugin/debcontrol.vim
+" URL:          https://salsa.debian.org/vim-team/vim-debian/blob/master/ftplugin/debcontrol.vim
 
 " Do these settings once per buffer
-if exists("b:did_ftplugin")
+if exists('b:did_ftplugin')
   finish
 endif
 let b:did_ftplugin=1
 
 " {{{1 Local settings (do on every load)
-if exists("g:debcontrol_fold_enable")
+if exists('g:debcontrol_fold_enable')
   setlocal foldmethod=expr
   setlocal foldexpr=DebControlFold(v:lnum)
   setlocal foldtext=DebControlFoldText()
@@ -20,7 +20,7 @@ endif
 setlocal textwidth=0
 
 " Clean unloading
-let b:undo_ftplugin = "setlocal tw< foldmethod< foldexpr< foldtext<"
+let b:undo_ftplugin = 'setlocal tw< foldmethod< foldexpr< foldtext<'
 
 " }}}1
 
@@ -32,7 +32,7 @@ function! s:getField(f, lnum)
   while line !~ '^'.a:f.':'
     let fwdsteps += 1
     let line = getline(a:lnum + fwdsteps)
-    if line == ''
+    if line ==# ''
       return 'unknown'
     endif
   endwhile
@@ -40,9 +40,9 @@ function! s:getField(f, lnum)
 endfunction
 
 function! DebControlFoldText()
-  if v:folddashes == '-'  " debcontrol entry fold
+  if v:folddashes ==# '-'  " debcontrol entry fold
     let type = substitute(getline(v:foldstart), ':.*', '', '')
-    if type == 'Source'
+    if type ==# 'Source'
       let ftext = substitute(foldtext(), ' *Source: *', ' ', '')
       return ftext . ' -- ' . s:getField('Maintainer', v:foldstart) . ' '
     endif
@@ -56,11 +56,11 @@ endfunction
 function! DebControlFold(l)
 
   " This is for not merging blank lines around folds to them
-  if getline(a:l) =~ '^Source:'
+  if getline(a:l) =~# '^Source:'
     return '>1'
   endif
 
-  if getline(a:l) =~ '^Package:'
+  if getline(a:l) =~# '^Package:'
     return '>1'
   endif
 

runtime/ftplugin/man.vim

@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 " Vim filetype plugin file
 " Language:	man
 " Maintainer:	SungHyun Nam <goweol@gmail.com>
-" Last Change: 	2017 Nov 11
+" Last Change: 	2018 May 2
 
 " To make the ":Man" command available before editing a manual page, source
 " this script from your startup vimrc file.
@@ -39,7 +39,7 @@ if &filetype == "man"
 endif
 
 if exists(":Man") != 2
-  com -nargs=+ Man call s:GetPage(<f-args>)
+  com -nargs=+ -complete=shellcmd Man call s:GetPage(<f-args>)
   nmap <Leader>K :call <SID>PreGetPage(0)<CR>
   nmap <Plug>ManPreGetPage :call <SID>PreGetPage(0)<CR>
 endif
@@ -164,7 +164,7 @@ func <SID>GetPage(...)
   setl buftype=nofile noswapfile
 
   setl ma nonu nornu nofen
-  silent exec "norm 1GdG"
+  silent exec "norm! 1GdG"
   let unsetwidth = 0
   if empty($MANWIDTH)
     let $MANWIDTH = winwidth(0)
@@ -173,17 +173,25 @@ func <SID>GetPage(...)
 
   " Ensure Vim is not recursively invoked (man-db does this) when doing ctrl-[
   " on a man page reference by unsetting MANPAGER.
-  silent exec "r !env -u MANPAGER man ".s:GetCmdArg(sect, page)." | col -b"
+  " Some versions of env(1) do not support the '-u' option, and in such case
+  " we set MANPAGER=cat.
+  if !exists('s:env_has_u')
+    call system('env -u x true')
+    let s:env_has_u = (v:shell_error == 0)
+  endif
+  let env_cmd = s:env_has_u ? 'env -u MANPAGER' : 'env MANPAGER=cat'
+  let man_cmd = env_cmd . ' man ' . s:GetCmdArg(sect, page) . ' | col -b'
+  silent exec "r !" . man_cmd
 
   if unsetwidth
     let $MANWIDTH = ''
   endif
   " Remove blank lines from top and bottom.
   while getline(1) =~ '^\s*$'
-    silent keepj norm ggdd
+    silent keepj norm! ggdd
   endwhile
   while getline('$') =~ '^\s*$'
-    silent keepj norm Gdd
+    silent keepj norm! Gdd
   endwhile
   1
   setl ft=man nomod
@@ -200,7 +208,7 @@ func <SID>PopPage()
     exec "let s:man_tag_col=s:man_tag_col_".s:man_tag_depth
     exec s:man_tag_buf."b"
     exec s:man_tag_lin
-    exec "norm ".s:man_tag_col."|"
+    exec "norm! ".s:man_tag_col."|"
     exec "unlet s:man_tag_buf_".s:man_tag_depth
     exec "unlet s:man_tag_lin_".s:man_tag_depth
     exec "unlet s:man_tag_col_".s:man_tag_depth

runtime/ftplugin/nsis.vim

@@ -1,22 +1,43 @@
 " Vim ftplugin file
 " Language:		NSIS script
+" Maintainer:		Ken Takata
+" URL:			https://github.com/k-takata/vim-nsis
 " Previous Maintainer:	Nikolai Weibull <now@bitwi.se>
-" Latest Revision:      2008-07-09
+" Last Change:		2018-01-26
-
-let s:cpo_save = &cpo
-set cpo&vim
 
 if exists("b:did_ftplugin")
   finish
 endif
+
+let s:cpo_save = &cpo
+set cpo&vim
+
 let b:did_ftplugin = 1
 
 let b:undo_ftplugin = "setl com< cms< fo< def< inc<"
+      \ " | unlet! b:match_ignorecase b:match_words"
 
 setlocal comments=s1:/*,mb:*,ex:*/,b:#,:; commentstring=;\ %s
 setlocal formatoptions-=t formatoptions+=croql
 setlocal define=^\\s*!define\\%(\\%(utc\\)\\=date\\|math\\)\\=
 setlocal include=^\\s*!include\\%(/NONFATAL\\)\\=
 
+if exists("loaded_matchit")
+  let b:match_ignorecase = 1
+  let b:match_words =
+	\ '\${\%(If\|IfNot\|Unless\)}:\${\%(Else\|ElseIf\|ElseIfNot\|ElseUnless\)}:\${\%(EndIf\|EndUnless\)},' .
+	\ '\${Select}:\${EndSelect},' .
+	\ '\${Switch}:\${EndSwitch},' .
+	\ '\${\%(Do\|DoWhile\|DoUntil\)}:\${\%(Loop\|LoopWhile\|LoopUntil\)},' .
+	\ '\${\%(For\|ForEach\)}:\${Next},' .
+	\ '\<Function\>:\<FunctionEnd\>,' .
+	\ '\<Section\>:\<SectionEnd\>,' .
+	\ '\<SectionGroup\>:\<SectionGroupEnd\>,' .
+	\ '\<PageEx\>:\<PageExEnd\>,' .
+	\ '\${MementoSection}:\${MementoSectionEnd},' .
+	\ '!if\%(\%(macro\)\?n\?def\)\?\>:!else\>:!endif\>,' .
+	\ '!macro\>:!macroend\>'
+endif
+
 let &cpo = s:cpo_save
 unlet s:cpo_save

runtime/ftplugin/python.vim

@@ -3,7 +3,7 @@
 " Maintainer:	Tom Picton <tom@tompicton.co.uk>
 " Previous Maintainer: James Sully <sullyj3@gmail.com>
 " Previous Maintainer: Johannes Zellner <johannes@zellner.org>
-" Last Change:	Thur, 09 November 2017
+" Last Change:	Sun, 15 April 2018
 " https://github.com/tpict/vim-ftplugin-python
 
 if exists("b:did_ftplugin") | finish | endif
@@ -14,12 +14,33 @@ set cpo&vim
 setlocal cinkeys-=0#
 setlocal indentkeys-=0#
 setlocal include=^\\s*\\(from\\\|import\\)
-setlocal includeexpr=substitute(v:fname,'\\.','/','g')
+
+" For imports with leading .., append / and replace additional .s with ../
+let b:grandparent_match = '^\(.\.\)\(\.*\)'
+let b:grandparent_sub = '\=submatch(1)."/".repeat("../",strlen(submatch(2)))'
+
+" For imports with a single leading ., replace it with ./
+let b:parent_match = '^\.\(\.\)\@!'
+let b:parent_sub = './'
+
+" Replace any . sandwiched between word characters with /
+let b:child_match = '\(\w\)\.\(\w\)'
+let b:child_sub = '\1/\2'
+
+setlocal includeexpr=substitute(substitute(substitute(
+      \v:fname,
+      \b:grandparent_match,b:grandparent_sub,''),
+      \b:parent_match,b:parent_sub,''),
+      \b:child_match,b:child_sub,'g')
+
 setlocal suffixesadd=.py
 setlocal comments=b:#,fb:-
 setlocal commentstring=#\ %s
 
 setlocal omnifunc=pythoncomplete#Complete
+if has('python3')
+       setlocal omnifunc=python3complete#Complete
+endif
 
 set wildignore+=*.pyc
 
@@ -32,35 +53,35 @@ let b:prev='\v^\s*(class\|def\|async def)>'
 let b:next_end='\v\S\n*(%$\|^(\s*\n*)*(class\|def\|async def)\|^\S)'
 let b:prev_end='\v\S\n*(^(\s*\n*)*(class\|def\|async def)\|^\S)'
 
-execute "nnoremap <silent> <buffer> ]] :call <SID>Python_jump('n', '". b:next_toplevel."', 'W')<cr>"
+execute "nnoremap <silent> <buffer> ]] :call <SID>Python_jump('n', '". b:next_toplevel."', 'W', v:count1)<cr>"
-execute "nnoremap <silent> <buffer> [[ :call <SID>Python_jump('n', '". b:prev_toplevel."', 'Wb')<cr>"
+execute "nnoremap <silent> <buffer> [[ :call <SID>Python_jump('n', '". b:prev_toplevel."', 'Wb', v:count1)<cr>"
-execute "nnoremap <silent> <buffer> ][ :call <SID>Python_jump('n', '". b:next_endtoplevel."', 'W', 0)<cr>"
+execute "nnoremap <silent> <buffer> ][ :call <SID>Python_jump('n', '". b:next_endtoplevel."', 'W', 0, v:count1)<cr>"
-execute "nnoremap <silent> <buffer> [] :call <SID>Python_jump('n', '". b:prev_endtoplevel."', 'Wb', 0)<cr>"
+execute "nnoremap <silent> <buffer> [] :call <SID>Python_jump('n', '". b:prev_endtoplevel."', 'Wb', 0, v:count1)<cr>"
-execute "nnoremap <silent> <buffer> ]m :call <SID>Python_jump('n', '". b:next."', 'W')<cr>"
+execute "nnoremap <silent> <buffer> ]m :call <SID>Python_jump('n', '". b:next."', 'W', v:count1)<cr>"
-execute "nnoremap <silent> <buffer> [m :call <SID>Python_jump('n', '". b:prev."', 'Wb')<cr>"
+execute "nnoremap <silent> <buffer> [m :call <SID>Python_jump('n', '". b:prev."', 'Wb', v:count1)<cr>"
-execute "nnoremap <silent> <buffer> ]M :call <SID>Python_jump('n', '". b:next_end."', 'W', 0)<cr>"
+execute "nnoremap <silent> <buffer> ]M :call <SID>Python_jump('n', '". b:next_end."', 'W', 0, v:count1)<cr>"
-execute "nnoremap <silent> <buffer> [M :call <SID>Python_jump('n', '". b:prev_end."', 'Wb', 0)<cr>"
+execute "nnoremap <silent> <buffer> [M :call <SID>Python_jump('n', '". b:prev_end."', 'Wb', 0, v:count1)<cr>"
 
-execute "onoremap <silent> <buffer> ]] :call <SID>Python_jump('o', '". b:next_toplevel."', 'W')<cr>"
+execute "onoremap <silent> <buffer> ]] :call <SID>Python_jump('o', '". b:next_toplevel."', 'W', v:count1)<cr>"
-execute "onoremap <silent> <buffer> [[ :call <SID>Python_jump('o', '". b:prev_toplevel."', 'Wb')<cr>"
+execute "onoremap <silent> <buffer> [[ :call <SID>Python_jump('o', '". b:prev_toplevel."', 'Wb', v:count1)<cr>"
-execute "onoremap <silent> <buffer> ][ :call <SID>Python_jump('o', '". b:next_endtoplevel."', 'W', 0)<cr>"
+execute "onoremap <silent> <buffer> ][ :call <SID>Python_jump('o', '". b:next_endtoplevel."', 'W', 0, v:count1)<cr>"
-execute "onoremap <silent> <buffer> [] :call <SID>Python_jump('o', '". b:prev_endtoplevel."', 'Wb', 0)<cr>"
+execute "onoremap <silent> <buffer> [] :call <SID>Python_jump('o', '". b:prev_endtoplevel."', 'Wb', 0, v:count1)<cr>"
-execute "onoremap <silent> <buffer> ]m :call <SID>Python_jump('o', '". b:next."', 'W')<cr>"
+execute "onoremap <silent> <buffer> ]m :call <SID>Python_jump('o', '". b:next."', 'W', v:count1)<cr>"
-execute "onoremap <silent> <buffer> [m :call <SID>Python_jump('o', '". b:prev."', 'Wb')<cr>"
+execute "onoremap <silent> <buffer> [m :call <SID>Python_jump('o', '". b:prev."', 'Wb', v:count1)<cr>"
-execute "onoremap <silent> <buffer> ]M :call <SID>Python_jump('o', '". b:next_end."', 'W', 0)<cr>"
+execute "onoremap <silent> <buffer> ]M :call <SID>Python_jump('o', '". b:next_end."', 'W', 0, v:count1)<cr>"
-execute "onoremap <silent> <buffer> [M :call <SID>Python_jump('o', '". b:prev_end."', 'Wb', 0)<cr>"
+execute "onoremap <silent> <buffer> [M :call <SID>Python_jump('o', '". b:prev_end."', 'Wb', 0, v:count1)<cr>"
 
-execute "xnoremap <silent> <buffer> ]] :call <SID>Python_jump('x', '". b:next_toplevel."', 'W')<cr>"
+execute "xnoremap <silent> <buffer> ]] :call <SID>Python_jump('x', '". b:next_toplevel."', 'W', v:count1)<cr>"
-execute "xnoremap <silent> <buffer> [[ :call <SID>Python_jump('x', '". b:prev_toplevel."', 'Wb')<cr>"
+execute "xnoremap <silent> <buffer> [[ :call <SID>Python_jump('x', '". b:prev_toplevel."', 'Wb', v:count1)<cr>"
-execute "xnoremap <silent> <buffer> ][ :call <SID>Python_jump('x', '". b:next_endtoplevel."', 'W', 0)<cr>"
+execute "xnoremap <silent> <buffer> ][ :call <SID>Python_jump('x', '". b:next_endtoplevel."', 'W', 0, v:count1)<cr>"
-execute "xnoremap <silent> <buffer> [] :call <SID>Python_jump('x', '". b:prev_endtoplevel."', 'Wb', 0)<cr>"
+execute "xnoremap <silent> <buffer> [] :call <SID>Python_jump('x', '". b:prev_endtoplevel."', 'Wb', 0, v:count1)<cr>"
-execute "xnoremap <silent> <buffer> ]m :call <SID>Python_jump('x', '". b:next."', 'W')<cr>"
+execute "xnoremap <silent> <buffer> ]m :call <SID>Python_jump('x', '". b:next."', 'W', v:count1)<cr>"
-execute "xnoremap <silent> <buffer> [m :call <SID>Python_jump('x', '". b:prev."', 'Wb')<cr>"
+execute "xnoremap <silent> <buffer> [m :call <SID>Python_jump('x', '". b:prev."', 'Wb', v:count1)<cr>"
-execute "xnoremap <silent> <buffer> ]M :call <SID>Python_jump('x', '". b:next_end."', 'W', 0)<cr>"
+execute "xnoremap <silent> <buffer> ]M :call <SID>Python_jump('x', '". b:next_end."', 'W', 0, v:count1)<cr>"
-execute "xnoremap <silent> <buffer> [M :call <SID>Python_jump('x', '". b:prev_end."', 'Wb', 0)<cr>"
+execute "xnoremap <silent> <buffer> [M :call <SID>Python_jump('x', '". b:prev_end."', 'Wb', 0, v:count1)<cr>"
 
 if !exists('*<SID>Python_jump')
-  fun! <SID>Python_jump(mode, motion, flags, ...) range
+  fun! <SID>Python_jump(mode, motion, flags, count, ...) range
       let l:startofline = (a:0 >= 1) ? a:1 : 1
 
       if a:mode == 'x'
@@ -71,7 +92,7 @@ if !exists('*<SID>Python_jump')
           normal! 0
       endif
 
-      let cnt = v:count1
+      let cnt = a:count
       mark '
       while cnt > 0
           call search(a:motion, a:flags)

runtime/ftplugin/scheme.vim

@@ -1,45 +1,57 @@
-" Vim filetype plugin
+" Vim filetype plugin file
-" Language:      Scheme
+" Language: Scheme (R7RS)
-" Maintainer:    Sergey Khorev <sergey.khorev@gmail.com>
+" Last Change: 2018-03-05
-" URL:		 http://sites.google.com/site/khorser/opensource/vim
+" Author: Evan Hanson <evhan@foldling.org>
-" Original author:    Dorai Sitaram <ds26@gte.com>
+" Maintainer: Evan Hanson <evhan@foldling.org>
-" Original URL:		 http://www.ccs.neu.edu/~dorai/vimplugins/vimplugins.html
+" Previous Maintainer: Sergey Khorev <sergey.khorev@gmail.com>
-" Last Change:   Oct 23, 2013
+" URL: https://foldling.org/vim/ftplugin/scheme.vim
 
-" Only do this when not done yet for this buffer
+if exists('b:did_ftplugin')
-if exists("b:did_ftplugin")
   finish
 endif
 
-" Don't load another plugin for this buffer
+let s:cpo = &cpo
-let b:did_ftplugin = 1
+set cpo&vim
 
-" Copy-paste from ftplugin/lisp.vim
-setl comments=:;
-setl define=^\\s*(def\\k*
-setl formatoptions-=t
-setl iskeyword+=+,-,*,/,%,<,=,>,:,$,?,!,@-@,94
 setl lisp
+setl comments=:;;;;,:;;;,:;;,:;,sr:#\|,mb:\|,ex:\|#
 setl commentstring=;%s
+setl define=^\\s*(def\\k*
+setl iskeyword=33,35-39,42-43,45-58,60-90,94,95,97-122,126
 
-setl comments^=:;;;,:;;,sr:#\|,mb:\|,ex:\|#
+let b:undo_ftplugin = 'setl lisp< comments< commentstring< define< iskeyword<'
 
-" Scheme-specific settings
+setl lispwords=case
-if exists("b:is_mzscheme") || exists("is_mzscheme")
+setl lispwords+=define
-    " improve indenting
+setl lispwords+=define-record-type
-    setl iskeyword+=#,%,^
+setl lispwords+=define-syntax
-    setl lispwords+=module,parameterize,let-values,let*-values,letrec-values
+setl lispwords+=define-values
-    setl lispwords+=define-values,opt-lambda,case-lambda,syntax-rules,with-syntax,syntax-case
+setl lispwords+=do
-    setl lispwords+=define-signature,unit,unit/sig,compund-unit/sig,define-values/invoke-unit/sig
+setl lispwords+=guard
+setl lispwords+=lambda
+setl lispwords+=let
+setl lispwords+=let*
+setl lispwords+=let*-values
+setl lispwords+=let-syntax
+setl lispwords+=let-values
+setl lispwords+=letrec
+setl lispwords+=letrec*
+setl lispwords+=letrec-syntax
+setl lispwords+=parameterize
+setl lispwords+=set!
+setl lispwords+=syntax-rules
+setl lispwords+=unless
+setl lispwords+=when
+
+let b:undo_ftplugin = b:undo_ftplugin . ' lispwords<'
+
+let b:did_scheme_ftplugin = 1
+
+if exists('b:is_chicken') || exists('g:is_chicken')
+  exe 'ru! ftplugin/chicken.vim'
 endif
 
-if exists("b:is_chicken") || exists("is_chicken")
+unlet b:did_scheme_ftplugin
-    " improve indenting
+let b:did_ftplugin = 1
-    setl iskeyword+=#,%,^
+let &cpo = s:cpo
-    setl lispwords+=let-optionals,let-optionals*,declare
+unlet s:cpo
-    setl lispwords+=let-values,let*-values,letrec-values
-    setl lispwords+=define-values,opt-lambda,case-lambda,syntax-rules,with-syntax,syntax-case
-    setl lispwords+=cond-expand,and-let*,foreign-lambda,foreign-lambda*
-endif
-
-let b:undo_ftplugin = "setlocal comments< define< formatoptions< iskeyword< lispwords< lisp< commentstring<"

runtime/ftplugin/vim.vim

@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 " Vim filetype plugin
 " Language:	Vim
 " Maintainer:	Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
-" Last Change:	2017 Nov 06
+" Last Change:	2017 Dec 05
 
 " Only do this when not done yet for this buffer
 if exists("b:did_ftplugin")
@@ -39,6 +39,7 @@ endif
 " Comments start with a double quote
 setlocal commentstring=\"%s
 
+if !exists("no_plugin_maps") && !exists("no_vim_maps")
   " Move around functions.
   nnoremap <silent><buffer> [[ m':call search('^\s*fu\%[nction]\>', "bW")<CR>
   vnoremap <silent><buffer> [[ m':<C-U>exe "normal! gv"<Bar>call search('^\s*fu\%[nction]\>', "bW")<CR>
@@ -54,6 +55,7 @@ nnoremap <silent><buffer> ]" :call search('^\(\s*".*\n\)\@<!\(\s*"\)', "W")<CR>
   vnoremap <silent><buffer> ]" :<C-U>exe "normal! gv"<Bar>call search('^\(\s*".*\n\)\@<!\(\s*"\)', "W")<CR>
   nnoremap <silent><buffer> [" :call search('\%(^\s*".*\n\)\%(^\s*"\)\@!', "bW")<CR>
   vnoremap <silent><buffer> [" :<C-U>exe "normal! gv"<Bar>call search('\%(^\s*".*\n\)\%(^\s*"\)\@!', "bW")<CR>
+endif
 
 " Let the matchit plugin know what items can be matched.
 if exists("loaded_matchit")

runtime/ftplugin/xml.vim

@@ -1,7 +1,9 @@
 " Vim filetype plugin file
 " Language:	xml
-" Maintainer:	Dan Sharp <dwsharp at users dot sourceforge dot net>
+" Maintainer:	Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
-" Last Changed: 20 Jan 2009
+" Last Changed: May 08th, 2018
+" Repository: https://github.com/chrisbra/vim-xml-ftplugin
+" Previous Maintainer:	Dan Sharp <dwsharp at users dot sourceforge dot net>
 "          URL:		      http://dwsharp.users.sourceforge.net/vim/ftplugin
 
 if exists("b:did_ftplugin") | finish | endif
@@ -10,16 +12,16 @@ let b:did_ftplugin = 1
 " Make sure the continuation lines below do not cause problems in
 " compatibility mode.
 let s:save_cpo = &cpo
-set cpo-=C
+set cpo&vim
 
 setlocal commentstring=<!--%s-->
-setlocal comments=s:<!--,m:\ \ \ \ \ ,e:-->
+" Remove the middlepart from the comments section, as this causes problems:
+" https://groups.google.com/d/msg/vim_dev/x4GT-nqa0Kg/jvtRnEbtAnMJ
+setlocal comments=s:<!--,e:-->
 
 setlocal formatoptions-=t
-if !exists("g:ft_xml_autocomment") || (g:ft_xml_autocomment == 1)
 setlocal formatoptions+=croql
-endif
+setlocal formatexpr=xmlformat#Format()
-
 
 " XML:  thanks to Johannes Zellner and Akbar Ibrahim
 " - case sensitive
@@ -39,7 +41,6 @@ if exists("loaded_matchit")
      \  '<\@<=\%([^ \t>/]\+\)\%(\s\+[^/>]*\|$\):/>'
 endif
 
-"
 " For Omni completion, by Mikolaj Machowski.
 if exists('&ofu')
   setlocal ofu=xmlcomplete#CompleteTags
@@ -47,16 +48,16 @@ endif
 command! -nargs=+ XMLns call xmlcomplete#CreateConnection(<f-args>)
 command! -nargs=? XMLent call xmlcomplete#CreateEntConnection(<f-args>)
 
-
 " Change the :browse e filter to primarily show xml-related files.
-if has("gui_win32")
+if (has("gui_win32") || has("gui_gtk")) && !exists("b:browsefilter")
     let  b:browsefilter="XML Files (*.xml)\t*.xml\n" .
     \ "DTD Files (*.dtd)\t*.dtd\n" .
+    \ "XSD Files (*.xsd)\t*.xsd\n" .
     \ "All Files (*.*)\t*.*\n"
 endif
 
 " Undo the stuff we changed.
-let b:undo_ftplugin = "setlocal commentstring< comments< formatoptions<" .
+let b:undo_ftplugin = "setlocal commentstring< comments< formatoptions< formatexpr< " .
     \     " | unlet! b:match_ignorecase b:match_words b:browsefilter"
 
 " Restore the saved compatibility options.

runtime/ftplugin/zimbu.vim

@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 " Vim filetype plugin file
 " Language:	Zimbu
 " Maintainer:	Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
-" Last Change:	2012 Sep 08
+" Last Change:	2017 Dec 05
 
 " Only do this when not done yet for this buffer
 if exists("b:did_ftplugin")
@@ -135,8 +135,10 @@ iabbr <buffer> <expr> until GCUpperSpace("until")
 iabbr <buffer> <expr> while GCUpperSpace("while")
 iabbr <buffer> <expr> repeat GCUpper("repeat")
 
+if !exists("no_plugin_maps") && !exists("no_zimbu_maps")
   nnoremap <silent> <buffer> [[ m`:call ZimbuGoStartBlock()<CR>
   nnoremap <silent> <buffer> ]] m`:call ZimbuGoEndBlock()<CR>
+endif
 
 " Using a function makes sure the search pattern is restored
 func! ZimbuGoStartBlock()

runtime/ftplugin/zsh.vim

@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
 " Language:             Zsh shell script
 " Maintainer:           Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
 " Previous Maintainer:  Nikolai Weibull <now@bitwi.se>
-" Latest Revision:      2015-05-29
+" Latest Revision:      2017-11-22
 " License:              Vim (see :h license)
 " Repository:           https://github.com/chrisbra/vim-zsh
 
@@ -18,9 +18,7 @@ let b:undo_ftplugin = "setl com< cms< fo<"
 
 setlocal comments=:# commentstring=#\ %s formatoptions-=t formatoptions+=croql
 
-let b:match_words =
+let b:match_words = ',\<if\>:\<elif\>:\<else\>:\<fi\>'
-      \   &matchpairs
-      \ . ',\<if\>:\<elif\>:\<else\>:\<fi\>'
       \ . ',\<case\>:^\s*([^)]*):\<esac\>'
       \ . ',\<\%(select\|while\|until\|repeat\|for\%(each\)\=\)\>:\<done\>'
 let b:match_skip = 's:comment\|string\|heredoc\|subst'

runtime/indent/html.vim

@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
 " Header: "{{{
 " Maintainer:	Bram Moolenaar
 " Original Author: Andy Wokula <anwoku@yahoo.de>
-" Last Change:	2017 Jun 13
+" Last Change:	2018 Mar 28
 " Version:	1.0
 " Description:	HTML indent script with cached state for faster indenting on a
 "		range of lines.
@@ -56,6 +56,9 @@ let s:cpo_save = &cpo
 set cpo-=C
 "}}}
 
+" Pattern to match the name of a tag, including custom elements.
+let s:tagname = '\w\+\(-\w\+\)*'
+
 " Check and process settings from b:html_indent and g:html_indent... variables.
 " Prefer using buffer-local settings over global settings, so that there can
 " be defaults for all HTML files and exceptions for specific types of HTML
@@ -213,7 +216,8 @@ endfunc "}}}
 " Add known tag pairs.
 " Self-closing tags and tags that are sometimes {{{
 " self-closing (e.g., <p>) are not here (when encountering </p> we can find
-" the matching <p>, but not the other way around).
+" the matching <p>, but not the other way around).  Known self-closing tags:
+" 'p', 'img', 'source'.
 " Old HTML tags:
 call s:AddITags(s:indent_tags, [
     \ 'a', 'abbr', 'acronym', 'address', 'b', 'bdo', 'big',
@@ -230,9 +234,9 @@ call s:AddITags(s:indent_tags, [
 call s:AddITags(s:indent_tags, [
     \ 'area', 'article', 'aside', 'audio', 'bdi', 'canvas',
     \ 'command', 'data', 'datalist', 'details', 'embed', 'figcaption',
-    \ 'figure', 'footer', 'header', 'keygen', 'mark', 'meter', 'nav', 'output',
+    \ 'figure', 'footer', 'header', 'keygen', 'main', 'mark', 'meter',
-    \ 'progress', 'rp', 'rt', 'ruby', 'section', 'source', 'summary', 'svg', 
+    \ 'nav', 'output', 'picture', 'progress', 'rp', 'rt', 'ruby', 'section',
-    \ 'time', 'track', 'video', 'wbr'])
+    \ 'summary', 'svg', 'time', 'track', 'video', 'wbr'])
 
 " Tags added for web components:
 call s:AddITags(s:indent_tags, [
@@ -280,7 +284,7 @@ func! s:CountITags(text)
   let s:nextrel = 0  " relative indent steps for next line [unit &sw]:
   let s:block = 0		" assume starting outside of a block
   let s:countonly = 1	" don't change state
-  call substitute(a:text, '<\zs/\=\w\+\(-\w\+\)*\>\|<!--\[\|\[endif\]-->\|<!--\|-->', '\=s:CheckTag(submatch(0))', 'g')
+  call substitute(a:text, '<\zs/\=' . s:tagname . '\>\|<!--\[\|\[endif\]-->\|<!--\|-->', '\=s:CheckTag(submatch(0))', 'g')
   let s:countonly = 0
 endfunc "}}}
 
@@ -292,7 +296,7 @@ func! s:CountTagsAndState(text)
   let s:nextrel = 0  " relative indent steps for next line [unit &sw]:
 
   let s:block = b:hi_newstate.block
-  let tmp = substitute(a:text, '<\zs/\=\w\+\(-\w\+\)*\>\|<!--\[\|\[endif\]-->\|<!--\|-->', '\=s:CheckTag(submatch(0))', 'g')
+  let tmp = substitute(a:text, '<\zs/\=' . s:tagname . '\>\|<!--\[\|\[endif\]-->\|<!--\|-->', '\=s:CheckTag(submatch(0))', 'g')
   if s:block == 3
     let b:hi_newstate.scripttype = s:GetScriptType(matchstr(tmp, '\C.*<SCRIPT\>\zs[^>]*'))
   endif
@@ -530,7 +534,7 @@ func! s:FreshState(lnum)
   let swendtag = match(text, '^\s*</') >= 0
 
   " If previous line ended in a closing tag, line up with the opening tag.
-  if !swendtag && text =~ '</\w\+\s*>\s*$'
+  if !swendtag && text =~ '</' . s:tagname . '\s*>\s*$'
     call cursor(state.lnum, 99999)
     normal! F<
     let start_lnum = HtmlIndent_FindStartTag()
@@ -860,7 +864,7 @@ func! HtmlIndent_FindStartTag()
   " The cursor must be on or before a closing tag.
   " If found, positions the cursor at the match and returns the line number.
   " Otherwise returns 0.
-  let tagname = matchstr(getline('.')[col('.') - 1:], '</\zs\w\+\ze')
+  let tagname = matchstr(getline('.')[col('.') - 1:], '</\zs' . s:tagname . '\ze')
   let start_lnum = searchpair('<' . tagname . '\>', '', '</' . tagname . '\>', 'bW')
   if start_lnum > 0
     return start_lnum
@@ -876,7 +880,7 @@ func! HtmlIndent_FindTagEnd()
   " a self-closing tag, to the matching ">".
   " Limited to look up to b:html_indent_line_limit lines away.
   let text = getline('.')
-  let tagname = matchstr(text, '\w\+\|!--', col('.'))
+  let tagname = matchstr(text, s:tagname . '\|!--', col('.'))
   if tagname == '!--'
     call search('--\zs>')
   elseif s:get_tag('/' . tagname) != 0
@@ -921,9 +925,22 @@ func! s:InsideTag(foundHtmlString)
     else
       let idx = match(text, '\s\zs[_a-zA-Z0-9-]\+="')
     endif
+    if idx == -1
+      " try <tag attr
+      let idx = match(text, '<' . s:tagname . '\s\+\zs\w')
+    endif
+    if idx == -1
+      " after just <tag indent one level more
+      let idx = match(text, '<' . s:tagname . '$')
+      if idx >= 0
+	call cursor(lnum, idx)
+	return virtcol('.') + shiftwidth()
+      endif
+    endif
     if idx > 0
-      " Found the attribute.  TODO: assumes spaces, no Tabs.
+      " Found the attribute to align with.
-      return idx
+      call cursor(lnum, idx)
+      return virtcol('.')
     endif
   endwhile
   return -1

runtime/indent/javascript.vim

@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
 " Language: Javascript
 " Maintainer: Chris Paul ( https://github.com/bounceme )
 " URL: https://github.com/pangloss/vim-javascript
-" Last Change: September 18, 2017
+" Last Change: December 4, 2017
 
 " Only load this indent file when no other was loaded.
 if exists('b:did_indent')
@@ -10,10 +10,6 @@ if exists('b:did_indent')
 endif
 let b:did_indent = 1
 
-" indent correctly if inside <script>
-" vim/vim@690afe1 for the switch from cindent
-let b:html_indent_script1 = 'inc'
-
 " Now, set up our indentation expression and keys that trigger it.
 setlocal indentexpr=GetJavascriptIndent()
 setlocal autoindent nolisp nosmartindent
@@ -25,13 +21,6 @@ setlocal indentkeys+=0],0)
 
 let b:undo_indent = 'setlocal indentexpr< smartindent< autoindent< indentkeys<'
 
-" Regex of syntax group names that are or delimit string or are comments.
-let b:syng_strcom = get(b:,'syng_strcom','string\|comment\|regex\|special\|doc\|template\%(braces\)\@!')
-let b:syng_str = get(b:,'syng_str','string\|template\|special')
-" template strings may want to be excluded when editing graphql:
-" au! Filetype javascript let b:syng_str = '^\%(.*template\)\@!.*string\|special'
-" au! Filetype javascript let b:syng_strcom = '^\%(.*template\)\@!.*string\|comment\|regex\|special\|doc'
-
 " Only define the function once.
 if exists('*GetJavascriptIndent')
   finish
@@ -40,6 +29,23 @@ endif
 let s:cpo_save = &cpo
 set cpo&vim
 
+" indent correctly if inside <script>
+" vim/vim@690afe1 for the switch from cindent
+" overridden with b:html_indent_script1
+call extend(g:,{'html_indent_script1': 'inc'},'keep')
+
+" Regex of syntax group names that are or delimit string or are comments.
+let s:bvars = {
+      \ 'syng_strcom': 'string\|comment\|regex\|special\|doc\|template\%(braces\)\@!',
+      \ 'syng_str': 'string\|template\|special' }
+" template strings may want to be excluded when editing graphql:
+" au! Filetype javascript let b:syng_str = '^\%(.*template\)\@!.*string\|special'
+" au! Filetype javascript let b:syng_strcom = '^\%(.*template\)\@!.*string\|comment\|regex\|special\|doc'
+
+function s:GetVars()
+  call extend(b:,extend(s:bvars,{'js_cache': [0,0,0]}),'keep')
+endfunction
+
 " Get shiftwidth value
 if exists('*shiftwidth')
   function s:sw()
@@ -104,22 +110,23 @@ endfunction
 function s:SkipFunc()
   if s:top_col == 1
     throw 'out of bounds'
-  endif
+  elseif s:check_in
-  let s:top_col = 0
-  if s:check_in
     if eval(s:skip_expr)
       return 1
     endif
     let s:check_in = 0
   elseif getline('.') =~ '\%<'.col('.').'c\/.\{-}\/\|\%>'.col('.').'c[''"]\|\\$'
     if eval(s:skip_expr)
-      let s:looksyn = a:firstline
       return 1
     endif
-  elseif search('\m`\|\${\|\*\/','nW'.s:z,s:looksyn) && eval(s:skip_expr)
+  elseif search('\m`\|\${\|\*\/','nW'.s:z,s:looksyn)
+    if eval(s:skip_expr)
       let s:check_in = 1
       return 1
     endif
+  else
+    let s:synid_cache[:] += [[line2byte('.') + col('.') - 1], ['']]
+  endif
   let [s:looksyn, s:top_col] = getpos('.')[1:2]
 endfunction
 
@@ -159,19 +166,29 @@ function s:Token()
   return s:LookingAt() =~ '\k' ? expand('<cword>') : s:LookingAt()
 endfunction
 
-function s:PreviousToken()
+function s:PreviousToken(...)
-  let l:col = col('.')
+  let [l:pos, tok] = [getpos('.'), '']
   if search('\m\k\{1,}\|\S','ebW')
-    if search('\m\*\%#\/\|\/\/\%<'.a:firstline.'l','nbW',line('.')) && eval(s:in_comm)
+    if getline('.')[col('.')-2:col('.')-1] == '*/'
-      if s:SearchLoop('\S\ze\_s*\/[/*]','bW',s:in_comm)
+      if eval(s:in_comm) && !s:SearchLoop('\S\ze\_s*\/[/*]','bW',s:in_comm)
-        return s:Token()
+        call setpos('.',l:pos)
-      endif
-      call cursor(a:firstline, l:col)
       else
-      return s:Token()
+        let tok = s:Token()
+      endif
+    else
+      let two = a:0 || line('.') != l:pos[1] ? strridx(getline('.')[:col('.')],'//') + 1 : 0
+      if two && eval(s:in_comm)
+        call cursor(0,two)
+        let tok = s:PreviousToken(1)
+        if tok is ''
+          call setpos('.',l:pos)
+        endif
+      else
+        let tok = s:Token()
       endif
     endif
-  return ''
+  endif
+  return tok
 endfunction
 
 function s:Pure(f,...)
@@ -183,23 +200,30 @@ function s:SearchLoop(pat,flags,expr)
 endfunction
 
 function s:ExprCol()
+  if getline('.')[col('.')-2] == ':'
+    return 1
+  endif
   let bal = 0
-  while s:SearchLoop('[{}?]\|\_[^:]\zs::\@!','bW',s:skip_expr)
+  while s:SearchLoop('[{}?:]','bW',s:skip_expr)
     if s:LookingAt() == ':'
+      if getline('.')[col('.')-2] == ':'
+        call cursor(0,col('.')-1)
+        continue
+      endif
       let bal -= 1
     elseif s:LookingAt() == '?'
-      let bal += 1
+      if getline('.')[col('.'):col('.')+1] =~ '^\.\d\@!'
-      if bal == 1
+        continue
-        break
+      elseif !bal
+        return 1
       endif
+      let bal += 1
     elseif s:LookingAt() == '{'
-      let bal = !s:IsBlock()
+      return !s:IsBlock()
-      break
     elseif !s:GetPair('{','}','bW',s:skip_expr)
       break
     endif
   endwhile
-  return s:Nat(bal)
 endfunction
 
 " configurable regexes that define continuation lines, not including (, {, or [.
@@ -208,30 +232,29 @@ let s:opfirst = '^' . get(g:,'javascript_opfirst',
 let s:continuation = get(g:,'javascript_continuation',
       \ '\C\%([<=,.~!?/*^%|&:]\|+\@<!+\|-\@<!-\|=\@<!>\|\<\%(typeof\|new\|delete\|void\|in\|instanceof\|await\)\)') . '$'
 
-function s:Continues(ln,con)
+function s:Continues()
-  let tok = matchstr(a:con[-15:],s:continuation)
+  let tok = matchstr(strpart(getline('.'),col('.')-15,15),s:continuation)
   if tok =~ '[a-z:]'
-    call cursor(a:ln, len(a:con))
     return tok == ':' ? s:ExprCol() : s:PreviousToken() != '.'
   elseif tok !~ '[/>]'
     return tok isnot ''
   endif
-  return s:SynAt(a:ln, len(a:con)) !~? (tok == '>' ? 'jsflow\|^html' : 'regex')
+  return s:SynAt(line('.'),col('.')) !~? (tok == '>' ? 'jsflow\|^html' : 'regex')
 endfunction
 
 " Check if line 'lnum' has a balanced amount of parentheses.
-function s:Balanced(lnum)
+function s:Balanced(lnum,line)
-  let [l:open, l:line] = [0, getline(a:lnum)]
+  let l:open = 0
-  let pos = match(l:line, '[][(){}]')
+  let pos = match(a:line, '[][(){}]')
   while pos != -1
     if s:SynAt(a:lnum,pos + 1) !~? b:syng_strcom
-      let l:open += match(' ' . l:line[pos],'[[({]')
+      let l:open += match(' ' . a:line[pos],'[[({]')
       if l:open < 0
         return
       endif
     endif
-    let pos = match(l:line, !l:open ? '[][(){}]' : '()' =~ l:line[pos] ?
+    let pos = match(a:line, !l:open ? '[][(){}]' : '()' =~ a:line[pos] ?
-          \ '[()]' : '{}' =~ l:line[pos] ? '[{}]' : '[][]', pos + 1)
+          \ '[()]' : '{}' =~ a:line[pos] ? '[{}]' : '[][]', pos + 1)
   endwhile
   return !l:open
 endfunction
@@ -244,27 +267,38 @@ function s:OneScope()
           \ s:Pure('s:PreviousToken') != '.' && !(tok == 'while' && s:DoWhile())
   elseif s:Token() =~# '^else$\|^do$'
     return s:Pure('s:PreviousToken') != '.'
+  elseif strpart(getline('.'),col('.')-2,2) == '=>'
+    call cursor(0,col('.')-1)
+    if s:PreviousToken() == ')'
+      return s:GetPair('(', ')', 'bW', s:skip_expr)
+    endif
+    return 1
   endif
-  return strpart(getline('.'),col('.')-2,2) == '=>'
 endfunction
 
 function s:DoWhile()
   let cpos = searchpos('\m\<','cbW')
-  if s:SearchLoop('\C[{}]\|\<\%(do\|while\)\>','bW',s:skip_expr)
+  while s:SearchLoop('\C[{}]\|\<\%(do\|while\)\>','bW',s:skip_expr)
-    if s:{s:LookingAt() == '}' && s:GetPair('{','}','bW',s:skip_expr) ?
+    if s:LookingAt() =~ '\a'
-          \ 'Previous' : ''}Token() ==# 'do' && s:IsBlock()
+      if s:Pure('s:IsBlock')
+        if s:LookingAt() ==# 'd'
           return 1
         endif
-    call call('cursor',cpos)
+        break
       endif
+    elseif s:LookingAt() != '}' || !s:GetPair('{','}','bW',s:skip_expr)
+      break
+    endif
+  endwhile
+  call call('cursor',cpos)
 endfunction
 
 " returns total offset from braceless contexts. 'num' is the lineNr which
 " encloses the entire context, 'cont' if whether a:firstline is a continued
 " expression, which could have started in a braceless context
-function s:IsContOne(num,cont)
+function s:IsContOne(cont)
-  let [l:num, b_l] = [a:num + !a:num, 0]
+  let [l:num, b_l] = [b:js_cache[1] + !b:js_cache[1], 0]
-  let pind = a:num ? indent(a:num) + s:sw() : 0
+  let pind = b:js_cache[1] ? indent(b:js_cache[1]) + s:sw() : 0
   let ind = indent('.') + !a:cont
   while line('.') > l:num && ind > pind || line('.') == l:num
     if indent('.') < ind && s:OneScope()
@@ -282,20 +316,16 @@ function s:IsContOne(num,cont)
   return b_l
 endfunction
 
-function s:Class()
-  return (s:Token() ==# 'class' || s:PreviousToken() =~# '^class$\|^extends$') &&
-        \ s:PreviousToken() != '.'
-endfunction
-
 function s:IsSwitch()
-  return s:PreviousToken() !~ '[.*]' &&
+  call call('cursor',b:js_cache[1:])
-        \ (!s:GetPair('{','}','cbW',s:skip_expr) || s:IsBlock() && !s:Class())
+  return search('\m\C\%#.\_s*\%(\%(\/\/.*\_$\|\/\*\_.\{-}\*\/\)\@>\_s*\)*\%(case\|default\)\>','nWc'.s:z)
 endfunction
 
 " https://github.com/sweet-js/sweet.js/wiki/design#give-lookbehind-to-the-reader
 function s:IsBlock()
   let tok = s:PreviousToken()
   if join(s:stack) =~? 'xml\|jsx' && s:SynAt(line('.'),col('.')-1) =~? 'xml\|jsx'
+    let s:in_jsx = 1
     return tok != '{'
   elseif tok =~ '\k'
     if tok ==# 'type'
@@ -320,7 +350,7 @@ function s:IsBlock()
 endfunction
 
 function GetJavascriptIndent()
-  let b:js_cache = get(b:,'js_cache',[0,0,0])
+  call s:GetVars()
   let s:synid_cache = [[],[]]
   let l:line = getline(v:lnum)
   " use synstack as it validates syn state and works in an empty line
@@ -334,7 +364,7 @@ function GetJavascriptIndent()
       return -1
     endif
   elseif s:stack[-1] =~? b:syng_str
-    if b:js_cache[0] == v:lnum - 1 && s:Balanced(v:lnum-1)
+    if b:js_cache[0] == v:lnum - 1 && s:Balanced(v:lnum-1,getline(v:lnum-1))
       let b:js_cache[0] = v:lnum
     endif
     return -1
@@ -361,7 +391,7 @@ function GetJavascriptIndent()
   call cursor(v:lnum,1)
   let idx = index([']',')','}'],l:line[0])
   if b:js_cache[0] > l:lnum && b:js_cache[0] < v:lnum ||
-        \ b:js_cache[0] == l:lnum && s:Balanced(l:lnum)
+        \ b:js_cache[0] == l:lnum && s:Balanced(l:lnum,pline)
     call call('cursor',b:js_cache[1:])
   else
     let [s:looksyn, s:top_col, s:check_in, s:l1] = [v:lnum - 1,0,0,
@@ -382,10 +412,10 @@ function GetJavascriptIndent()
 
   let [b:js_cache[0], num] = [v:lnum, b:js_cache[1]]
 
-  let [num_ind, is_op, b_l, l:switch_offset] = [s:Nat(indent(num)),0,0,0]
+  let [num_ind, is_op, b_l, l:switch_offset, s:in_jsx] = [s:Nat(indent(num)),0,0,0,0]
   if !num || s:LookingAt() == '{' && s:IsBlock()
     let ilnum = line('.')
-    if num && s:LookingAt() == ')' && s:GetPair('(',')','bW',s:skip_expr)
+    if num && !s:in_jsx && s:LookingAt() == ')' && s:GetPair('(',')','bW',s:skip_expr)
       if ilnum == num
         let [num, num_ind] = [line('.'), indent('.')]
       endif
@@ -399,23 +429,24 @@ function GetJavascriptIndent()
       endif
     endif
     if idx == -1 && pline[-1:] !~ '[{;]'
+      call cursor(l:lnum, len(pline))
       let sol = matchstr(l:line,s:opfirst)
       if sol is '' || sol == '/' && s:SynAt(v:lnum,
             \ 1 + len(getline(v:lnum)) - len(l:line)) =~? 'regex'
-        if s:Continues(l:lnum,pline)
+        if s:Continues()
           let is_op = s:sw()
         endif
-      elseif num && sol =~# '^\%(in\%(stanceof\)\=\|\*\)$'
+      elseif num && sol =~# '^\%(in\%(stanceof\)\=\|\*\)$' &&
-        call call('cursor',b:js_cache[1:])
+            \ s:LookingAt() == '}' && s:GetPair('{','}','bW',s:skip_expr) &&
-        if s:PreviousToken() =~ '\k' && s:Class()
+            \ s:PreviousToken() == ')' && s:GetPair('(',')','bW',s:skip_expr) &&
+            \ (s:PreviousToken() == ']' || s:LookingAt() =~ '\k' &&
+            \ s:{s:PreviousToken() == '*' ? 'Previous' : ''}Token() !=# 'function')
         return num_ind + s:sw()
-        endif
-        let is_op = s:sw()
       else
         let is_op = s:sw()
       endif
       call cursor(l:lnum, len(pline))
-      let b_l = s:Nat(s:IsContOne(b:js_cache[1],is_op) - (!is_op && l:line =~ '^{')) * s:sw()
+      let b_l = s:Nat(s:IsContOne(is_op) - (!is_op && l:line =~ '^{')) * s:sw()
     endif
   elseif idx.s:LookingAt().&cino =~ '^-1(.*(' && (search('\m\S','nbW',num) || s:ParseCino('U'))
     let pval = s:ParseCino('(')
@@ -431,10 +462,10 @@ function GetJavascriptIndent()
 
   " main return
   if l:line =~ '^[])}]\|^|}'
-    if l:line_raw[0] == ')' && getline(num)[b:js_cache[2]-1] == '('
+    if l:line_raw[0] == ')'
       if s:ParseCino('M')
         return indent(l:lnum)
-      elseif &cino =~# 'm' && !s:ParseCino('m')
+      elseif num && &cino =~# 'm' && !s:ParseCino('m')
         return virtcol('.') - 1
       endif
     endif

runtime/indent/nsis.vim

@@ -0,0 +1,91 @@
+" Vim indent file
+" Language:		NSIS script
+" Maintainer:		Ken Takata
+" URL:			https://github.com/k-takata/vim-nsis
+" Last Change:		2018-01-21
+" Filenames:		*.nsi
+" License:		VIM License
+
+if exists("b:did_indent")
+  finish
+endif
+let b:did_indent = 1
+
+setlocal nosmartindent
+setlocal noautoindent
+setlocal indentexpr=GetNsisIndent(v:lnum)
+setlocal indentkeys=!^F,o,O
+setlocal indentkeys+==~${Else,=~${EndIf,=~${EndUnless,=~${AndIf,=~${AndUnless,=~${OrIf,=~${OrUnless,=~${Case,=~${Default,=~${EndSelect,=~${EndSwith,=~${Loop,=~${Next,=~${MementoSectionEnd,=~FunctionEnd,=~SectionEnd,=~SectionGroupEnd,=~PageExEnd,0=~!macroend,0=~!if,0=~!else,0=~!endif
+
+if exists("*GetNsisIndent")
+  finish
+endif
+
+function! GetNsisIndent(lnum)
+  " If this line is explicitly joined: If the previous line was also joined,
+  " line it up with that one, otherwise add two 'shiftwidth'
+  if getline(a:lnum - 1) =~ '\\$'
+    if a:lnum > 1 && getline(a:lnum - 2) =~ '\\$'
+      return indent(a:lnum - 1)
+    endif
+    return indent(a:lnum - 1) + shiftwidth() * 2
+  endif
+
+  " Grab the current line, stripping comments.
+  let l:thisl = substitute(getline(a:lnum), '[;#].*$', '', '')
+  " Check if this line is a conditional preprocessor line.
+  let l:preproc = l:thisl =~? '^\s*!\%(if\|else\|endif\)'
+
+  " Grab the previous line, stripping comments.
+  " Skip preprocessor lines and continued lines.
+  let l:prevlnum = a:lnum
+  while 1
+    let l:prevlnum = prevnonblank(l:prevlnum - 1)
+    if l:prevlnum == 0
+      " top of file
+      return 0
+    endif
+    let l:prevl = substitute(getline(l:prevlnum), '[;#].*$', '', '')
+    let l:prevpreproc = l:prevl =~? '^\s*!\%(if\|else\|endif\)'
+    if l:preproc == l:prevpreproc && getline(l:prevlnum - 1) !~? '\\$'
+      break
+    endif
+  endwhile
+  let l:previ = indent(l:prevlnum)
+  let l:ind = l:previ
+
+  if l:preproc
+    " conditional preprocessor
+    if l:prevl =~? '^\s*!\%(if\%(\%(macro\)\?n\?def\)\?\|else\)\>'
+      let l:ind += shiftwidth()
+    endif
+    if l:thisl =~? '^\s*!\%(else\|endif\)\?\>'
+      let l:ind -= shiftwidth()
+    endif
+    return l:ind
+  endif
+
+  if l:prevl =~? '^\s*\%(\${\%(If\|IfNot\|Unless\|ElseIf\|ElseIfNot\|ElseUnless\|Else\|AndIf\|AndIfNot\|AndUnless\|OrIf\|OrIfNot\|OrUnless\|Select\|Case\|Case[2-5]\|CaseElse\|Default\|Switch\|Do\|DoWhile\|DoUntil\|For\|ForEach\|MementoSection\)}\|Function\>\|Section\>\|SectionGroup\|PageEx\>\|!macro\>\)'
+    " previous line opened a block
+    let l:ind += shiftwidth()
+  endif
+  if l:thisl =~? '^\s*\%(\${\%(ElseIf\|ElseIfNot\|ElseUnless\|Else\|EndIf\|EndUnless\|AndIf\|AndIfNot\|AndUnless\|OrIf\|OrIfNot\|OrUnless\|Loop\|LoopWhile\|LoopUntil\|Next\|MementoSectionEnd\)\>}\?\|FunctionEnd\>\|SectionEnd\>\|SectionGroupEnd\|PageExEnd\>\|!macroend\>\)'
+    " this line closed a block
+    let l:ind -= shiftwidth()
+  elseif l:thisl =~? '^\s*\${\%(Case\|Case[2-5]\|CaseElse\|Default\)\>}\?'
+    if l:prevl !~? '^\s*\${\%(Select\|Switch\)}'
+      let l:ind -= shiftwidth()
+    endif
+  elseif l:thisl =~? '^\s*\${\%(EndSelect\|EndSwitch\)\>}\?'
+    " this line closed a block
+    if l:prevl =~? '^\s*\${\%(Select\|Switch\)}'
+      let l:ind -= shiftwidth()
+    else
+      let l:ind -= shiftwidth() * 2
+    endif
+  endif
+
+  return l:ind
+endfunction
+
+" vim: ts=8 sw=2 sts=2

runtime/indent/scheme.vim

@@ -1,11 +1,14 @@
 " Vim indent file
 " Language: Scheme
-" Maintainer:	Sergey Khorev <sergey.khorev@gmail.com>
+" Last Change: 2018 Jan 31
-" Last Change:	2005 Jun 24
+" Maintainer: Evan Hanson <evhan@foldling.org>
+" Previous Maintainer: Sergey Khorev <sergey.khorev@gmail.com>
+" URL: https://foldling.org/vim/indent/scheme.vim
 
 " Only load this indent file when no other was loaded.
 if exists("b:did_indent")
   finish
 endif
 
+" Use the Lisp indenting
 runtime! indent/lisp.vim

runtime/indent/sh.vim

@@ -1,12 +1,15 @@
 " Vim indent file
 " Language:            Shell Script
 " Maintainer:          Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
-" Previous Maintainer: Peter Aronoff <telemachus@arpinum.org>
 " Original Author:     Nikolai Weibull <now@bitwi.se>
-" Latest Revision:     2017-08-08
+" Previous Maintainer: Peter Aronoff <telemachus@arpinum.org>
+" Latest Revision:     2018-03-26
 " License:             Vim (see :h license)
 " Repository:          https://github.com/chrisbra/vim-sh-indent
 " Changelog:
+"          20180326  - better support for line continuation
+"          20180325  - better detection of function definitions
+"          20180127  - better support for zsh complex commands
 "          20170808: - better indent of line continuation
 "          20170502: - get rid of buffer-shiftwidth function
 "          20160912: - preserve indentation of here-doc blocks
@@ -59,12 +62,15 @@ function! GetShIndent()
   if lnum == 0
     return 0
   endif
+  let line = getline(lnum)
 
   let pnum = prevnonblank(lnum - 1)
-
+  let pline = getline(pnum)
   let ind = indent(lnum)
-  let line = getline(lnum)
+
-  if line =~ '^\s*\%(if\|then\|do\|else\|elif\|case\|while\|until\|for\|select\|foreach\)\>'
+  " Check contents of previous lines
+  if line =~ '^\s*\%(if\|then\|do\|else\|elif\|case\|while\|until\|for\|select\|foreach\)\>' ||
+        \  (&ft is# 'zsh' && line =~ '\%(if\|then\|do\|else\|elif\|case\|while\|until\|for\|select\|foreach\)\>')
     if line !~ '\<\%(fi\|esac\|done\|end\)\>\s*\%(#.*\)\=$'
       let ind += s:indent_value('default')
     endif
@@ -72,21 +78,35 @@ function! GetShIndent()
     if !s:is_case_ended(line)
       let ind += s:indent_value('case-statements')
     endif
-  elseif line =~ '^\s*\<\k\+\>\s*()\s*{' || line =~ '^\s*{' || line =~ '^\s*function\s*\w\S\+\s*\%(()\)\?\s*{'
+  " function definition
+  elseif s:is_function_definition(line)
     if line !~ '}\s*\%(#.*\)\=$'
       let ind += s:indent_value('default')
     endif
   elseif s:is_continuation_line(line)
-    if pnum == 0 || !s:is_continuation_line(getline(pnum))
+    if pnum == 0 || !s:is_continuation_line(pline)
       let ind += s:indent_value('continuation-line')
     endif
-  elseif pnum != 0 && s:is_continuation_line(getline(pnum))
+  elseif s:end_block(line) && !s:start_block(line)
-    let ind = indent(s:find_continued_lnum(pnum))
+    let ind -= s:indent_value('default')
+  elseif pnum != 0 && s:is_continuation_line(pline) && !s:end_block(getline(v:lnum))
+    " only add indent, if line and pline is in the same block
+    let i = v:lnum
+    let ind2 = indent(s:find_continued_lnum(pnum))
+    while !s:is_empty(getline(i)) && i > pnum
+      let i -= 1
+    endw
+    if i == pnum
+      let ind += ind2
+    else
+      let ind = ind2
+    endif
   endif
 
   let pine = line
+  " Check content of current line
   let line = getline(v:lnum)
-  if line =~ '^\s*\%(then\|do\|else\|elif\|fi\|done\|end\)\>' || line =~ '^\s*}'
+  if line =~ '^\s*\%(then\|do\|else\|elif\|fi\|done\|end\)\>' || s:end_block(line)
     let ind -= s:indent_value('default')
   elseif line =~ '^\s*esac\>' && s:is_case_empty(getline(v:lnum - 1))
     let ind -= s:indent_value('default')
@@ -112,14 +132,24 @@ function! GetShIndent()
   " statements, executed within a here document. Keep the current indent
   elseif match(map(synstack(v:lnum, 1), 'synIDattr(v:val, "name")'), '\c\mheredoc') > -1
     return indent(v:lnum)
+  elseif s:is_comment(line) && s:is_empty(getline(v:lnum-1))
+    return indent(v:lnum)
   endif
 
-  return ind
+  return ind > 0 ? ind : 0
 endfunction
 
 function! s:is_continuation_line(line)
+  " Comment, cannot be a line continuation
+  if a:line =~ '^\s*#'
+    return 0
+  else
+    " start-of-line
+    " \\ or && or || or |
+    " followed optionally by { or #
     return a:line =~ '\%(\%(^\|[^\\]\)\\\|&&\|||\||\)' .
                  \ '\s*\({\s*\)\=\(#.*\)\=$'
+  endif
 endfunction
 
 function! s:find_continued_lnum(lnum)
@@ -130,6 +160,12 @@ function! s:find_continued_lnum(lnum)
   return i
 endfunction
 
+function! s:is_function_definition(line)
+  return a:line =~ '^\s*\<\k\+\>\s*()\s*{' ||
+       \ a:line =~ '^\s*{' ||
+       \ a:line =~ '^\s*function\s*\w\S\+\s*\%(()\)\?\s*{'
+endfunction
+
 function! s:is_case_label(line, pnum)
   if a:line !~ '^\s*(\=.*)'
     return 0
@@ -195,5 +231,29 @@ function! s:escape(pattern)
     return '\V'. escape(a:pattern, '\\')
 endfunction
 
+function! s:is_empty(line)
+  return a:line =~ '^\s*$'
+endfunction
+
+function! s:end_block(line)
+  return a:line =~ '^\s*}'
+endfunction
+
+function! s:start_block(line)
+  return a:line =~ '{\s*\(#.*\)\?$'
+endfunction
+
+function! s:find_start_block(lnum)
+  let i = a:lnum
+  while i > 1 && !s:start_block(getline(i))
+    let i -= 1
+  endwhile
+  return i
+endfunction
+
+function! s:is_comment(line)
+  return a:line =~ '^\s*#'
+endfunction
+
 let &cpo = s:cpo_save
 unlet s:cpo_save

runtime/indent/tex.vim

@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
 " Language:     LaTeX
 " Maintainer:   Yichao Zhou <broken.zhou AT gmail.com>
 " Created:      Sat, 16 Feb 2002 16:50:19 +0100
-" Version: 0.9.4
+" Version: 1.0.0
 "   Please email me if you found something I can do.  Comments, bug report and
 "   feature request are welcome.
 
@@ -62,6 +62,8 @@
 "               (*) Fix a bug between g:tex_noindent_env and g:tex_indent_items
 "                   Now g:tex_noindent_env='document\|verbatim\|itemize' (Emacs
 "                   style) is supported.  Thanks Miles Wheeler for reporting.
+"               2018/02/07 by Yichao Zhou <broken.zhou AT gmail.com>
+"               (*) Make indentation more smart in the normal mode
 "
 " }}}
 
@@ -91,13 +93,8 @@
 "   If this variable is set, item-environments are indented like Emacs does
 "   it, i.e., continuation lines are indented with a shiftwidth.
 "
-"   NOTE: I've already set the variable below; delete the corresponding line
-"   if you don't like this behaviour.
-"
-"   Per default, it is unset.
-"
 "              set                      unset
-"   ----------------------------------------------------------------
+"   ------------------------------------------------------
 "       \begin{itemize}            \begin{itemize}
 "         \item blablabla            \item blablabla
 "           bla bla bla              bla bla bla
@@ -290,8 +287,9 @@ function! GetTeXIndent() " {{{
         endif
     endif
 
-    if stay
+    if stay && mode() == 'i'
-        " If there is no obvious indentation hint, we trust our user.
+        " If there is no obvious indentation hint, and indentation is triggered
+        " in insert mode, we trust our user.
         if empty(cline)
             return ind
         else

runtime/keymap/oldturkic-orkhon_utf-8.vim

@@ -0,0 +1,143 @@
+" Maintainer:   Oliver Corff <oliver.corff@email.de>
+" Last Changed: 2018 Feb 12
+
+scriptencoding utf-8
+
+" oto = Old Turkic, Orkhon
+let b:keymap_name = "oto"
+highlight lCursor guibg=red guifg=NONE
+
+" map F8 to toggle keymap (Ctrl-^ not present on keyboard)
+noremap  <F8> :let &iminsert = ! &iminsert<CR>
+lnoremap <F8> <C-^>
+noremap! <F8> <C-^>
+
+loadkeymap
+A	𐰀	10C00	OLD TURKIC LETTER ORKHON A
+00	𐰀	10C00	OLD TURKIC LETTER ORKHON A
+I	𐰃	10C03	OLD TURKIC LETTER ORKHON I
+03	𐰃	10C03	OLD TURKIC LETTER ORKHON I
+O	𐰆	10C06	OLD TURKIC LETTER ORKHON O
+U	𐰆	10C06	OLD TURKIC LETTER ORKHON O
+06	𐰆	10C06	OLD TURKIC LETTER ORKHON O
+OE	𐰇	10C07	OLD TURKIC LETTER ORKHON OE
+UE	𐰇	10C07	OLD TURKIC LETTER ORKHON OE
+07	𐰇	10C07	OLD TURKIC LETTER ORKHON OE
+ab	𐰉	10C09	OLD TURKIC LETTER ORKHON AB
+b1	𐰉	10C09	OLD TURKIC LETTER ORKHON AB
+09	𐰉	10C09	OLD TURKIC LETTER ORKHON AB
+aeb	𐰋	10C0B	OLD TURKIC LETTER ORKHON AEB
+eb	𐰋	10C0B	OLD TURKIC LETTER ORKHON AEB
+b2	𐰋	10C0B	OLD TURKIC LETTER ORKHON AEB
+0b	𐰋	10C0B	OLD TURKIC LETTER ORKHON AEB
+ag	𐰍	10C0D	OLD TURKIC LETTER ORKHON AG
+g1	𐰍	10C0D	OLD TURKIC LETTER ORKHON AG
+0d	𐰍	10C0D	OLD TURKIC LETTER ORKHON AG
+aeg	𐰏	10C0F	OLD TURKIC LETTER ORKHON AEG
+eg	𐰏	10C0F	OLD TURKIC LETTER ORKHON AEG
+g2	𐰏	10C0F	OLD TURKIC LETTER ORKHON AEG
+0f	𐰏	10C0F	OLD TURKIC LETTER ORKHON AEG
+ad	𐰑	10C11	OLD TURKIC LETTER ORKHON AD
+d1	𐰑	10C11	OLD TURKIC LETTER ORKHON AD
+11	𐰑	10C11	OLD TURKIC LETTER ORKHON AD
+aed	𐰓	10C13	OLD TURKIC LETTER ORKHON AED
+ed	𐰓	10C13	OLD TURKIC LETTER ORKHON AED
+d2	𐰓	10C13	OLD TURKIC LETTER ORKHON AED
+13	𐰓	10C13	OLD TURKIC LETTER ORKHON AED
+ez	𐰔	10C14	OLD TURKIC LETTER ORKHON EZ
+z	𐰔	10C14	OLD TURKIC LETTER ORKHON EZ
+14	𐰔	10C14	OLD TURKIC LETTER ORKHON EZ
+ay	𐰖	10C16	OLD TURKIC LETTER ORKHON AY
+y1	𐰖	10C16	OLD TURKIC LETTER ORKHON AY
+16	𐰖	10C16	OLD TURKIC LETTER ORKHON AY
+aey	𐰘	10C18	OLD TURKIC LETTER ORKHON AEY
+ey	𐰘	10C18	OLD TURKIC LETTER ORKHON AEY
+y2	𐰘	10C18	OLD TURKIC LETTER ORKHON AEY
+18	𐰘	10C18	OLD TURKIC LETTER ORKHON AEY
+aek	𐰚	10C1A	OLD TURKIC LETTER ORKHON AEK
+k	𐰚	10C1A	OLD TURKIC LETTER ORKHON AEK
+1a	𐰚	10C1A	OLD TURKIC LETTER ORKHON AEK
+oek	𐰜	10C1C	OLD TURKIC LETTER ORKHON OEK
+q	𐰜	10C1C	OLD TURKIC LETTER ORKHON OEK
+1c	𐰜	10C1C	OLD TURKIC LETTER ORKHON OEK
+al	𐰞	10C1E	OLD TURKIC LETTER ORKHON AL
+l1	𐰞	10C1E	OLD TURKIC LETTER ORKHON AL
+1e	𐰞	10C1E	OLD TURKIC LETTER ORKHON AL
+ael	𐰠	10C20	OLD TURKIC LETTER ORKHON AEL
+el	𐰠	10C20	OLD TURKIC LETTER ORKHON AEL
+l2	𐰠	10C20	OLD TURKIC LETTER ORKHON AEL
+20	𐰠	10C20	OLD TURKIC LETTER ORKHON AEL
+elt	𐰡	10C21	OLD TURKIC LETTER ORKHON ELT
+lt	𐰡	10C21	OLD TURKIC LETTER ORKHON ELT
+21	𐰡	10C21	OLD TURKIC LETTER ORKHON ELT
+em	𐰢	10C22	OLD TURKIC LETTER ORKHON EM
+m	𐰢	10C22	OLD TURKIC LETTER ORKHON EM
+22	𐰢	10C22	OLD TURKIC LETTER ORKHON EM
+an	𐰣	10C23	OLD TURKIC LETTER ORKHON AN
+n1	𐰣	10C23	OLD TURKIC LETTER ORKHON AN
+23	𐰣	10C23	OLD TURKIC LETTER ORKHON AN
+en	𐰤	10C24	OLD TURKIC LETTER ORKHON AEN
+n2	𐰤	10C24	OLD TURKIC LETTER ORKHON AEN
+24	𐰤	10C24	OLD TURKIC LETTER ORKHON AEN
+ent	𐰦	10C26	OLD TURKIC LETTER ORKHON ENT
+nt	𐰦	10C26	OLD TURKIC LETTER ORKHON ENT
+26	𐰦	10C26	OLD TURKIC LETTER ORKHON ENT
+enc	𐰨	10C28	OLD TURKIC LETTER ORKHON ENC
+nc	𐰨	10C28	OLD TURKIC LETTER ORKHON ENC
+28	𐰨	10C28	OLD TURKIC LETTER ORKHON ENC
+eny	𐰪	10C2A	OLD TURKIC LETTER ORKHON ENY
+ny	𐰪	10C2A	OLD TURKIC LETTER ORKHON ENY
+2a	𐰪	10C2A	OLD TURKIC LETTER ORKHON ENY
+eng	𐰭	10C2D	OLD TURKIC LETTER ORKHON ENG
+ng	𐰭	10C2D	OLD TURKIC LETTER ORKHON ENG
+2d	𐰭	10C2D	OLD TURKIC LETTER ORKHON ENG
+ep	𐰯	10C2F	OLD TURKIC LETTER ORKHON EP
+p	𐰯	10C2F	OLD TURKIC LETTER ORKHON EP
+2f	𐰯	10C2F	OLD TURKIC LETTER ORKHON EP
+op	𐰰	10C30	OLD TURKIC LETTER ORKHON OP
+up	𐰰	10C30	OLD TURKIC LETTER ORKHON OP
+30	𐰰	10C30	OLD TURKIC LETTER ORKHON OP
+ic	𐰱	10C31	OLD TURKIC LETTER ORKHON IC
+31	𐰱	10C31	OLD TURKIC LETTER ORKHON IC
+ec	𐰲	10C32	OLD TURKIC LETTER ORKHON EC
+32	𐰲	10C32	OLD TURKIC LETTER ORKHON EC
+aq	𐰴	10C34	OLD TURKIC LETTER ORKHON AQ
+34	𐰴	10C34	OLD TURKIC LETTER ORKHON AQ
+iq	𐰶	10C36	OLD TURKIC LETTER ORKHON IQ
+yq	𐰶	10C36	OLD TURKIC LETTER ORKHON IQ
+36	𐰶	10C36	OLD TURKIC LETTER ORKHON IQ
+oq	𐰸	10C38	OLD TURKIC LETTER ORKHON OQ
+uq	𐰸	10C38	OLD TURKIC LETTER ORKHON OQ
+38	𐰸	10C38	OLD TURKIC LETTER ORKHON OQ
+ar	𐰺	10C3A	OLD TURKIC LETTER ORKHON AR
+r1	𐰺	10C3A	OLD TURKIC LETTER ORKHON AR
+3a	𐰺	10C3A	OLD TURKIC LETTER ORKHON AR
+aer	𐰼	10C3C	OLD TURKIC LETTER ORKHON AER
+er	𐰼	10C3C	OLD TURKIC LETTER ORKHON AER
+r2	𐰼	10C3C	OLD TURKIC LETTER ORKHON AER
+3c	𐰼	10C3C	OLD TURKIC LETTER ORKHON AER
+as	𐰽	10C3D	OLD TURKIC LETTER ORKHON AS
+s1	𐰽	10C3D	OLD TURKIC LETTER ORKHON AS
+3d	𐰽	10C3D	OLD TURKIC LETTER ORKHON AS
+aes	𐰾	10C3E	OLD TURKIC LETTER ORKHON AES
+es	𐰾	10C3E	OLD TURKIC LETTER ORKHON AES
+s2	𐰾	10C3E	OLD TURKIC LETTER ORKHON AES
+3e	𐰾	10C3E	OLD TURKIC LETTER ORKHON AES
+ash	𐰿	10C3F	OLD TURKIC LETTER ORKHON ASH
+sh1	𐰿	10C3F	OLD TURKIC LETTER ORKHON ASH
+3f	𐰿	10C3F	OLD TURKIC LETTER ORKHON ASH
+esh	𐱁	10C41	OLD TURKIC LETTER ORKHON ESH
+sh2	𐱁	10C41	OLD TURKIC LETTER ORKHON ESH
+41	𐱁	10C41	OLD TURKIC LETTER ORKHON ESH
+at	𐱃	10C43	OLD TURKIC LETTER ORKHON AT
+t1	𐱃	10C43	OLD TURKIC LETTER ORKHON AT
+43	𐱃	10C43	OLD TURKIC LETTER ORKHON AT
+aet	𐱅	10C45	OLD TURKIC LETTER ORKHON AET
+et	𐱅	10C45	OLD TURKIC LETTER ORKHON AET
+t2	𐱅	10C45	OLD TURKIC LETTER ORKHON AET
+45	𐱅	10C45	OLD TURKIC LETTER ORKHON AET
+ot	𐱇	10C47	OLD TURKIC LETTER ORKHON OT
+ut	𐱇	10C47	OLD TURKIC LETTER ORKHON OT
+47	𐱇	10C47	OLD TURKIC LETTER ORKHON OT
+bash	𐱈	10C48	OLD TURKIC LETTER ORKHON BASH
+48	𐱈	10C48	OLD TURKIC LETTER ORKHON BASH

runtime/keymap/oldturkic-yenisei_utf-8.vim

@@ -0,0 +1,115 @@
+" Maintainer:   Oliver Corff <oliver.corff@yemail.de>
+" Last Changed: 2018 Feb 12
+
+" All characters are given literally, conversion to another encoding (e.g.,
+" UTF-8) should work.
+scriptencoding utf-8
+
+let b:keymap_name = "oto"
+highlight lCursor guibg=red guifg=NONE
+
+" map F8 to toggle keymap (Ctrl-^ not present on keyboard)
+noremap  <F8> :let &iminsert = ! &iminsert<CR>
+lnoremap <F8> <C-^>
+noremap! <F8> <C-^>
+
+loadkeymap
+A	𐰁	10C01	OLD TURKIC LETTER YENISEI A
+01	𐰁	10C01	OLD TURKIC LETTER YENISEI A
+AE	𐰂	10C02	OLD TURKIC LETTER YENISEI AE
+02	𐰂	10C02	OLD TURKIC LETTER YENISEI AE
+I	𐰄	10C04	OLD TURKIC LETTER YENISEI I
+04	𐰄	10C04	OLD TURKIC LETTER YENISEI I
+E	𐰅	10C05	OLD TURKIC LETTER YENISEI E
+05	𐰅	10C05	OLD TURKIC LETTER YENISEI E
+OE	𐰈	10C08	OLD TURKIC LETTER YENISEI OE
+UE	𐰈	10C08	OLD TURKIC LETTER YENISEI OE
+08	𐰈	10C08	OLD TURKIC LETTER YENISEI OE
+ab	𐰊	10C0A	OLD TURKIC LETTER YENISEI AB
+b1	𐰊	10C0A	OLD TURKIC LETTER YENISEI AB
+0a	𐰊	10C0A	OLD TURKIC LETTER YENISEI AB
+aeb	𐰌	10C0C	OLD TURKIC LETTER YENISEI AEB
+eb	𐰌	10C0C	OLD TURKIC LETTER YENISEI AEB
+b2	𐰌	10C0C	OLD TURKIC LETTER YENISEI AEB
+0c	𐰌	10C0C	OLD TURKIC LETTER YENISEI AEB
+ag	𐰎	10C0E	OLD TURKIC LETTER YENISEI AG
+g1	𐰎	10C0E	OLD TURKIC LETTER YENISEI AG
+0e	𐰎	10C0E	OLD TURKIC LETTER YENISEI AG
+aeg	𐰐	10C10	OLD TURKIC LETTER YENISEI AEG
+eg	𐰐	10C10	OLD TURKIC LETTER YENISEI AEG
+g2	𐰐	10C10	OLD TURKIC LETTER YENISEI AEG
+10	𐰐	10C10	OLD TURKIC LETTER YENISEI AEG
+ad	𐰒	10C12	OLD TURKIC LETTER YENISEI AD
+d1	𐰒	10C12	OLD TURKIC LETTER YENISEI AD
+12	𐰒	10C12	OLD TURKIC LETTER YENISEI AD
+ez	𐰕	10C15	OLD TURKIC LETTER YENISEI EZ
+z	𐰕	10C15	OLD TURKIC LETTER YENISEI EZ
+15	𐰕	10C15	OLD TURKIC LETTER YENISEI EZ
+ay	𐰗	10C17	OLD TURKIC LETTER YENISEI AY
+y1	𐰗	10C17	OLD TURKIC LETTER YENISEI AY
+17	𐰗	10C17	OLD TURKIC LETTER YENISEI AY
+aey	𐰙	10C19	OLD TURKIC LETTER YENISEI AEY
+ey	𐰙	10C19	OLD TURKIC LETTER YENISEI AEY
+y2	𐰙	10C19	OLD TURKIC LETTER YENISEI AEY
+19	𐰙	10C19	OLD TURKIC LETTER YENISEI AEY
+aek	𐰛	10C1B	OLD TURKIC LETTER YENISEI AEK
+ak	𐰛	10C1B	OLD TURKIC LETTER YENISEI AEK
+k	𐰛	10C1B	OLD TURKIC LETTER YENISEI AEK
+1b	𐰛	10C1B	OLD TURKIC LETTER YENISEI AEK
+oek	𐰝	10C1D	OLD TURKIC LETTER YENISEI OEK
+ök	𐰝	10C1D	OLD TURKIC LETTER YENISEI OEK
+uek	𐰝	10C1D	OLD TURKIC LETTER YENISEI OEK
+ük	𐰝	10C1D	OLD TURKIC LETTER YENISEI OEK
+1d	𐰝	10C1D	OLD TURKIC LETTER YENISEI OEK
+al	𐰟	10C1F	OLD TURKIC LETTER YENISEI AL
+l	𐰟	10C1F	OLD TURKIC LETTER YENISEI AL
+l1	𐰟	10C1F	OLD TURKIC LETTER YENISEI AL
+1f	𐰟	10C1F	OLD TURKIC LETTER YENISEI AL
+aen	𐰥	10C25	OLD TURKIC LETTER YENISEI AEN
+en	𐰥	10C25	OLD TURKIC LETTER YENISEI AEN
+n2	𐰥	10C25	OLD TURKIC LETTER YENISEI AEN
+25	𐰥	10C25	OLD TURKIC LETTER YENISEI AEN
+ent	𐰧	10C27	OLD TURKIC LETTER YENISEI ENT
+nt	𐰧	10C27	OLD TURKIC LETTER YENISEI ENT
+27	𐰧	10C27	OLD TURKIC LETTER YENISEI ENT
+enc	𐰩	10C29	OLD TURKIC LETTER YENISEI ENC
+nc	𐰩	10C29	OLD TURKIC LETTER YENISEI ENC
+29	𐰩	10C29	OLD TURKIC LETTER YENISEI ENC
+eny	𐰫	10C2B	OLD TURKIC LETTER YENISEI ENY
+ny	𐰫	10C2B	OLD TURKIC LETTER YENISEI ENY
+2b	𐰫	10C2B	OLD TURKIC LETTER YENISEI ENY
+ang	𐰬	10C2C	OLD TURKIC LETTER YENISEI ANG
+ng	𐰬	10C2C	OLD TURKIC LETTER YENISEI ANG
+2c	𐰬	10C2C	OLD TURKIC LETTER YENISEI ANG
+aeng	𐰮	10C2E	OLD TURKIC LETTER YENISEI AENG
+eng	𐰮	10C2E	OLD TURKIC LETTER YENISEI AENG
+2e	𐰮	10C2E	OLD TURKIC LETTER YENISEI AENG
+ec	𐰳	10C33	OLD TURKIC LETTER YENISEI EC
+c	𐰳	10C33	OLD TURKIC LETTER YENISEI EC
+33	𐰳	10C33	OLD TURKIC LETTER YENISEI EC
+aq	𐰵	10C35	OLD TURKIC LETTER YENISEI AQ
+q	𐰵	10C35	OLD TURKIC LETTER YENISEI AQ
+35	𐰵	10C35	OLD TURKIC LETTER YENISEI AQ
+iq	𐰷	10C37	OLD TURKIC LETTER YENISEI IQ
+yq	𐰷	10C37	OLD TURKIC LETTER YENISEI IQ
+37	𐰷	10C37	OLD TURKIC LETTER YENISEI IQ
+oq	𐰹	10C39	OLD TURKIC LETTER YENISEI OQ
+uq	𐰹	10C39	OLD TURKIC LETTER YENISEI OQ
+39	𐰹	10C39	OLD TURKIC LETTER YENISEI OQ
+ar	𐰻	10C3B	OLD TURKIC LETTER YENISEI AR
+r	𐰻	10C3B	OLD TURKIC LETTER YENISEI AR
+r1	𐰻	10C3B	OLD TURKIC LETTER YENISEI AR
+3b	𐰻	10C3B	OLD TURKIC LETTER YENISEI AR
+ash	𐱀	10C40	OLD TURKIC LETTER YENISEI ASH
+sh1	𐱀	10C40	OLD TURKIC LETTER YENISEI ASH
+40	𐱀	10C40	OLD TURKIC LETTER YENISEI ASH
+esh	𐱂	10C42	OLD TURKIC LETTER YENISEI ESH
+sh2	𐱂	10C42	OLD TURKIC LETTER YENISEI ESH
+42	𐱂	10C42	OLD TURKIC LETTER YENISEI ESH
+at	𐱄	10C44	OLD TURKIC LETTER YENISEI AT
+t1	𐱄	10C44	OLD TURKIC LETTER YENISEI AT
+44	𐱄	10C44	OLD TURKIC LETTER YENISEI AT
+aet	𐱆	10C46	OLD TURKIC LETTER YENISEI AET
+et	𐱆	10C46	OLD TURKIC LETTER YENISEI AET
+t2	𐱆	10C46	OLD TURKIC LETTER YENISEI AET
+46	𐱆	10C46	OLD TURKIC LETTER YENISEI AET

runtime/lang/menu_fr_fr.latin1.vim

@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
 " Maintainer:		Adrien Beau <version.francaise@free.fr>
 " First Version:	Francois Thunus <thunus@systran.fr>
 " Last Modification:    David Blanchet <david.blanchet@free.fr>
-" Last Change:		2012 May 01
+" Last Change:		2018 Apr 25
 
 " Quit when menu translations have already been done.
 if exists("did_menu_trans")
@@ -47,7 +47,7 @@ menutrans &Close<Tab>:close			&Fermer<Tab>:close
 menutrans &Save<Tab>:w				&Enregistrer<Tab>:w
 menutrans Save\ &As\.\.\.<Tab>:sav		Enregistrer\ &sous\.\.\.<Tab>:sav
 " -SEP2-
-menutrans Split\ &Diff\ with\.\.\.		&Difference\ avec\.\.\.
+menutrans Split\ &Diff\ with\.\.\.		&Diff<EFBFBD>rence\ avec\.\.\.
 "menutrans Split\ Patched\ &By\.\.\.		&Patcher\ avec\.\.\.
 menutrans Split\ Patched\ &By\.\.\.		&Tester\ un\ patch\.\.\.
 " -SEP3-
@@ -121,7 +121,7 @@ menutrans Soft\ &Tabstop				&Pseudo-tabulations
 menutrans Te&xt\ Width\.\.\.				Largeur\ du\ te&xte\.\.\.
 menutrans &File\ Format\.\.\.				Format\ du\ &fichier\.\.\.
 
-let g:menutrans_textwidth_dialog = "Entrez la nouvelle largeur du texte\n(0 pour d<>sactiver le formattage)."
+let g:menutrans_textwidth_dialog = "Entrez la nouvelle largeur du texte\n(0 pour d<>sactiver le formatage)."
 let g:menutrans_fileformat_dialog = "Choisissez le format dans lequel <20>crire le fichier."
 let g:menutrans_fileformat_choices = " &Unix \n &Dos \n &Mac \n &Annuler "
 
@@ -340,7 +340,7 @@ fun! Do_toolbar_tmenu()
   tmenu ToolBar.WinClose			Fermer fen<EFBFBD>tre
  endif
   tmenu ToolBar.LoadSesn			Ouvrir session
-  tmenu ToolBar.SaveSesn			Enregister session courante
+  tmenu ToolBar.SaveSesn			Enregistrer session courante
   tmenu ToolBar.RunScript			Lancer un script Vim
   tmenu ToolBar.Make				Lancer make
   tmenu ToolBar.RunCtags			Cr<EFBFBD>er les <20>tiquettes

runtime/lang/menu_sr_rs.ascii.vim

@@ -1,6 +1,7 @@
 " Menu Translations: Serbian
 " Maintainer: Aleksandar Jelenak <ajelenak AT yahoo.com>
-" Last Change:	Fri, 30 May 2003 12:15:30 -0400
+" Last Change:	Fri, 30 May 2003 10:17:39 Eastern Daylight Time
+" Adapted for VIM 8 by: Ivan Pesic on 2017-12-28 12:05+0400
 
 " Quit when menu translations have already been done.
 if exists("did_menu_trans")
@@ -19,6 +20,7 @@ menutrans &Find		      &Nadji
 menutrans &Credits	      &Zasluge
 menutrans Co&pying	      P&reuzimanje
 menutrans O&rphans	      &Sirocici
+menutrans &Sponsor/Register   Sponzor/&Registrujte\ se
 menutrans &Version	      &Verzija
 menutrans &About	      &O\ programu
 
@@ -26,6 +28,7 @@ menutrans &About	      &O\ programu
 menutrans &File			    &Datoteka
 menutrans &Open\.\.\.<Tab>:e	    &Otvori\.\.\.<Tab>:e
 menutrans Sp&lit-Open\.\.\.<Tab>:sp &Podeli-otvori\.\.\.<Tab>:sp
+menutrans Open\ Tab\.\.\.<Tab>:tabnew	Otvori\ karticu\.\.\.<Tab>:tabnew
 menutrans &New<Tab>:enew	    &Nova<Tab>:enew
 menutrans &Close<Tab>:close	    &Zatvori<Tab>:close
 menutrans &Save<Tab>:w		    &Sacuvaj<Tab>:w
@@ -52,24 +55,27 @@ menutrans &Select\ all<Tab>ggVG  Izaberi\ sv&e<Tab>ggVG
 menutrans &Find\.\.\.		 &Nadji\.\.\.
 menutrans Find\ and\ Rep&lace\.\.\. Nadji\ i\ &zameni\.\.\.
 menutrans Settings\ &Window	 P&rozor\ podesavanja
+menutrans Startup\ &Settings	 Po&desavanja\ pri\ pokretanju		
 menutrans &Global\ Settings	 Op&sta\ podesavanja
 menutrans F&ile\ Settings	 Podesavanja\ za\ da&toteke
 menutrans &Shiftwidth		 &Pomeraj
 menutrans Soft\ &Tabstop	 &Meka\ tabulacija
 menutrans Te&xt\ Width\.\.\.	 &Sirina\ teksta\.\.\.
 menutrans &File\ Format\.\.\.	 &Vrsta\ datoteke\.\.\.
-menutrans C&olor\ Scheme	 Bo&je
+menutrans Show\ C&olor\ Schemes\ in\ Menu	Prikazi\ seme\ bo&ja\ u\ meniju
-menutrans &Keymap		 Pres&likavanje\ tastature
+menutrans C&olor\ Scheme	\Seme\ bo&ja
+menutrans Show\ &Keymaps\ in\ Menu	Prikazi\ pres&likavanja\ tastature\ u\ meniju
+menutrans &Keymap	Pres&likavanja\ tastature
 menutrans Select\ Fo&nt\.\.\.	 Izbor\ &fonta\.\.\.
 
 " Edit/Global Settings
 menutrans Toggle\ Pattern\ &Highlight<Tab>:set\ hls! Naglasi\ &obrazce\ (da/ne)<Tab>:set\ hls!
-menutrans Toggle\ &Ignore-case<Tab>:set\ ic! Zanemari\ \velicinu\ &slova\ (da/ne)<Tab>:set\ ic!
+menutrans Toggle\ &Ignoring\ Case<Tab>:set\ ic! Zanemari\ velicinu\ &slova\ (da/ne)<Tab>:set\ ic!
-menutrans Toggle\ &Showmatch<Tab>:set\ sm! Proveri\ pratecu\ &zagradu\ (da/ne)<Tab>:set\ sm!
+menutrans Toggle\ &Showing\ Matched\ Pairs<Tab>:set\ sm! Proveri\ pratecu\ &zagradu\ (da/ne)<Tab>:set\ sm!
 menutrans &Context\ lines  Vidljivi\ &redovi
 menutrans &Virtual\ Edit   Virtuelno\ &uredjivanje
 menutrans Toggle\ Insert\ &Mode<Tab>:set\ im!   Rezim\ u&nosa\ (da/ne)<Tab>:set\ im!
-menutrans Toggle\ Vi\ C&ompatible<Tab>:set\ cp!     '&Vi'\ saglasno\ (da/ne)<Tab>:set\ cp!
+menutrans Toggle\ Vi\ C&ompatibility<Tab>:set\ cp!     '&Vi'\ saglasno\ (da/ne)<Tab>:set\ cp!
 menutrans Search\ &Path\.\.\. Putanja\ &pretrage\.\.\.
 menutrans Ta&g\ Files\.\.\.   &Datoteke\ oznaka\.\.\.
 menutrans Toggle\ &Toolbar    Linija\ sa\ &alatkama\ (da/ne)
@@ -85,28 +91,30 @@ menutrans Block\ and\ Insert  Blok\ i\ unos
 menutrans Always	      Uvek
 
 " Edit/File Settings
-menutrans Toggle\ Line\ &Numbering<Tab>:set\ nu!   Redni\ &brojevi\ (da/ne)<Tab>:set\ nu!
+menutrans Toggle\ Line\ &Numbering<Tab>:set\ nu!   Prikazi\ &numeraciju\ linija\ (da/ne)<Tab>:set\ nu!
+menutrans Toggle\ Relati&ve\ Line\ Numbering<Tab>:set\ rnu!   Prikazi\ Relati&vnu\ numeraciju\ linija\ (da/ne)<Tab>:set\ rnu!
 menutrans Toggle\ &List\ Mode<Tab>:set\ list!	   Rezim\ &liste\ (da/ne)<Tab>:set\ list!
-menutrans Toggle\ Line\ &Wrap<Tab>:set\ wrap!      Obavijanje\ &redova\ (da/ne)<Tab>:set\ wrap!
+menutrans Toggle\ Line\ &Wrapping<Tab>:set\ wrap!	   Obavijanje\ &redova\ (da/ne)<Tab>:set\ wrap!
-menutrans Toggle\ W&rap\ at\ word<Tab>:set\ lbr!   Prelomi\ &na\ rec\ (da/ne)<Tab>:set\ lbr!
+menutrans Toggle\ W&rapping\ at\ Word<Tab>:set\ lbr!   Prelomi\ &na\ rec\ (da/ne)<Tab>:set\ lbr!
-menutrans Toggle\ &expand-tab<Tab>:set\ et!	   Razmaci\ umesto\ &tabulacije\ (da/ne)<Tab>:set\ et!
+menutrans Toggle\ Tab\ &Expanding<Tab>:set\ et!	   Razmaci\ umesto\ &tabulacije\ (da/ne)<Tab>:set\ et!
-menutrans Toggle\ &auto-indent<Tab>:set\ ai!    Auto-&uvlacenje\ (da/ne)<Tab>:set\ ai!
+menutrans Toggle\ &Auto\ Indenting<Tab>:set\ ai!	Auto-&uvlacenje\ (da/ne)<Tab>:set\ ai!
-menutrans Toggle\ &C-indenting<Tab>:set\ cin!      &Ce-uvlacenje\ (da/ne)<Tab>:set\ cin!
+menutrans Toggle\ &C-Style\ Indenting<Tab>:set\ cin!	   &C-uvlacenje\ (da/ne)<Tab>:set\ cin!
 
 " Edit/Keymap
-menutrans None Nijedan
+menutrans None Bez\ preslikavanja
 
 " Tools menu
 menutrans &Tools	&Alatke
 menutrans &Jump\ to\ this\ tag<Tab>g^] Skoci\ na\ &ovu\ oznaku<Tab>g^]
 menutrans Jump\ &back<Tab>^T	 Skoci\ &natrag<Tab>^T
 menutrans Build\ &Tags\ File	 Izgradi\ &datoteku\ oznaka
+menutrans &Spelling	 Pra&vopis
 menutrans &Folding	      &Podvijanje
 menutrans Create\ &Fold<Tab>zf		  S&tvori\ podvijutak<Tab>zf
 menutrans &Delete\ Fold<Tab>zd		  O&brisi\ podvijutak<Tab>zd
 menutrans Delete\ &All\ Folds<Tab>zD	  Obrisi\ sve\ po&dvijutke<Tab>zD
 menutrans Fold\ column\ &width		  Sirina\ &reda\ podvijutka
-menutrans &Diff		      &Uporedjivanje
+"menutrans &Diff		      &Uporedjivanje
 menutrans &Make<Tab>:make     'mak&e'<Tab>:make
 menutrans &List\ Errors<Tab>:cl     Spisak\ &gresaka<Tab>:cl
 menutrans L&ist\ Messages<Tab>:cl!  Sp&isak\ poruka<Tab>:cl!
@@ -115,9 +123,25 @@ menutrans &Previous\ Error<Tab>:cp  Pre&thodna\ greska<Tab>:cp
 menutrans &Older\ List<Tab>:cold    Stari\ spisa&k<Tab>:cold
 menutrans N&ewer\ List<Tab>:cnew    No&vi\ spisak<Tab>:cnew
 menutrans Error\ &Window	    Prozor\ sa\ g&reskama
-menutrans &Set\ Compiler	    I&zaberi\ prevodioca
+menutrans Se&t\ Compiler	    I&zaberi\ prevodioca
 menutrans &Convert\ to\ HEX<Tab>:%!xxd	   Pretvori\ u\ &HEKS<Tab>:%!xxd
 menutrans Conve&rt\ back<Tab>:%!xxd\ -r    Vr&ati\ u\ prvobitan\ oblik<Tab>:%!xxd\ -r
+menutrans Show\ Compiler\ Se&ttings\ in\ Menu	Prikazi\ pode&savanja\ prevodioca\ u\ meniju
+
+" Tools/Spelling
+menutrans &Spell\ Check\ On	&Ukljuci\ proveru\ pravopisa
+menutrans Spell\ Check\ &Off	&Iskljuci\ proveru\ pravopisa
+menutrans To\ &Next\ Error<Tab>]s	Idi\ na\ &sledecu\ gresku<Tab>]s
+menutrans To\ &Previous\ Error<Tab>[s	Idi\ na\ &prethodnu\ gresku<Tab>[s
+menutrans Suggest\ &Corrections<Tab>z=	Predlozi\ isp&ravke<Tab>z=
+menutrans &Repeat\ Correction<Tab>:spellrepall	P&onovi\ ispravku<Tab>:spellrepall
+menutrans Set\ Language\ to\ "en"	Postavi\ jezik\ na\ "en"
+menutrans Set\ Language\ to\ "en_au" 	Postavi\ jezik\ na\ "en_au"
+menutrans Set\ Language\ to\ "en_ca" 	Postavi\ jezik\ na\ "en_ca"
+menutrans Set\ Language\ to\ "en_gb" 	Postavi\ jezik\ na\ "en_gb"
+menutrans Set\ Language\ to\ "en_nz" 	Postavi\ jezik\ na\ "en_nz"
+menutrans Set\ Language\ to\ "en_us" 	Postavi\ jezik\ na\ "en_us"
+menutrans &Find\ More\ Languages	Pronadji\ jos\ jezika 
 
 " Tools/Folding
 menutrans &Enable/Disable\ folds<Tab>zi   &Omoguci/prekini\ podvijanje<Tab>zi
@@ -128,6 +152,7 @@ menutrans &Close\ all\ folds<Tab>zM    Zatvori\ s&ve\ podvijutke<Tab>zM
 menutrans O&pen\ more\ folds<Tab>zr    Otvori\ vis&e\ podvijutaka<Tab>zr
 menutrans &Open\ all\ folds<Tab>zR     O&tvori\ sve\ podvijutke<Tab>zR
 menutrans Fold\ Met&hod		       &Nacin\ podvijanja
+menutrans Fold\ Col&umn\ Width	Sirina\ kolone\ ispred\ podvijutaka
 
 " Tools/Folding/Fold Method
 menutrans M&anual	&Rucno
@@ -139,8 +164,8 @@ menutrans Ma&rker       &Oznaka
 
 " Tools/Diff
 menutrans &Update	&Azuriraj
-menutrans &Get\ Block   &Prihvati\ izmenu
+menutrans &Get\ Block	&Prihvati\ blok\ izmena
-menutrans &Put\ Block   Pre&baci\ izmenu
+menutrans &Put\ Block	Pre&baci\ blok\ izmena
 
 " Tools/Error Window
 menutrans &Update<Tab>:cwin   &Azuriraj<Tab>:cwin
@@ -188,8 +213,10 @@ menutrans Cu&t		      &Iseci
 menutrans &Copy		      &Kopiraj
 menutrans &Paste	      &Ubaci
 menutrans &Delete	      I&zbrisi
-menutrans Select\ Blockwise   Biraj\ &pravougaono
+menutrans Select\ Blockwise   Biraj\ b&lokovski
 menutrans Select\ &Word       Izaberi\ &rec
+menutrans Select\ &Sentence       Izaberi\ r&ecenicu
+menutrans Select\ Pa&ragraph       Izaberi\ &paragraf
 menutrans Select\ &Line       Izaberi\ r&ed
 menutrans Select\ &Block      Izaberi\ &blok
 menutrans Select\ &All	      Izaberi\ &sve
@@ -235,9 +262,9 @@ endif
 
 " Syntax menu
 menutrans &Syntax &Sintaksa
-menutrans &Show\ filetypes\ in\ menu  Izbor\ 'filetype'\ iz\ &menija
+menutrans &Show\ File\ Types\ in\ Menu  Prikazi\ tipove\ datoteka\ u\ &meniju
-menutrans Set\ '&syntax'\ only   Pode&si\ 'syntax'\ samo
+menutrans Set\ '&syntax'\ only   Pode&si\ samo\ 'syntax' 
-menutrans Set\ '&filetype'\ too  Podesi\ 'filetype'\ &takodje
+menutrans Set\ '&filetype'\ too  Podesi\ &takodje\ i\ 'filetype'
 menutrans &Off       &Iskljuceno
 menutrans &Manual    &Rucno
 menutrans A&utomatic    &Automatski
@@ -255,9 +282,13 @@ let g:menutrans_tags_dialog = "Unesite imena datoteka sa oznakama\nRazdvojite za
 
 let g:menutrans_textwidth_dialog = "Unesite novu sirinu teksta (0 sprecava prelom)"
 
-let g:menutrans_fileformat_dialog = "Izaberite vrstu datoteke"
+let g:menutrans_fileformat_dialog = "Izaberite format zapisa datoteke"
+
+let g:menutrans_fileformat_choices = "&Unix\n&Dos\n&Mac\n&Otkazi"
 
 let menutrans_no_file = "[Nema datoteke]"
 
 let &cpo = s:keepcpo
 unlet s:keepcpo
+
+" vim: tw=0 keymap=serbian

runtime/lang/menu_sr_rs.iso_8859-2.vim

@@ -1,6 +1,7 @@
 " Menu Translations: Serbian
 " Maintainer: Aleksandar Jelenak <ajelenak AT yahoo.com>
-" Last Change:	Fri, 30 May 2003 12:04:48 -0400
+" Last Change:	Fri, 30 May 2003 10:17:39 Eastern Daylight Time
+" Adapted for VIM 8 by: Ivan Pe<50>i<EFBFBD> on 2017-12-28 12:05+0400
 
 " Quit when menu translations have already been done.
 if exists("did_menu_trans")
@@ -21,6 +22,7 @@ menutrans &Find		      &Na
 menutrans &Credits	      &Zasluge
 menutrans Co&pying	      P&reuzimanje
 menutrans O&rphans	      &Siro<EFBFBD>i<EFBFBD>i
+menutrans &Sponsor/Register   Sponzor/&Registrujte\ se
 menutrans &Version	      &Verzija
 menutrans &About	      &O\ programu
 
@@ -28,6 +30,7 @@ menutrans &About	      &O\ programu
 menutrans &File			    &Datoteka
 menutrans &Open\.\.\.<Tab>:e	    &Otvori\.\.\.<Tab>:e
 menutrans Sp&lit-Open\.\.\.<Tab>:sp &Podeli-otvori\.\.\.<Tab>:sp
+menutrans Open\ Tab\.\.\.<Tab>:tabnew	Otvori\ karticu\.\.\.<Tab>:tabnew
 menutrans &New<Tab>:enew	    &Nova<Tab>:enew
 menutrans &Close<Tab>:close	    &Zatvori<Tab>:close
 menutrans &Save<Tab>:w		    &Sa<EFBFBD>uvaj<Tab>:w
@@ -54,24 +57,27 @@ menutrans &Select\ all<Tab>ggVG  Izaberi\ sv&e<Tab>ggVG
 menutrans &Find\.\.\.		 &Na<EFBFBD>i\.\.\.
 menutrans Find\ and\ Rep&lace\.\.\. Na<EFBFBD>i\ i\ &zameni\.\.\.
 menutrans Settings\ &Window	 P&rozor\ pode<EFBFBD>avanja
+menutrans Startup\ &Settings	 Po&de<EFBFBD>avanja\ pri\ pokretanju		
 menutrans &Global\ Settings	 Op&<26>ta\ pode<EFBFBD>avanja
 menutrans F&ile\ Settings	 Pode<EFBFBD>avanja\ za\ da&toteke
 menutrans &Shiftwidth		 &Pomeraj
 menutrans Soft\ &Tabstop	 &Meka\ tabulacija
 menutrans Te&xt\ Width\.\.\.	 &<26>irina\ teksta\.\.\.
 menutrans &File\ Format\.\.\.	 &Vrsta\ datoteke\.\.\.
-menutrans C&olor\ Scheme	 Bo&je
+menutrans Show\ C&olor\ Schemes\ in\ Menu	Prika<EFBFBD>i\ <20>eme\ bo&ja\ u\ meniju
-menutrans &Keymap		 Pres&likavanje\ tastature
+menutrans C&olor\ Scheme	\<5C>eme\ bo&ja
+menutrans Show\ &Keymaps\ in\ Menu	Prika<EFBFBD>i\ pres&likavanja\ tastature\ u\ meniju
+menutrans &Keymap	Pres&likavanja\ tastature
 menutrans Select\ Fo&nt\.\.\.	 Izbor\ &fonta\.\.\.
 
 " Edit/Global Settings
 menutrans Toggle\ Pattern\ &Highlight<Tab>:set\ hls! Naglasi\ &obrazce\ (da/ne)<Tab>:set\ hls!
-menutrans Toggle\ &Ignore-case<Tab>:set\ ic! Zanemari\ \veli<EFBFBD>inu\ &slova\ (da/ne)<Tab>:set\ ic!
+menutrans Toggle\ &Ignoring\ Case<Tab>:set\ ic! Zanemari\ veli<EFBFBD>inu\ &slova\ (da/ne)<Tab>:set\ ic!
-menutrans Toggle\ &Showmatch<Tab>:set\ sm! Proveri\ prate<EFBFBD>u\ &zagradu\ (da/ne)<Tab>:set\ sm!
+menutrans Toggle\ &Showing\ Matched\ Pairs<Tab>:set\ sm! Proveri\ prate<EFBFBD>u\ &zagradu\ (da/ne)<Tab>:set\ sm!
 menutrans &Context\ lines  Vidljivi\ &redovi
 menutrans &Virtual\ Edit   Virtuelno\ &ure<EFBFBD>ivanje
 menutrans Toggle\ Insert\ &Mode<Tab>:set\ im!   Re<EFBFBD>im\ u&nosa\ (da/ne)<Tab>:set\ im!
-menutrans Toggle\ Vi\ C&ompatible<Tab>:set\ cp!     '&Vi'\ saglasno\ (da/ne)<Tab>:set\ cp!
+menutrans Toggle\ Vi\ C&ompatibility<Tab>:set\ cp!     '&Vi'\ saglasno\ (da/ne)<Tab>:set\ cp!
 menutrans Search\ &Path\.\.\. Putanja\ &pretrage\.\.\.
 menutrans Ta&g\ Files\.\.\.   &Datoteke\ oznaka\.\.\.
 menutrans Toggle\ &Toolbar    Linija\ sa\ &alatkama\ (da/ne)
@@ -87,28 +93,30 @@ menutrans Block\ and\ Insert  Blok\ i\ unos
 menutrans Always	      Uvek
 
 " Edit/File Settings
-menutrans Toggle\ Line\ &Numbering<Tab>:set\ nu!   Redni\ &brojevi\ (da/ne)<Tab>:set\ nu!
+menutrans Toggle\ Line\ &Numbering<Tab>:set\ nu!   Prika<EFBFBD>i\ &numeraciju\ linija\ (da/ne)<Tab>:set\ nu!
+menutrans Toggle\ Relati&ve\ Line\ Numbering<Tab>:set\ rnu!   Prika<EFBFBD>i\ Relati&vnu\ numeraciju\ linija\ (da/ne)<Tab>:set\ rnu!
 menutrans Toggle\ &List\ Mode<Tab>:set\ list!	   Re<EFBFBD>im\ &liste\ (da/ne)<Tab>:set\ list!
-menutrans Toggle\ Line\ &Wrap<Tab>:set\ wrap!	   Obavijanje\ &redova\ (da/ne)<Tab>:set\ wrap!
+menutrans Toggle\ Line\ &Wrapping<Tab>:set\ wrap!	   Obavijanje\ &redova\ (da/ne)<Tab>:set\ wrap!
-menutrans Toggle\ W&rap\ at\ word<Tab>:set\ lbr!   Prelomi\ &na\ re<EFBFBD>\ (da/ne)<Tab>:set\ lbr!
+menutrans Toggle\ W&rapping\ at\ Word<Tab>:set\ lbr!   Prelomi\ &na\ re<EFBFBD>\ (da/ne)<Tab>:set\ lbr!
-menutrans Toggle\ &expand-tab<Tab>:set\ et!	   Razmaci\ umesto\ &tabulacije\ (da/ne)<Tab>:set\ et!
+menutrans Toggle\ Tab\ &Expanding<Tab>:set\ et!	   Razmaci\ umesto\ &tabulacije\ (da/ne)<Tab>:set\ et!
-menutrans Toggle\ &auto-indent<Tab>:set\ ai!	Auto-&uvla<EFBFBD>enje\ (da/ne)<Tab>:set\ ai!
+menutrans Toggle\ &Auto\ Indenting<Tab>:set\ ai!	Auto-&uvla<EFBFBD>enje\ (da/ne)<Tab>:set\ ai!
-menutrans Toggle\ &C-indenting<Tab>:set\ cin!	   &Ce-uvla<EFBFBD>enje\ (da/ne)<Tab>:set\ cin!
+menutrans Toggle\ &C-Style\ Indenting<Tab>:set\ cin!	   &C-uvla<EFBFBD>enje\ (da/ne)<Tab>:set\ cin!
 
 " Edit/Keymap
-menutrans None Nijedan
+menutrans None Bez\ preslikavanja
 
 " Tools menu
 menutrans &Tools	&Alatke
 menutrans &Jump\ to\ this\ tag<Tab>g^] Sko<EFBFBD>i\ na\ &ovu\ oznaku<Tab>g^]
 menutrans Jump\ &back<Tab>^T	 Sko<EFBFBD>i\ &natrag<Tab>^T
 menutrans Build\ &Tags\ File	 Izgradi\ &datoteku\ oznaka
+menutrans &Spelling	 Pra&vopis
 menutrans &Folding	      &Podvijanje
 menutrans Create\ &Fold<Tab>zf		  S&tvori\ podvijutak<Tab>zf
 menutrans &Delete\ Fold<Tab>zd		  O&bri<EFBFBD>i\ podvijutak<Tab>zd
 menutrans Delete\ &All\ Folds<Tab>zD	  Obri<EFBFBD>i\ sve\ po&dvijutke<Tab>zD
 menutrans Fold\ column\ &width		  <20>irina\ &reda\ podvijutka
-menutrans &Diff		      &Upore<EFBFBD>ivanje
+"menutrans &Diff		      &Upore<EFBFBD>ivanje
 menutrans &Make<Tab>:make     'mak&e'<Tab>:make
 menutrans &List\ Errors<Tab>:cl     Spisak\ &gre<EFBFBD>aka<Tab>:cl
 menutrans L&ist\ Messages<Tab>:cl!  Sp&isak\ poruka<Tab>:cl!
@@ -117,9 +125,25 @@ menutrans &Previous\ Error<Tab>:cp  Pre&thodna\ gre
 menutrans &Older\ List<Tab>:cold    Stari\ spisa&k<Tab>:cold
 menutrans N&ewer\ List<Tab>:cnew    No&vi\ spisak<Tab>:cnew
 menutrans Error\ &Window	    Prozor\ sa\ g&re<EFBFBD>kama
-menutrans &Set\ Compiler	    I&zaberi\ prevodioca
+menutrans Se&t\ Compiler	    I&zaberi\ prevodioca
 menutrans &Convert\ to\ HEX<Tab>:%!xxd	   Pretvori\ u\ &HEKS<Tab>:%!xxd
 menutrans Conve&rt\ back<Tab>:%!xxd\ -r    Vr&ati\ u\ prvobitan\ oblik<Tab>:%!xxd\ -r
+menutrans Show\ Compiler\ Se&ttings\ in\ Menu	Prika<EFBFBD>i\ pode&<26>avanja\ prevodioca\ u\ meniju
+
+" Tools/Spelling
+menutrans &Spell\ Check\ On	&Uklju<EFBFBD>i\ proveru\ pravopisa
+menutrans Spell\ Check\ &Off	&Isklju<EFBFBD>i\ proveru\ pravopisa
+menutrans To\ &Next\ Error<Tab>]s	Idi\ na\ &slede<EFBFBD>u\ gre<EFBFBD>ku<Tab>]s
+menutrans To\ &Previous\ Error<Tab>[s	Idi\ na\ &prethodnu\ gre<EFBFBD>ku<Tab>[s
+menutrans Suggest\ &Corrections<Tab>z=	Predlo<EFBFBD>i\ isp&ravke<Tab>z=
+menutrans &Repeat\ Correction<Tab>:spellrepall	P&onovi\ ispravku<Tab>:spellrepall
+menutrans Set\ Language\ to\ "en"	Postavi\ jezik\ na\ "en"
+menutrans Set\ Language\ to\ "en_au" 	Postavi\ jezik\ na\ "en_au"
+menutrans Set\ Language\ to\ "en_ca" 	Postavi\ jezik\ na\ "en_ca"
+menutrans Set\ Language\ to\ "en_gb" 	Postavi\ jezik\ na\ "en_gb"
+menutrans Set\ Language\ to\ "en_nz" 	Postavi\ jezik\ na\ "en_nz"
+menutrans Set\ Language\ to\ "en_us" 	Postavi\ jezik\ na\ "en_us"
+menutrans &Find\ More\ Languages	Prona<EFBFBD>i\ jo<EFBFBD>\ jezika 
 
 " Tools/Folding
 menutrans &Enable/Disable\ folds<Tab>zi   &Omogu<67>i/prekini\ podvijanje<Tab>zi
@@ -130,6 +154,7 @@ menutrans &Close\ all\ folds<Tab>zM    Zatvori\ s&ve\ podvijutke<Tab>zM
 menutrans O&pen\ more\ folds<Tab>zr    Otvori\ vi<EFBFBD>&e\ podvijutaka<Tab>zr
 menutrans &Open\ all\ folds<Tab>zR     O&tvori\ sve\ podvijutke<Tab>zR
 menutrans Fold\ Met&hod		       &Na<EFBFBD>in\ podvijanja
+menutrans Fold\ Col&umn\ Width	<09>irina\ kolone\ ispred\ podvijutaka
 
 " Tools/Folding/Fold Method
 menutrans M&anual	&Ru<EFBFBD>no
@@ -141,8 +166,8 @@ menutrans Ma&rker	&Oznaka
 
 " Tools/Diff
 menutrans &Update	&A<EFBFBD>uriraj
-menutrans &Get\ Block	&Prihvati\ izmenu
+menutrans &Get\ Block	&Prihvati\ blok\ izmena
-menutrans &Put\ Block	Pre&baci\ izmenu
+menutrans &Put\ Block	Pre&baci\ blok\ izmena
 
 " Tools/Error Window
 menutrans &Update<Tab>:cwin   &A<EFBFBD>uriraj<Tab>:cwin
@@ -190,8 +215,10 @@ menutrans Cu&t		      &Iseci
 menutrans &Copy		      &Kopiraj
 menutrans &Paste	      &Ubaci
 menutrans &Delete	      I&zbri<EFBFBD>i
-menutrans Select\ Blockwise   Biraj\ &pravougaono
+menutrans Select\ Blockwise   Biraj\ b&lokovski
 menutrans Select\ &Word       Izaberi\ &re<EFBFBD>
+menutrans Select\ &Sentence       Izaberi\ r&e<EFBFBD>enicu
+menutrans Select\ Pa&ragraph       Izaberi\ &paragraf
 menutrans Select\ &Line       Izaberi\ r&ed
 menutrans Select\ &Block      Izaberi\ &blok
 menutrans Select\ &All	      Izaberi\ &sve
@@ -237,9 +264,9 @@ endif
 
 " Syntax menu
 menutrans &Syntax &Sintaksa
-menutrans &Show\ filetypes\ in\ menu  Izbor\ 'filetype'\ iz\ &menija
+menutrans &Show\ File\ Types\ in\ Menu  Prika<EFBFBD>i\ tipove\ datoteka\ u\ &meniju
-menutrans Set\ '&syntax'\ only	 Pode&si\ 'syntax'\ samo
+menutrans Set\ '&syntax'\ only   Pode&si\ samo\ 'syntax' 
-menutrans Set\ '&filetype'\ too  Podesi\ 'filetype'\ &tako<EFBFBD>e
+menutrans Set\ '&filetype'\ too  Podesi\ &tako<EFBFBD>e\ i\ 'filetype'
 menutrans &Off       &Isklju<EFBFBD>eno
 menutrans &Manual    &Ru<EFBFBD>no
 menutrans A&utomatic    &Automatski
@@ -257,9 +284,13 @@ let g:menutrans_tags_dialog = "Unesite imena datoteka sa oznakama\nRazdvojite za
 
 let g:menutrans_textwidth_dialog = "Unesite novu <20>irinu teksta (0 spre<72>ava prelom)"
 
-let g:menutrans_fileformat_dialog = "Izaberite vrstu datoteke"
+let g:menutrans_fileformat_dialog = "Izaberite format zapisa datoteke"
+
+let g:menutrans_fileformat_choices = "&Unix\n&Dos\n&Mac\n&Otka<6B>i"
 
 let menutrans_no_file = "[Nema datoteke]"
 
 let &cpo = s:keepcpo
 unlet s:keepcpo
+
+" vim: tw=0 keymap=serbian

runtime/lang/menu_sr_rs.iso_8859-5.vim

@@ -1,6 +1,7 @@
 " Menu Translations: Serbian
 " Maintainer: Aleksandar Jelenak <ajelenak AT yahoo.com>
-" Last Change:	Fri, 30 May 2003 12:02:07 -0400
+" Last Change:	Fri, 30 May 2003 10:17:39 Eastern Daylight Time
+" Adapted for VIM 8 by: <20><><EFBFBD><EFBFBD> <20><><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD> on 2017-12-28 12:05+0400
 
 " Quit when menu translations have already been done.
 if exists("did_menu_trans")
@@ -21,6 +22,7 @@ menutrans &Find		      &
 menutrans &Credits	      &<26><><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD>
 menutrans Co&pying	      <20>&<26><><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD>
 menutrans O&rphans	      &<26><><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD>
+menutrans &Sponsor/Register   <20><><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD>/&<26><><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD>\ <20><>
 menutrans &Version	      &<26><><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD>
 menutrans &About	      &<26>\ <20><><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD>
 
@@ -28,6 +30,7 @@ menutrans &About	      &
 menutrans &File			    &<26><><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD>
 menutrans &Open\.\.\.<Tab>:e	    &<26><><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD>\.\.\.<Tab>:e
 menutrans Sp&lit-Open\.\.\.<Tab>:sp &<26><><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD>-<EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD>\.\.\.<Tab>:sp
+menutrans Open\ Tab\.\.\.<Tab>:tabnew	<09><><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD>\ <20><><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD>\.\.\.<Tab>:tabnew
 menutrans &New<Tab>:enew	    &<26><><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><Tab>:enew
 menutrans &Close<Tab>:close	    &<26><><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><Tab>:close
 menutrans &Save<Tab>:w		    &<26><><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><Tab>:w
@@ -54,24 +57,27 @@ menutrans &Select\ all<Tab>ggVG
 menutrans &Find\.\.\.		 &<26><><EFBFBD><EFBFBD>\.\.\.
 menutrans Find\ and\ Rep&lace\.\.\. <20><><EFBFBD><EFBFBD>\ <20>\ &<26><><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD>\.\.\.
 menutrans Settings\ &Window	 <20>&<26><><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD>\ <20><><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD>
+menutrans Startup\ &Settings	 <20><>&<26><><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD>\ <20><><EFBFBD>\ <20><><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD>		
 menutrans &Global\ Settings	 <20><>&<26><><EFBFBD>\ <20><><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD>
 menutrans F&ile\ Settings	 <20><><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD>\ <20><>\ <20><>&<26><><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD>
 menutrans &Shiftwidth		 &<26><><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD>
 menutrans Soft\ &Tabstop	 &<26><><EFBFBD><EFBFBD>\ <20><><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD>
 menutrans Te&xt\ Width\.\.\.	 &<26><><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD>\ <20><><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD>\.\.\.
 menutrans &File\ Format\.\.\.	 &<26><><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD>\ <20><><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD>\.\.\.
-menutrans C&olor\ Scheme	 <20><>&<EFBFBD><EFBFBD>
+menutrans Show\ C&olor\ Schemes\ in\ Menu	<09><><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD>\ <20><><EFBFBD><EFBFBD>\ <20><>&<26><>\ <20>\ <20><><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD>
-menutrans &Keymap		 <20><><EFBFBD><EFBFBD>&<26><><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD>\ <20><><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD>
+menutrans C&olor\ Scheme	\<EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD>\ <20><>&<EFBFBD><EFBFBD>
+menutrans Show\ &Keymaps\ in\ Menu	<09><><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD>\ <20><><EFBFBD><EFBFBD>&<26><><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD>\ <20><><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD>\ <20>\ <20><><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD>
+menutrans &Keymap	<09><><EFBFBD><EFBFBD>&<26><><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD>\ <20><><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD>
 menutrans Select\ Fo&nt\.\.\.	 <20><><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD>\ &<26><><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD>\.\.\.
 
 " Edit/Global Settings
 menutrans Toggle\ Pattern\ &Highlight<Tab>:set\ hls! <20><><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD>\ &<26><><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD>\ (<EFBFBD><EFBFBD>/<2F><>)<Tab>:set\ hls!
-menutrans Toggle\ &Ignore-case<Tab>:set\ ic! <20><><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD>\ \<EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD>\ &<26><><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD>\ (<EFBFBD><EFBFBD>/<2F><>)<Tab>:set\ ic!
+menutrans Toggle\ &Ignoring\ Case<Tab>:set\ ic! <20><><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD>\ <20><><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD>\ &<26><><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD>\ (<EFBFBD><EFBFBD>/<2F><>)<Tab>:set\ ic!
-menutrans Toggle\ &Showmatch<Tab>:set\ sm! <20><><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD>\ <20><><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD>\ &<26><><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD>\ (<EFBFBD><EFBFBD>/<2F><>)<Tab>:set\ sm!
+menutrans Toggle\ &Showing\ Matched\ Pairs<Tab>:set\ sm! <20><><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD>\ <20><><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD>\ &<26><><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD>\ (<EFBFBD><EFBFBD>/<2F><>)<Tab>:set\ sm!
 menutrans &Context\ lines  <20><><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD>\ &<26><><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD>
 menutrans &Virtual\ Edit   <20><><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD>\ &<26><><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD>
 menutrans Toggle\ Insert\ &Mode<Tab>:set\ im!   <20><><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD>\ <20>&<26><><EFBFBD><EFBFBD>\ (<EFBFBD><EFBFBD>/<2F><>)<Tab>:set\ im!
-menutrans Toggle\ Vi\ C&ompatible<Tab>:set\ cp!     '&Vi'\ <20><><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD>\ (<EFBFBD><EFBFBD>/<2F><>)<Tab>:set\ cp!
+menutrans Toggle\ Vi\ C&ompatibility<Tab>:set\ cp!     '&Vi'\ <20><><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD>\ (<EFBFBD><EFBFBD>/<2F><>)<Tab>:set\ cp!
 menutrans Search\ &Path\.\.\. <20><><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD>\ &<26><><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD>\.\.\.
 menutrans Ta&g\ Files\.\.\.   &<26><><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD>\ <20><><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD>\.\.\.
 menutrans Toggle\ &Toolbar    <20><><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD>\ <20><>\ &<26><><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD>\ (<EFBFBD><EFBFBD>/<2F><>)
@@ -87,28 +93,30 @@ menutrans Block\ and\ Insert
 menutrans Always	      <20><><EFBFBD><EFBFBD>
 
 " Edit/File Settings
-menutrans Toggle\ Line\ &Numbering<Tab>:set\ nu!   <20><><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD>\ &<26><><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD>\ (<EFBFBD><EFBFBD>/<2F><>)<Tab>:set\ nu!
+menutrans Toggle\ Line\ &Numbering<Tab>:set\ nu!   <20><><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD>\ &<26><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD>\ <EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD>\ (<EFBFBD><EFBFBD>/<2F><>)<Tab>:set\ nu!
+menutrans Toggle\ Relati&ve\ Line\ Numbering<Tab>:set\ rnu!   <20><><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD>\ <20><><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD>&<26><><EFBFBD>\ <20><><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD>\ <20><><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD>\ (<EFBFBD><EFBFBD>/<2F><>)<Tab>:set\ rnu!
 menutrans Toggle\ &List\ Mode<Tab>:set\ list!	   <20><><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD>\ &<26><><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD>\ (<EFBFBD><EFBFBD>/<2F><>)<Tab>:set\ list!
-menutrans Toggle\ Line\ &Wrap<Tab>:set\ wrap!	   <20><><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD>\ &<26><><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD>\ (<EFBFBD><EFBFBD>/<2F><>)<Tab>:set\ wrap!
+menutrans Toggle\ Line\ &Wrapping<Tab>:set\ wrap!	   <20><><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD>\ &<26><><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD>\ (<EFBFBD><EFBFBD>/<2F><>)<Tab>:set\ wrap!
-menutrans Toggle\ W&rap\ at\ word<Tab>:set\ lbr!   <20><><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD>\ &<26><>\ <20><><EFBFBD>\ (<EFBFBD><EFBFBD>/<2F><>)<Tab>:set\ lbr!
+menutrans Toggle\ W&rapping\ at\ Word<Tab>:set\ lbr!   <20><><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD>\ &<26><>\ <20><><EFBFBD>\ (<EFBFBD><EFBFBD>/<2F><>)<Tab>:set\ lbr!
-menutrans Toggle\ &expand-tab<Tab>:set\ et!	   <20><><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD>\ <20><><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD>\ &<26><><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD>\ (<EFBFBD><EFBFBD>/<2F><>)<Tab>:set\ et!
+menutrans Toggle\ Tab\ &Expanding<Tab>:set\ et!	   <20><><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD>\ <20><><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD>\ &<26><><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD>\ (<EFBFBD><EFBFBD>/<2F><>)<Tab>:set\ et!
-menutrans Toggle\ &auto-indent<Tab>:set\ ai!	<09><><EFBFBD><EFBFBD>-&<26><><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD>\ (<EFBFBD><EFBFBD>/<2F><>)<Tab>:set\ ai!
+menutrans Toggle\ &Auto\ Indenting<Tab>:set\ ai!	<09><><EFBFBD><EFBFBD>-&<26><><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD>\ (<EFBFBD><EFBFBD>/<2F><>)<Tab>:set\ ai!
-menutrans Toggle\ &C-indenting<Tab>:set\ cin!	   &<EFBFBD><EFBFBD>-<EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD>\ (<EFBFBD><EFBFBD>/<2F><>)<Tab>:set\ cin!
+menutrans Toggle\ &C-Style\ Indenting<Tab>:set\ cin!	   &C-<EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD>\ (<EFBFBD><EFBFBD>/<2F><>)<Tab>:set\ cin!
 
 " Edit/Keymap
-menutrans None <20><><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD>
+menutrans None <20><><EFBFBD>\ <20><><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD>
 
 " Tools menu
 menutrans &Tools	&<26><><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD>
 menutrans &Jump\ to\ this\ tag<Tab>g^] <20><><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD>\ <20><>\ &<26><><EFBFBD>\ <20><><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><Tab>g^]
 menutrans Jump\ &back<Tab>^T	 <20><><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD>\ &<26><><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><Tab>^T
 menutrans Build\ &Tags\ File	 <20><><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD>\ &<26><><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD>\ <20><><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD>
+menutrans &Spelling	 <20><><EFBFBD>&<26><><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD>
 menutrans &Folding	      &<26><><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD>
 menutrans Create\ &Fold<Tab>zf		  <20>&<26><><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD>\ <20><><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><Tab>zf
 menutrans &Delete\ Fold<Tab>zd		  <20>&<26><><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD>\ <20><><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><Tab>zd
 menutrans Delete\ &All\ Folds<Tab>zD	  <20><><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD>\ <20><><EFBFBD>\ <20><>&<26><><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><Tab>zD
 menutrans Fold\ column\ &width		  <20><><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD>\ &<26><><EFBFBD><EFBFBD>\ <20><><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD>
-menutrans &Diff		      &<26><><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD>
+"menutrans &Diff		      &<26><><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD>
 menutrans &Make<Tab>:make     'mak&<26>'<Tab>:make
 menutrans &List\ Errors<Tab>:cl     <20><><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD>\ &<26><><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><Tab>:cl
 menutrans L&ist\ Messages<Tab>:cl!  <20><>&<26><><EFBFBD><EFBFBD>\ <20><><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><Tab>:cl!
@@ -117,9 +125,25 @@ menutrans &Previous\ Error<Tab>:cp
 menutrans &Older\ List<Tab>:cold    <20><><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD>\ <20><><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD>&<26><Tab>:cold
 menutrans N&ewer\ List<Tab>:cnew    <20><>&<26><>\ <20><><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><Tab>:cnew
 menutrans Error\ &Window	    <20><><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD>\ <20><>\ <20>&<26><><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD>
-menutrans &Set\ Compiler	    <20>&<26><><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD>\ <20><><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD>
+menutrans Se&t\ Compiler	    <20>&<26><><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD>\ <20><><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD>
 menutrans &Convert\ to\ HEX<Tab>:%!xxd	   <20><><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD>\ <20>\ &ŵ<EFBFBD><EFBFBD><Tab>:%!xxd
 menutrans Conve&rt\ back<Tab>:%!xxd\ -r    <20><>&<26><><EFBFBD>\ <20>\ <20><><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD>\ <20><><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><Tab>:%!xxd\ -r
+menutrans Show\ Compiler\ Se&ttings\ in\ Menu	<09><><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD>\ <20><><EFBFBD><EFBFBD>&<26><><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD>\ <20><><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD>\ <20>\ <20><><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD>
+
+" Tools/Spelling
+menutrans &Spell\ Check\ On	&<26><><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD>\ <20><><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD>\ <20><><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD>
+menutrans Spell\ Check\ &Off	&<26><><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD>\ <20><><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD>\ <20><><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD>
+menutrans To\ &Next\ Error<Tab>]s	<09><><EFBFBD>\ <20><>\ &<26><><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD>\ <20><><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><Tab>]s
+menutrans To\ &Previous\ Error<Tab>[s	<09><><EFBFBD>\ <20><>\ &<26><><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD>\ <20><><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><Tab>[s
+menutrans Suggest\ &Corrections<Tab>z=	<09><><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD>\ <20><><EFBFBD>&<26><><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><Tab>z=
+menutrans &Repeat\ Correction<Tab>:spellrepall	<09>&<26><><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD>\ <20><><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><Tab>:spellrepall
+menutrans Set\ Language\ to\ "en"	<09><><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD>\ <20><><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD>\ <20><>\ "en"
+menutrans Set\ Language\ to\ "en_au" 	<09><><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD>\ <20><><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD>\ <20><>\ "en_au"
+menutrans Set\ Language\ to\ "en_ca" 	<09><><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD>\ <20><><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD>\ <20><>\ "en_ca"
+menutrans Set\ Language\ to\ "en_gb" 	<09><><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD>\ <20><><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD>\ <20><>\ "en_gb"
+menutrans Set\ Language\ to\ "en_nz" 	<09><><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD>\ <20><><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD>\ <20><>\ "en_nz"
+menutrans Set\ Language\ to\ "en_us" 	<09><><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD>\ <20><><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD>\ <20><>\ "en_us"
+menutrans &Find\ More\ Languages	<09><><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD>\ <20><><EFBFBD>\ <20><><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD> 
 
 " Tools/Folding
 menutrans &Enable/Disable\ folds<Tab>zi   &<26><><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD>/<EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD>\ <20><><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><Tab>zi
@@ -130,6 +154,7 @@ menutrans &Close\ all\ folds<Tab>zM
 menutrans O&pen\ more\ folds<Tab>zr    <20><><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD>\ <20><><EFBFBD>&<26>\ <20><><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><Tab>zr
 menutrans &Open\ all\ folds<Tab>zR     <20>&<26><><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD>\ <20><><EFBFBD>\ <20><><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><Tab>zR
 menutrans Fold\ Met&hod		       &<26><><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD>\ <20><><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD>
+menutrans Fold\ Col&umn\ Width	<09><><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD>\ <20><><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD>\ <20><><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD>\ <20><><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD>
 
 " Tools/Folding/Fold Method
 menutrans M&anual	&<26><><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD>
@@ -141,8 +166,8 @@ menutrans Ma&rker	&
 
 " Tools/Diff
 menutrans &Update	&<26><><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD>
-menutrans &Get\ Block	&<26><><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD>\ <20><><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD>
+menutrans &Get\ Block	&<26><><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD>\ <20><><EFBFBD><EFBFBD>\ <20><><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD>a
-menutrans &Put\ Block	<09><><EFBFBD>&<26><><EFBFBD><EFBFBD>\ <20><><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD>
+menutrans &Put\ Block	<09><><EFBFBD>&<26><><EFBFBD><EFBFBD>\ <20><><EFBFBD><EFBFBD>\ <20><><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD>
 
 " Tools/Error Window
 menutrans &Update<Tab>:cwin   &<26><><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><Tab>:cwin
@@ -190,8 +215,10 @@ menutrans Cu&t		      &
 menutrans &Copy		      &<26><><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD>
 menutrans &Paste	      &<26><><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD>
 menutrans &Delete	      <20>&<26><><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD>
-menutrans Select\ Blockwise   <20><><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD>\ &<EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD>
+menutrans Select\ Blockwise   <20><><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD>\ <EFBFBD>&<26><><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD>
 menutrans Select\ &Word       <20><><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD>\ &<26><><EFBFBD>
+menutrans Select\ &Sentence       <20><><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD>\ <20>&<26><><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD>
+menutrans Select\ Pa&ragraph       <20><><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD>\ &<26><><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD>
 menutrans Select\ &Line       <20><><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD>\ <20>&<26><>
 menutrans Select\ &Block      <20><><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD>\ &<26><><EFBFBD><EFBFBD>
 menutrans Select\ &All	      <20><><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD>\ &<26><><EFBFBD>
@@ -237,9 +264,9 @@ endif
 
 " Syntax menu
 menutrans &Syntax &<26><><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD>
-menutrans &Show\ filetypes\ in\ menu  <20><><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD>\ 'filetype'\ <20><EFBFBD>\ &<26><><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD>
+menutrans &Show\ File\ Types\ in\ Menu  <20><><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD>\ <20><><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD>\ <20><><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD>\ <EFBFBD>\ &<26><><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD>
-menutrans Set\ '&syntax'\ only	 <20><><EFBFBD><EFBFBD>&<26><>\ 'syntax'\ <20><><EFBFBD><EFBFBD>
+menutrans Set\ '&syntax'\ only   <20><><EFBFBD><EFBFBD>&<26><>\ <20><><EFBFBD><EFBFBD>\ 'syntax' 
-menutrans Set\ '&filetype'\ too  <20><><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD>\ 'filetype'\ &<26><><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD>
+menutrans Set\ '&filetype'\ too  <20><><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD>\ &<26><><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD>\ <20>\ 'filetype'
 menutrans &Off       &<26><><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD>
 menutrans &Manual    &<26><><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD>
 menutrans A&utomatic    &<26><><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD>
@@ -257,9 +284,13 @@ let g:menutrans_tags_dialog = "
 
 let g:menutrans_textwidth_dialog = "<22><><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD> <20><><EFBFBD><EFBFBD> <20><><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD> <20><><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD> (0 <20><><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD> <20><><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD>)"
 
-let g:menutrans_fileformat_dialog = "<22><><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD> <20><><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD> <20><><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD>"
+let g:menutrans_fileformat_dialog = "<22><><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD> <20><><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD> <20><><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD> <20><><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD>"
+
+let g:menutrans_fileformat_choices = "&Unix\n&Dos\n&Mac\n&<26><><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD>"
 
 let menutrans_no_file = "[<5B><><EFBFBD><EFBFBD> <20><><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD>]"
 
 let &cpo = s:keepcpo
 unlet s:keepcpo
+
+" vim: tw=0 keymap=serbian

runtime/lang/menu_sr_rs.utf-8.vim

@@ -1,6 +1,7 @@
 " Menu Translations: Serbian
 " Maintainer: Aleksandar Jelenak <ajelenak AT yahoo.com>
 " Last Change:	Fri, 30 May 2003 10:17:39 Eastern Daylight Time
+" Adapted for VIM 8 by: Иван Пешић on 2017-12-28 12:05+0400
 
 " Quit when menu translations have already been done.
 if exists("did_menu_trans")
@@ -21,6 +22,7 @@ menutrans &Find		      &Нађи
 menutrans &Credits	      &Заслуге
 menutrans Co&pying	      П&реузимање
 menutrans O&rphans	      &Сирочићи
+menutrans &Sponsor/Register   Спонзор/&Региструјте\ се
 menutrans &Version	      &Верзија
 menutrans &About	      &О\ програму
 
@@ -28,6 +30,7 @@ menutrans &About	      &О\ програму
 menutrans &File			    &Датотека
 menutrans &Open\.\.\.<Tab>:e	    &Отвори\.\.\.<Tab>:e
 menutrans Sp&lit-Open\.\.\.<Tab>:sp &Подели-отвори\.\.\.<Tab>:sp
+menutrans Open\ Tab\.\.\.<Tab>:tabnew	Отвори\ картицу\.\.\.<Tab>:tabnew
 menutrans &New<Tab>:enew	    &Нова<Tab>:enew
 menutrans &Close<Tab>:close	    &Затвори<Tab>:close
 menutrans &Save<Tab>:w		    &Сачувај<Tab>:w
@@ -54,24 +57,27 @@ menutrans &Select\ all<Tab>ggVG  Изабери\ св&е<Tab>ggVG
 menutrans &Find\.\.\.		 &Нађи\.\.\.
 menutrans Find\ and\ Rep&lace\.\.\. Нађи\ и\ &замени\.\.\.
 menutrans Settings\ &Window	 П&розор\ подешавања
+menutrans Startup\ &Settings	 По&дешавања\ при\ покретању		
 menutrans &Global\ Settings	 Оп&шта\ подешавања
 menutrans F&ile\ Settings	 Подешавања\ за\ да&тотеке
 menutrans &Shiftwidth		 &Померај
 menutrans Soft\ &Tabstop	 &Мека\ табулација
 menutrans Te&xt\ Width\.\.\.	 &Ширина\ текста\.\.\.
 menutrans &File\ Format\.\.\.	 &Врста\ датотеке\.\.\.
-menutrans C&olor\ Scheme	 Бо&је
+menutrans Show\ C&olor\ Schemes\ in\ Menu	Прикажи\ шеме\ бо&ја\ у\ менију
-menutrans &Keymap		 Прес&ликавање\ тастатуре
+menutrans C&olor\ Scheme	\Шеме\ бо&ја
+menutrans Show\ &Keymaps\ in\ Menu	Прикажи\ прес&ликавања\ тастатуре\ у\ менију
+menutrans &Keymap	Прес&ликавања\ тастатуре
 menutrans Select\ Fo&nt\.\.\.	 Избор\ &фонта\.\.\.
 
 " Edit/Global Settings
 menutrans Toggle\ Pattern\ &Highlight<Tab>:set\ hls! Нагласи\ &образце\ (да/не)<Tab>:set\ hls!
-menutrans Toggle\ &Ignore-case<Tab>:set\ ic! Занемари\ \величину\ &слова\ (да/не)<Tab>:set\ ic!
+menutrans Toggle\ &Ignoring\ Case<Tab>:set\ ic! Занемари\ величину\ &слова\ (да/не)<Tab>:set\ ic!
-menutrans Toggle\ &Showmatch<Tab>:set\ sm! Провери\ пратећу\ &заграду\ (да/не)<Tab>:set\ sm!
+menutrans Toggle\ &Showing\ Matched\ Pairs<Tab>:set\ sm! Провери\ пратећу\ &заграду\ (да/не)<Tab>:set\ sm!
 menutrans &Context\ lines  Видљиви\ &редови
 menutrans &Virtual\ Edit   Виртуелно\ &уређивање
 menutrans Toggle\ Insert\ &Mode<Tab>:set\ im!   Режим\ у&носа\ (да/не)<Tab>:set\ im!
-menutrans Toggle\ Vi\ C&ompatible<Tab>:set\ cp!     '&Vi'\ сагласно\ (да/не)<Tab>:set\ cp!
+menutrans Toggle\ Vi\ C&ompatibility<Tab>:set\ cp!     '&Vi'\ сагласно\ (да/не)<Tab>:set\ cp!
 menutrans Search\ &Path\.\.\. Путања\ &претраге\.\.\.
 menutrans Ta&g\ Files\.\.\.   &Датотеке\ ознака\.\.\.
 menutrans Toggle\ &Toolbar    Линија\ са\ &алаткама\ (да/не)
@@ -87,28 +93,30 @@ menutrans Block\ and\ Insert  Блок\ и\ унос
 menutrans Always	      Увек
 
 " Edit/File Settings
-menutrans Toggle\ Line\ &Numbering<Tab>:set\ nu!   Редни\ &бројеви\ (да/не)<Tab>:set\ nu!
+menutrans Toggle\ Line\ &Numbering<Tab>:set\ nu!   Прикажи\ &нумерацију\ линија\ (да/не)<Tab>:set\ nu!
+menutrans Toggle\ Relati&ve\ Line\ Numbering<Tab>:set\ rnu!   Прикажи\ Релати&вну\ нумерацију\ линија\ (да/не)<Tab>:set\ rnu!
 menutrans Toggle\ &List\ Mode<Tab>:set\ list!	   Режим\ &листе\ (да/не)<Tab>:set\ list!
-menutrans Toggle\ Line\ &Wrap<Tab>:set\ wrap!	   Обавијање\ &редова\ (да/не)<Tab>:set\ wrap!
+menutrans Toggle\ Line\ &Wrapping<Tab>:set\ wrap!	   Обавијање\ &редова\ (да/не)<Tab>:set\ wrap!
-menutrans Toggle\ W&rap\ at\ word<Tab>:set\ lbr!   Преломи\ &на\ реч\ (да/не)<Tab>:set\ lbr!
+menutrans Toggle\ W&rapping\ at\ Word<Tab>:set\ lbr!   Преломи\ &на\ реч\ (да/не)<Tab>:set\ lbr!
-menutrans Toggle\ &expand-tab<Tab>:set\ et!	   Размаци\ уместо\ &табулације\ (да/не)<Tab>:set\ et!
+menutrans Toggle\ Tab\ &Expanding<Tab>:set\ et!	   Размаци\ уместо\ &табулације\ (да/не)<Tab>:set\ et!
-menutrans Toggle\ &auto-indent<Tab>:set\ ai!	Ауто-&увлачење\ (да/не)<Tab>:set\ ai!
+menutrans Toggle\ &Auto\ Indenting<Tab>:set\ ai!	Ауто-&увлачење\ (да/не)<Tab>:set\ ai!
-menutrans Toggle\ &C-indenting<Tab>:set\ cin!	   &Це-увлачење\ (да/не)<Tab>:set\ cin!
+menutrans Toggle\ &C-Style\ Indenting<Tab>:set\ cin!	   &C-увлачење\ (да/не)<Tab>:set\ cin!
 
 " Edit/Keymap
-menutrans None Ниједан
+menutrans None Без\ пресликавања
 
 " Tools menu
 menutrans &Tools	&Алатке
 menutrans &Jump\ to\ this\ tag<Tab>g^] Скочи\ на\ &ову\ ознаку<Tab>g^]
 menutrans Jump\ &back<Tab>^T	 Скочи\ &натраг<Tab>^T
 menutrans Build\ &Tags\ File	 Изгради\ &датотеку\ ознака
+menutrans &Spelling	 Пра&вопис
 menutrans &Folding	      &Подвијање
 menutrans Create\ &Fold<Tab>zf		  С&твори\ подвијутак<Tab>zf
 menutrans &Delete\ Fold<Tab>zd		  О&бриши\ подвијутак<Tab>zd
 menutrans Delete\ &All\ Folds<Tab>zD	  Обриши\ све\ по&двијутке<Tab>zD
 menutrans Fold\ column\ &width		  Ширина\ &реда\ подвијутка
-menutrans &Diff		      &Упоређивање
+"menutrans &Diff		      &Упоређивање
 menutrans &Make<Tab>:make     'mak&е'<Tab>:make
 menutrans &List\ Errors<Tab>:cl     Списак\ &грешака<Tab>:cl
 menutrans L&ist\ Messages<Tab>:cl!  Сп&исак\ порука<Tab>:cl!
@@ -117,9 +125,25 @@ menutrans &Previous\ Error<Tab>:cp  Пре&тходна\ грешка<Tab>:cp
 menutrans &Older\ List<Tab>:cold    Стари\ списа&к<Tab>:cold
 menutrans N&ewer\ List<Tab>:cnew    Но&ви\ списак<Tab>:cnew
 menutrans Error\ &Window	    Прозор\ са\ г&решкама
-menutrans &Set\ Compiler	    И&забери\ преводиоца
+menutrans Se&t\ Compiler	    И&забери\ преводиоца
 menutrans &Convert\ to\ HEX<Tab>:%!xxd	   Претвори\ у\ &ХЕКС<Tab>:%!xxd
 menutrans Conve&rt\ back<Tab>:%!xxd\ -r    Вр&ати\ у\ првобитан\ облик<Tab>:%!xxd\ -r
+menutrans Show\ Compiler\ Se&ttings\ in\ Menu	Прикажи\ поде&шавања\ преводиоца\ у\ менију
+
+" Tools/Spelling
+menutrans &Spell\ Check\ On	&Укључи\ проверу\ правописа
+menutrans Spell\ Check\ &Off	&Искључи\ проверу\ правописа
+menutrans To\ &Next\ Error<Tab>]s	Иди\ на\ &следећу\ грешку<Tab>]s
+menutrans To\ &Previous\ Error<Tab>[s	Иди\ на\ &претходну\ грешку<Tab>[s
+menutrans Suggest\ &Corrections<Tab>z=	Предложи\ исп&равке<Tab>z=
+menutrans &Repeat\ Correction<Tab>:spellrepall	П&онови\ исправку<Tab>:spellrepall
+menutrans Set\ Language\ to\ "en"	Постави\ језик\ на\ "en"
+menutrans Set\ Language\ to\ "en_au" 	Постави\ језик\ на\ "en_au"
+menutrans Set\ Language\ to\ "en_ca" 	Постави\ језик\ на\ "en_ca"
+menutrans Set\ Language\ to\ "en_gb" 	Постави\ језик\ на\ "en_gb"
+menutrans Set\ Language\ to\ "en_nz" 	Постави\ језик\ на\ "en_nz"
+menutrans Set\ Language\ to\ "en_us" 	Постави\ језик\ на\ "en_us"
+menutrans &Find\ More\ Languages	Пронађи\ још\ језика 
 
 " Tools/Folding
 menutrans &Enable/Disable\ folds<Tab>zi   &Омогући/прекини\ подвијање<Tab>zi
@@ -130,6 +154,7 @@ menutrans &Close\ all\ folds<Tab>zM    Затвори\ с&ве\ подвијут
 menutrans O&pen\ more\ folds<Tab>zr    Отвори\ виш&е\ подвијутака<Tab>zr
 menutrans &Open\ all\ folds<Tab>zR     О&твори\ све\ подвијутке<Tab>zR
 menutrans Fold\ Met&hod		       &Начин\ подвијања
+menutrans Fold\ Col&umn\ Width	Ширина\ колоне\ испред\ подвијутака
 
 " Tools/Folding/Fold Method
 menutrans M&anual	&Ручно
@@ -141,8 +166,8 @@ menutrans Ma&rker	&Ознака
 
 " Tools/Diff
 menutrans &Update	&Ажурирај
-menutrans &Get\ Block	&Прихвати\ измену
+menutrans &Get\ Block	&Прихвати\ блок\ изменa
-menutrans &Put\ Block	Пре&баци\ измену
+menutrans &Put\ Block	Пре&баци\ блок\ измена
 
 " Tools/Error Window
 menutrans &Update<Tab>:cwin   &Ажурирај<Tab>:cwin
@@ -190,8 +215,10 @@ menutrans Cu&t		      &Исеци
 menutrans &Copy		      &Копирај
 menutrans &Paste	      &Убаци
 menutrans &Delete	      И&збриши
-menutrans Select\ Blockwise   Бирај\ &правоугаоно
+menutrans Select\ Blockwise   Бирај\ б&локовски
 menutrans Select\ &Word       Изабери\ &реч
+menutrans Select\ &Sentence       Изабери\ р&еченицу
+menutrans Select\ Pa&ragraph       Изабери\ &параграф
 menutrans Select\ &Line       Изабери\ р&ед
 menutrans Select\ &Block      Изабери\ &блок
 menutrans Select\ &All	      Изабери\ &све
@@ -237,9 +264,9 @@ endif
 
 " Syntax menu
 menutrans &Syntax &Синтакса
-menutrans &Show\ filetypes\ in\ menu  Избор\ 'filetype'\ из\ &менија
+menutrans &Show\ File\ Types\ in\ Menu  Прикажи\ типове\ датотека\ у\ &менију
-menutrans Set\ '&syntax'\ only   Поде&си\ 'syntax'\ само
+menutrans Set\ '&syntax'\ only   Поде&си\ само\ 'syntax' 
-menutrans Set\ '&filetype'\ too  Подеси\ 'filetype'\ &такође
+menutrans Set\ '&filetype'\ too  Подеси\ &такође\ и\ 'filetype'
 menutrans &Off       &Искључено
 menutrans &Manual    &Ручно
 menutrans A&utomatic    &Аутоматски
@@ -257,7 +284,9 @@ let g:menutrans_tags_dialog = "Унесите имена датотека са
 
 let g:menutrans_textwidth_dialog = "Унесите нову ширину текста (0 спречава прелом)"
 
-let g:menutrans_fileformat_dialog = "Изаберите врсту датотеке"
+let g:menutrans_fileformat_dialog = "Изаберите формат записа датотеке"
+
+let g:menutrans_fileformat_choices = "&Unix\n&Dos\n&Mac\n&Откажи"
 
 let menutrans_no_file = "[Нема датотеке]"
 

runtime/optwin.vim

@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 " These commands create the option window.
 "
 " Maintainer:	Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
-" Last Change:	2017 Oct 19
+" Last Change:	2018 May 15
 
 " If there already is an option window, jump to that one.
 let buf = bufnr('option-window')
@@ -122,11 +122,13 @@ fun! <SID>Update(lnum, line, local, thiswin)
 endfun
 
 " Reset 'title' and 'icon' to make it work faster.
+" Reset 'undolevels' to avoid undo'ing until the buffer is empty.
 let s:old_title = &title
 let s:old_icon = &icon
 let s:old_sc = &sc
 let s:old_ru = &ru
-set notitle noicon nosc noru
+let s:old_ul = &ul
+set notitle noicon nosc noru ul=-1
 
 " If the current window is a help window, try finding a non-help window.
 " Relies on syntax highlighting to be switched on.
@@ -323,7 +325,8 @@ call <SID>OptionL("scr")
 call append("$", "scrolloff\tnumber of screen lines to show around the cursor")
 call append("$", " \tset so=" . &so)
 call append("$", "wrap\tlong lines wrap")
-call <SID>BinOptionG("wrap", &wrap)
+call append("$", "\t(local to window)")
+call <SID>BinOptionL("wrap")
 call append("$", "linebreak\twrap long lines at a character in 'breakat'")
 call append("$", "\t(local to window)")
 call <SID>BinOptionL("lbr")
@@ -504,12 +507,15 @@ if has("cursorbind")
   call <SID>BinOptionL("crb")
 endif
 if has("terminal")
-  call append("$", "termsize\tsize of a terminal window")
+  call append("$", "termwinsize\tsize of a terminal window")
   call append("$", "\t(local to window)")
-  call <SID>OptionL("tms")
+  call <SID>OptionL("tws")
-  call append("$", "termkey\tkey that precedes Vim commands in a terminal window")
+  call append("$", "termwinkey\tkey that precedes Vim commands in a terminal window")
   call append("$", "\t(local to window)")
-  call <SID>OptionL("tk")
+  call <SID>OptionL("twk")
+  call append("$", "termwinscroll\tmax number of lines to keep for scrollback in a terminal window")
+  call append("$", "\t(local to window)")
+  call <SID>OptionL("twsl")
   if exists("&winptydll")
     call append("$", "winptydll\tname of the winpty dynamic library")
     call <SID>OptionG("winptydll", &winptydll)
@@ -647,11 +653,17 @@ if has("gui")
   endif
   call append("$", "linespace\tnumber of pixel lines to use between characters")
   call append("$", " \tset lsp=" . &lsp)
-  if has("balloon_eval")
+  if has("balloon_eval") || has("balloon_eval_term")
     call append("$", "balloondelay\tdelay in milliseconds before a balloon may pop up")
     call append("$", " \tset bdlay=" . &bdlay)
-    call append("$", "ballooneval\twhether the balloon evaluation is to be used")
+    if has("balloon_eval")
+      call append("$", "ballooneval\tuse balloon evaluation in the GUI")
       call <SID>BinOptionG("beval", &beval)
+    endif
+    if has("balloon_eval_term")
+      call append("$", "balloonevalterm\tuse balloon evaluation in the terminal")
+      call <SID>BinOptionG("bevalterm", &beval)
+    endif
     if has("eval")
       call append("$", "balloonexpr\texpression to show in balloon eval")
       call append("$", " \tset bexpr=" . &bexpr)
@@ -750,7 +762,7 @@ call <SID>OptionG("km", &km)
 call <SID>Header("editing text")
 call append("$", "undolevels\tmaximum number of changes that can be undone")
 call append("$", "\t(global or local to buffer)")
-call append("$", " \tset ul=" . &ul)
+call append("$", " \tset ul=" . s:old_ul)
 call append("$", "undofile\tautomatically save and restore undo history")
 call <SID>BinOptionG("udf", &udf)
 call append("$", "undodir\tlist of directories for undo files")
@@ -796,6 +808,8 @@ if has("insert_expand")
   call <SID>OptionG("cot", &cot)
   call append("$", "pumheight\tmaximum height of the popup menu")
   call <SID>OptionG("ph", &ph)
+  call append("$", "pumwidth\tminimum width of the popup menu")
+  call <SID>OptionG("pw", &pw)
   call append("$", "completefunc\tuser defined function for Insert mode completion")
   call append("$", "\t(local to buffer)")
   call <SID>OptionL("cfu")
@@ -1348,10 +1362,18 @@ if exists("&pythondll")
   call append("$", "pythondll\tname of the Python 2 dynamic library")
   call <SID>OptionG("pythondll", &pythondll)
 endif
+if exists("&pythonhome")
+  call append("$", "pythonhome\tname of the Python 2 home directory")
+  call <SID>OptionG("pythonhome", &pythonhome)
+endif
 if exists("&pythonthreedll")
   call append("$", "pythonthreedll\tname of the Python 3 dynamic library")
   call <SID>OptionG("pythonthreedll", &pythonthreedll)
 endif
+if exists("&pythonthreehome")
+  call append("$", "pythonthreehome\tname of the Python 3 home directory")
+  call <SID>OptionG("pythonthreehome", &pythonthreehome)
+endif
 if exists("&rubydll")
   call append("$", "rubydll\tname of the Ruby dynamic library")
   call <SID>OptionG("rubydll", &rubydll)
@@ -1422,6 +1444,7 @@ let &icon = s:old_icon
 let &ru = s:old_ru
 let &sc = s:old_sc
 let &cpo = s:cpo_save
-unlet s:old_title s:old_icon s:old_ru s:old_sc s:cpo_save s:idx s:lnum
+let &ul = s:old_ul
+unlet s:old_title s:old_icon s:old_ru s:old_sc s:cpo_save s:idx s:lnum s:old_ul
 
 " vim: ts=8 sw=2 sts=2

runtime/pack/dist/opt/termdebug/plugin/termdebug.vim

@@ -25,7 +25,8 @@ endif
 
 " The command that starts debugging, e.g. ":Termdebug vim".
 " To end type "quit" in the gdb window.
-command -nargs=* -complete=file Termdebug call s:StartDebug(<q-args>)
+command -nargs=* -complete=file -bang Termdebug call s:StartDebug(<bang>0, <f-args>)
+command -nargs=+ -complete=file -bang TermdebugCommand call s:StartDebugCommand(<bang>0, <f-args>)
 
 " Name of the gdb command, defaults to "gdb".
 if !exists('termdebugger')
@@ -43,7 +44,22 @@ else
 endif
 hi default debugBreakpoint term=reverse ctermbg=red guibg=red
 
-func s:StartDebug(cmd)
+func s:StartDebug(bang, ...)
+  " First argument is the command to debug, second core file or process ID.
+  call s:StartDebug_internal({'gdb_args': a:000, 'bang': a:bang})
+endfunc
+
+func s:StartDebugCommand(bang, ...)
+  " First argument is the command to debug, rest are run arguments.
+  call s:StartDebug_internal({'gdb_args': [a:1], 'proc_args': a:000[1:], 'bang': a:bang})
+endfunc
+
+func s:StartDebug_internal(dict)
+  if exists('s:gdbwin')
+    echoerr 'Terminal debugger already running'
+    return
+  endif
+
   let s:startwin = win_getid(winnr())
   let s:startsigncolumn = &signcolumn
 
@@ -90,7 +106,10 @@ func s:StartDebug(cmd)
 
   " Open a terminal window to run the debugger.
   " Add -quiet to avoid the intro message causing a hit-enter prompt.
-  let cmd = [g:termdebugger, '-quiet', '-tty', pty, a:cmd]
+  let gdb_args = get(a:dict, 'gdb_args', [])
+  let proc_args = get(a:dict, 'proc_args', [])
+
+  let cmd = [g:termdebugger, '-quiet', '-tty', pty] + gdb_args
   echomsg 'executing "' . join(cmd) . '"'
   let s:gdbbuf = term_start(cmd, {
 	\ 'exit_cb': function('s:EndDebug'),
@@ -104,15 +123,54 @@ func s:StartDebug(cmd)
   endif
   let s:gdbwin = win_getid(winnr())
 
+  " Set arguments to be run
+  if len(proc_args)
+    call term_sendkeys(s:gdbbuf, 'set args ' . join(proc_args) . "\r")
+  endif
+
   " Connect gdb to the communication pty, using the GDB/MI interface
-  " If you get an error "undefined command" your GDB is too old.
   call term_sendkeys(s:gdbbuf, 'new-ui mi ' . commpty . "\r")
 
+  " Wait for the response to show up, users may not notice the error and wonder
+  " why the debugger doesn't work.
+  let try_count = 0
+  while 1
+    let response = ''
+    for lnum in range(1,200)
+      if term_getline(s:gdbbuf, lnum) =~ 'new-ui mi '
+	let response = term_getline(s:gdbbuf, lnum + 1)
+	if response =~ 'Undefined command'
+	  echoerr 'Sorry, your gdb is too old, gdb 7.12 is required'
+	  exe 'bwipe! ' . s:ptybuf
+	  exe 'bwipe! ' . s:commbuf
+	  return
+	endif
+	if response =~ 'New UI allocated'
+	  " Success!
+	  break
+	endif
+      endif
+    endfor
+    if response =~ 'New UI allocated'
+      break
+    endif
+    let try_count += 1
+    if try_count > 100
+      echoerr 'Cannot check if your gdb works, continuing anyway'
+      break
+    endif
+    sleep 10m
+  endwhile
+
   " Interpret commands while the target is running.  This should usualy only be
   " exec-interrupt, since many commands don't work properly while the target is
   " running.
   call s:SendCommand('-gdb-set mi-async on')
 
+  " Disable pagination, it causes everything to stop at the gdb
+  " "Type <return> to continue" prompt.
+  call s:SendCommand('-gdb-set pagination off')
+
   " Sign used to highlight the line where the program has stopped.
   " There can be only one.
   sign define debugPC linehl=debugPC
@@ -127,9 +185,11 @@ func s:StartDebug(cmd)
   call win_gotoid(s:gdbwin)
 
   " Enable showing a balloon with eval info
+  if has("balloon_eval") || has("balloon_eval_term")
+    set balloonexpr=TermDebugBalloonExpr()
     if has("balloon_eval")
       set ballooneval
-    set balloonexpr=TermDebugBalloonExpr()
+    endif
     if has("balloon_eval_term")
       set balloonevalterm
     endif
@@ -141,11 +201,20 @@ func s:StartDebug(cmd)
     au BufRead * call s:BufRead()
     au BufUnload * call s:BufUnloaded()
   augroup END
+
+  " Run the command if the bang attribute was given
+  " and got to the window
+  if get(a:dict, 'bang', 0)
+    call s:SendCommand('-exec-run')
+    call win_gotoid(s:ptywin)
+  endif
+
 endfunc
 
 func s:EndDebug(job, status)
   exe 'bwipe! ' . s:ptybuf
   exe 'bwipe! ' . s:commbuf
+  unlet s:gdbwin
 
   let curwinid = win_getid(winnr())
 
@@ -158,9 +227,11 @@ func s:EndDebug(job, status)
     let &columns = s:save_columns
   endif
 
+  if has("balloon_eval") || has("balloon_eval_term")
+    set balloonexpr=
     if has("balloon_eval")
       set noballooneval
-    set balloonexpr=
+    endif
     if has("balloon_eval_term")
       set noballoonevalterm
     endif
@@ -197,7 +268,7 @@ endfunc
 " Install commands in the current window to control the debugger.
 func s:InstallCommands()
   command Break call s:SetBreakpoint()
-  command Delete call s:DeleteBreakpoint()
+  command Clear call s:ClearBreakpoint()
   command Step call s:SendCommand('-exec-step')
   command Over call s:SendCommand('-exec-next')
   command Finish call s:SendCommand('-exec-finish')
@@ -208,24 +279,45 @@ func s:InstallCommands()
   command -range -nargs=* Evaluate call s:Evaluate(<range>, <q-args>)
   command Gdb call win_gotoid(s:gdbwin)
   command Program call win_gotoid(s:ptywin)
+  command Source call s:GotoStartwinOrCreateIt()
+  command Winbar call s:InstallWinbar()
 
   " TODO: can the K mapping be restored?
   nnoremap K :Evaluate<CR>
 
-  if has('menu')
+  if has('menu') && &mouse != ''
+    call s:InstallWinbar()
+
+    if !exists('g:termdebug_popup') || g:termdebug_popup != 0
+      let s:saved_mousemodel = &mousemodel
+      let &mousemodel = 'popup_setpos'
+      an 1.200 PopUp.-SEP3-	<Nop>
+      an 1.210 PopUp.Set\ breakpoint	:Break<CR>
+      an 1.220 PopUp.Clear\ breakpoint	:Clear<CR>
+      an 1.230 PopUp.Evaluate		:Evaluate<CR>
+    endif
+  endif
+endfunc
+
+let s:winbar_winids = []
+
+" Install the window toolbar in the current window.
+func s:InstallWinbar()
+  if has('menu') && &mouse != ''
     nnoremenu WinBar.Step   :Step<CR>
     nnoremenu WinBar.Next   :Over<CR>
     nnoremenu WinBar.Finish :Finish<CR>
     nnoremenu WinBar.Cont   :Continue<CR>
     nnoremenu WinBar.Stop   :Stop<CR>
     nnoremenu WinBar.Eval   :Evaluate<CR>
+    call add(s:winbar_winids, win_getid(winnr()))
   endif
 endfunc
 
 " Delete installed debugger commands in the current window.
 func s:DeleteCommands()
   delcommand Break
-  delcommand Delete
+  delcommand Clear
   delcommand Step
   delcommand Over
   delcommand Finish
@@ -236,10 +328,16 @@ func s:DeleteCommands()
   delcommand Evaluate
   delcommand Gdb
   delcommand Program
+  delcommand Source
+  delcommand Winbar
 
   nunmap K
 
   if has('menu')
+    " Remove the WinBar entries from all windows where it was added.
+    let curwinid = win_getid(winnr())
+    for winid in s:winbar_winids
+      if win_gotoid(winid)
 	aunmenu WinBar.Step
 	aunmenu WinBar.Next
 	aunmenu WinBar.Finish
@@ -247,6 +345,19 @@ func s:DeleteCommands()
 	aunmenu WinBar.Stop
 	aunmenu WinBar.Eval
       endif
+    endfor
+    call win_gotoid(curwinid)
+    let s:winbar_winids = []
+
+    if exists('s:saved_mousemodel')
+      let &mousemodel = s:saved_mousemodel
+      unlet s:saved_mousemodel
+      aunmenu PopUp.-SEP3-
+      aunmenu PopUp.Set\ breakpoint
+      aunmenu PopUp.Clear\ breakpoint
+      aunmenu PopUp.Evaluate
+    endif
+  endif
 
   exe 'sign unplace ' . s:pc_id
   for key in keys(s:breakpoints)
@@ -274,8 +385,8 @@ func s:SetBreakpoint()
   endif
 endfunc
 
-" :Delete - Delete a breakpoint at the cursor position.
+" :Clear - Delete a breakpoint at the cursor position.
-func s:DeleteBreakpoint()
+func s:ClearBreakpoint()
   let fname = fnameescape(expand('%:p'))
   let lnum = line('.')
   for [key, val] in items(s:breakpoints)
@@ -321,9 +432,11 @@ func s:Evaluate(range, arg)
   else
     let expr = expand('<cexpr>')
   endif
+  let s:ignoreEvalError = 0
   call s:SendEval(expr)
 endfunc
 
+let s:ignoreEvalError = 0
 let s:evalFromBalloonExpr = 0
 
 " Handle the result of data-evaluate-expression
@@ -343,6 +456,7 @@ func s:HandleEvaluate(msg)
 
   if s:evalexpr[0] != '*' && value =~ '^0x' && value != '0x0' && value !~ '"$'
     " Looks like a pointer, also display what it points to.
+    let s:ignoreEvalError = 1
     call s:SendEval('*' . s:evalexpr)
   else
     let s:evalFromBalloonExpr = 0
@@ -355,23 +469,32 @@ func TermDebugBalloonExpr()
   if v:beval_winid != s:startwin
     return
   endif
-  call s:SendEval(v:beval_text)
   let s:evalFromBalloonExpr = 1
   let s:evalFromBalloonExprResult = ''
+  let s:ignoreEvalError = 1
+  call s:SendEval(v:beval_text)
   return ''
 endfunc
 
 " Handle an error.
 func s:HandleError(msg)
-  if a:msg =~ 'No symbol .* in current context'
+  if s:ignoreEvalError
-	\ || a:msg =~ 'Cannot access memory at address '
-	\ || a:msg =~ 'Attempt to use a type name as an expression'
     " Result of s:SendEval() failed, ignore.
+    let s:ignoreEvalError = 0
+    let s:evalFromBalloonExpr = 0
     return
   endif
   echoerr substitute(a:msg, '.*msg="\(.*\)"', '\1', '')
 endfunc
 
+func s:GotoStartwinOrCreateIt()
+  if !win_gotoid(s:startwin)
+    new
+    let s:startwin = win_getid(winnr())
+    call s:InstallWinbar()
+  endif
+endfunc
+
 " Handle stopping and running message from gdb.
 " Will update the sign that shows the current position.
 func s:HandleCursor(msg)
@@ -383,7 +506,8 @@ func s:HandleCursor(msg)
     let s:stopped = 0
   endif
 
-  if win_gotoid(s:startwin)
+  call s:GotoStartwinOrCreateIt()
+
   let fname = substitute(a:msg, '.*fullname="\([^"]*\)".*', '\1', '')
   if a:msg =~ '^\(\*stopped\|=thread-selected\)' && filereadable(fname)
     let lnum = substitute(a:msg, '.*line="\([^"]*\)".*', '\1', '')
@@ -393,6 +517,7 @@ func s:HandleCursor(msg)
 	  " TODO: find existing window
 	  exe 'split ' . fnameescape(fname)
 	  let s:startwin = win_getid(winnr())
+	  call s:InstallWinbar()
 	else
 	  exe 'edit ' . fnameescape(fname)
 	endif
@@ -407,7 +532,6 @@ func s:HandleCursor(msg)
   endif
 
   call win_gotoid(wid)
-  endif
 endfunc
 
 " Handle setting a breakpoint

runtime/plugin/manpager.vim

@@ -1,29 +1,30 @@
 " Vim plugin for using Vim as manpager.
 " Maintainer: Enno Nagel <ennonagel+vim@gmail.com>
-" Last Change: 2017 November 07
+" Last Change: 2018 Feb 04
 
-" $MAN_PN is supposed to be set by MANPAGER, see ":help manpager.vim".
+command! -nargs=0 MANPAGER call s:ManPager() | delcommand MANPAGER
-if empty($MAN_PN)
+
-  finish
+function! s:ManPager()
+  set nocompatible
+  if exists('+viminfofile')
+    set viminfofile=NONE
   endif
+  set noswapfile 
 
-command! -nargs=0 MANPAGER call s:MANPAGER() | delcommand MANPAGER
+  setlocal ft=man
+  runtime ftplugin/man.vim
+  setlocal buftype=nofile bufhidden=hide iskeyword+=: modifiable
 
-function! s:MANPAGER()
+  " Emulate 'col -b'
-  let page_pattern = '\v\w[-_.:0-9A-Za-z]*'
+  silent keepj keepp %s/\v(.)\b\ze\1?//ge
-  let sec_pattern = '\v\w+%(\+\w+)*'
-  let pagesec_pattern = '\v(' . page_pattern . ')\((' . sec_pattern . ')\)'
 
-  if $MAN_PN is '1'
+  " Remove empty lines above the header
-    let manpage = tolower(matchstr( getline(nextnonblank(1)), '^' . pagesec_pattern ))
+  call cursor(1, 1)
-  else
+  let n = search(".*(.*)", "c")
-    let manpage = expand($MAN_PN)
+  if n > 1
+    exe "1," . n-1 . "d"
   endif
+  setlocal nomodified readonly
 
-  let page_sec = matchlist(manpage, '^' . pagesec_pattern  . '$')
+  syntax on
-
-  bwipe!
-
-  setlocal filetype=man
-  exe 'Man' page_sec[2] page_sec[1]
 endfunction

runtime/plugin/netrwPlugin.vim

@@ -20,7 +20,7 @@
 if &cp || exists("g:loaded_netrwPlugin")
  finish
 endif
-let g:loaded_netrwPlugin = "v162"
+let g:loaded_netrwPlugin = "v156"
 let s:keepcpo = &cpo
 set cpo&vim
 "DechoRemOn
@@ -42,8 +42,8 @@ augroup END
 " Network Browsing Reading Writing: {{{2
 augroup Network
  au!
- au BufReadCmd   file://*											call netrw#FileUrlEdit(expand("<amatch>"))
+ au BufReadCmd   file://*											call netrw#FileUrlRead(expand("<amatch>"))
- au BufReadCmd   ftp://*,rcp://*,scp://*,http://*,https://*,dav://*,davs://*,rsync://*,sftp://*	exe "sil doau BufReadPre ".fnameescape(expand("<amatch>"))|call netrw#Nread(2,expand("<amatch>"))|exe "sil doau BufReadPost ".fnameescape(expand("<amatch>"))
+ au BufReadCmd   ftp://*,rcp://*,scp://*,http://*,file://*,https://*,dav://*,davs://*,rsync://*,sftp://*	exe "sil doau BufReadPre ".fnameescape(expand("<amatch>"))|call netrw#Nread(2,expand("<amatch>"))|exe "sil doau BufReadPost ".fnameescape(expand("<amatch>"))
  au FileReadCmd  ftp://*,rcp://*,scp://*,http://*,file://*,https://*,dav://*,davs://*,rsync://*,sftp://*	exe "sil doau FileReadPre ".fnameescape(expand("<amatch>"))|call netrw#Nread(1,expand("<amatch>"))|exe "sil doau FileReadPost ".fnameescape(expand("<amatch>"))
  au BufWriteCmd  ftp://*,rcp://*,scp://*,http://*,file://*,dav://*,davs://*,rsync://*,sftp://*			exe "sil doau BufWritePre ".fnameescape(expand("<amatch>"))|exe 'Nwrite '.fnameescape(expand("<amatch>"))|exe "sil doau BufWritePost ".fnameescape(expand("<amatch>"))
  au FileWriteCmd ftp://*,rcp://*,scp://*,http://*,file://*,dav://*,davs://*,rsync://*,sftp://*			exe "sil doau FileWritePre ".fnameescape(expand("<amatch>"))|exe "'[,']".'Nwrite '.fnameescape(expand("<amatch>"))|exe "sil doau FileWritePost ".fnameescape(expand("<amatch>"))
@@ -59,7 +59,7 @@ com! -count=1 -nargs=*	Nread		let s:svpos= winsaveview()<bar>call netrw#NetRead(
 com! -range=% -nargs=*	Nwrite		let s:svpos= winsaveview()<bar><line1>,<line2>call netrw#NetWrite(<f-args>)<bar>call winrestview(s:svpos)
 com! -nargs=*		NetUserPass	call NetUserPass(<f-args>)
 com! -nargs=*	        Nsource		let s:svpos= winsaveview()<bar>call netrw#NetSource(<f-args>)<bar>call winrestview(s:svpos)
-com! -nargs=?		Ntree		call netrw#SetTreetop(1,<q-args>)
+com! -nargs=?		Ntree		call netrw#SetTreetop(<q-args>)
 
 " Commands: :Explore, :Sexplore, Hexplore, Vexplore, Lexplore {{{2
 com! -nargs=* -bar -bang -count=0 -complete=dir	Explore		call netrw#Explore(<count>,0,0+<bang>0,<q-args>)
@@ -81,7 +81,7 @@ if !exists("g:netrw_nogx")
   if !hasmapto('<Plug>NetrwBrowseX')
    nmap <unique> gx <Plug>NetrwBrowseX
   endif
-  nno <silent> <Plug>NetrwBrowseX :call netrw#BrowseX(netrw#GX(),netrw#CheckIfRemote(netrw#GX()))<cr>
+  nno <silent> <Plug>NetrwBrowseX :call netrw#BrowseX(expand((exists("g:netrw_gx")? g:netrw_gx : '<cfile>')),netrw#CheckIfRemote())<cr>
  endif
  if maparg('gx','v') == ""
   if !hasmapto('<Plug>NetrwBrowseXVis')
@@ -129,15 +129,19 @@ fun! s:LocalBrowse(dirname)
   elseif isdirectory(a:dirname)
 "   call Decho("(LocalBrowse) dirname<".a:dirname."> ft=".&ft."  (isdirectory, not amiga)")
 "   call Dredir("LocalBrowse ft last set: ","verbose set ft")
+"   call Decho("(s:LocalBrowse) COMBAK#23: buf#".bufnr("%")." file<".expand("%")."> line#".line(".")." col#".col("."))
    sil! call netrw#LocalBrowseCheck(a:dirname)
+"   call Decho("(s:LocalBrowse) COMBAK#24: buf#".bufnr("%")." file<".expand("%")."> line#".line(".")." col#".col("."))
    if exists("w:netrw_bannercnt") && line('.') < w:netrw_bannercnt
     exe w:netrw_bannercnt
+"    call Decho("(s:LocalBrowse) COMBAK#25: buf#".bufnr("%")." file<".expand("%")."> line#".line(".")." col#".col("."))
    endif
 
   else
    " not a directory, ignore it
 "   call Decho("(LocalBrowse) dirname<".a:dirname."> not a directory, ignoring...")
   endif
+"  call Decho("(s:LocalBrowse) COMBAK#26: buf#".bufnr("%")." file<".expand("%")."> line#".line(".")." col#".col("."))
 
 "  call Dret("s:LocalBrowse")
 endfun

runtime/scripts.vim

@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 " Vim support file to detect file types in scripts
 "
 " Maintainer:	Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
-" Last change:	2017 Nov 11
+" Last change:	2018 Feb 03
 
 " This file is called by an autocommand for every file that has just been
 " loaded into a buffer.  It checks if the type of file can be recognized by
@@ -100,6 +100,10 @@ if s:line1 =~# "^#!"
   elseif s:name =~# 'make\>'
     set ft=make
 
+    " Pike
+  elseif s:name =~# '^pike\%(\>\|[0-9]\)'
+    set ft=pike
+
     " Lua
   elseif s:name =~# 'lua'
     set ft=lua
@@ -129,7 +133,7 @@ if s:line1 =~# "^#!"
     set ft=ruby
 
     " JavaScript
-  elseif s:name =~# 'node\(js\)\=\>' || s:name =~# 'rhino\>'
+  elseif s:name =~# 'node\(js\)\=\>\|js\>' || s:name =~# 'rhino\>'
     set ft=javascript
 
     " BC calculator
@@ -172,6 +176,10 @@ if s:line1 =~# "^#!"
   elseif s:name =~# 'scala\>'
     set ft=scala
 
+    " Clojure
+  elseif s:name =~# 'clojure'
+    set ft=clojure
+
   endif
   unlet s:name
 

runtime/spell/sr/main.aap

@@ -0,0 +1,142 @@
+# Aap recipe for Serbian Vim spell files.
+
+# Use a freshly compiled Vim if it exists.
+@if os.path.exists('../../../src/vim'):
+    VIM = ../../../src/vim
+@else:
+    :progsearch VIM vim
+
+SPELLDIR = ..
+FILES    = sr_RS.aff sr_RS.dic
+           'sr_RS@latin.aff' 'sr_RS@latin.dic'
+
+all: $SPELLDIR/sr.utf-8.spl $SPELLDIR/'sr@latin.utf-8.spl' ../README_sr.txt
+
+# Original files will be in the subfolder hunspell-sr after unpacking:
+#    sr.dic    original cyrillic dictionary
+#    sr.aff     original cyrillic affix file
+#    sr-Latn.dic     original latin dictionary file
+#    sr-Latn.aff    original latin affix file
+# Just before using the dictionary files, the right ones are copied to
+#    sr_RS.aff
+#    sr_RS.dic
+#    and
+#    sr_RS@latin.aff
+#    sr_RS@latin.dic
+
+$SPELLDIR/sr.utf-8.spl : $FILES
+        :sys env LANG=sr_RS.UTF-8
+		$VIM -u NONE -e -c "set enc=utf-8" -c "mkspell! $SPELLDIR/sr sr_RS" -c q
+
+$SPELLDIR/"sr@latin.utf-8.spl" : $FILES
+        :sys env LANG=sr_RS@latin.UTF-8
+		$VIM -u NONE -e -c "set enc=utf-8" -c "mkspell! $SPELLDIR/sr@latin sr_RS@latin" -c q
+
+../README_sr.txt : hunspell-sr/README_sr.txt README_sr_RS.txt
+        :cat README_sr_RS.txt >!$target
+        :print >>$target
+        :print ============================================================== >>$target
+        :print Следи оригинална README датотека: >>$target
+        :print >>$target
+        :cat hunspell-sr/README_sr.txt >>$target
+
+#
+# Used to fetch the files.
+#
+ZIPFILE = http://devbase.net/dict-sr/hunspell-sr-20130715.zip
+
+:attr {fetch = $ZIPFILE} sr_RS.zip
+
+# The files don't depend on the .zip file so that we can delete it.
+# Only download the zip file if the targets don't exist.
+sr_RS.aff sr_RS.dic: {buildcheck=}
+        :assertpkg unzip patch
+        :fetch sr_RS.zip
+        :sys $UNZIP sr_RS.zip
+        :delete sr_RS.zip
+        @if not os.path.exists('sr_RS.orig.aff'):
+            :copy hunspell-sr/sr.aff sr_RS.orig.aff
+        @if not os.path.exists('sr_RS.orig.dic'):
+            :copy hunspell-sr/sr.dic sr_RS.orig.dic
+        @if os.path.exists('sr_RS.diff'):
+            :sys patch <sr_RS.diff
+        :copy sr_RS.orig.aff sr_RS.aff
+        :copy sr_RS.orig.dic sr_RS.dic
+
+        # Remove the 3 misspelled words and update the word count
+#        :sys $VIM -u NONE -e -c "set enc=utf-8"
+#                    -c "e sr_RS.orig.dic"
+#                    -c "%g/ажуриранје/d"
+#                    -c "%g/вишнја/d"
+#                    -c "%g/вишнјевац/d"
+#                    -c "%s/263909/263906/e"
+#                    -c "w! sr_RS.dic"
+#                    -c q
+
+sr_RS@latin.aff sr_RS@latin.dic: {buildcheck=}
+        :assertpkg unzip patch
+        :fetch sr_RS.zip
+        :sys $UNZIP sr_RS.zip
+        :delete sr_RS.zip
+        @if not os.path.exists('sr_RS@latin.orig.aff'):
+            :copy hunspell-sr/sr-Latn.aff 'sr_RS@latin.orig.aff'
+        @if not os.path.exists('sr_RS@latin.orig.dic'):
+            :copy hunspell-sr/sr-Latn.dic 'sr_RS@latin.orig.dic'
+        @if os.path.exists('sr_RS@latin.diff'):
+            :sys patch <'sr_RS@latin.diff'
+        :copy 'sr_RS@latin.orig.aff' 'sr_RS@latin.aff'
+        :copy 'sr_RS@latin.orig.dic' 'sr_RS@latin.dic'
+
+
+        # Remove the 3 duplicated words and update the word count
+#        :sys $VIM -u NONE -e -c "set enc=utf-8"
+#                    -c "e sr_RS@latin.orig.dic"
+#                    -c "%g/\v(ažuriranje)(\_.*\1)@=/d"
+#                    -c "%g/\v(višnja)(\_.*\1)@=/d"
+#                    -c "%g/\v(višnjevac)(\_.*\1)@=/d"
+#                    -c "%s/263909/263906/e"
+#                    -c "w! sr_RS@latin.dic"
+#                    -c q
+
+# Generate diff files, so that others can get the files and apply
+# the diffs to get the Vim versions.
+diff:
+        :assertpkg diff
+        :sys {force} diff -a -C 1 sr_RS.orig.aff sr_RS.aff >sr_RS.diff
+        :sys {force} diff -a -C 1 sr_RS.orig.dic sr_RS.dic >>sr_RS.diff
+        :sys {force} diff -a -C 1 'sr_RS@latin.orig.aff' 'sr_RS@latin.aff' >'sr_RS@latin.diff'
+        :sys {force} diff -a -C 1 'sr_RS@latin.orig.dic' 'sr_RS@latin.dic' >>'sr_RS@latin.diff'
+
+# Delete all the unpacked and generated files, including the "orig" files.
+clean:
+        :delete {force} sr_RS.zip sr_RS.dic
+                        sr_RS.orig.aff sr_RS.orig.dic
+                        sr_RS.aff
+                        'sr_RS@latin.dic' 'sr_RS@latin.aff'
+                        'sr_RS@latin.orig.aff' 'sr_RS@latin.orig.dic'
+        :sys rm -f -r hunspell-sr/
+
+# Check for updated OpenOffice spell files.  When there are changes the
+# ".new.aff" and ".new.dic" files are left behind for manual inspection.
+#
+#check:
+#        :assertpkg unzip diff
+#        :fetch fr_FR.zip
+#        :mkdir tmp
+#        :cd tmp
+#        @try:
+#            @import stat
+#            :sys $UNZIP ../fr_FR.zip
+#            :sys {force} diff ../fr_FR.orig.aff fr_FR.aff >d
+#            @if os.stat('d')[stat.ST_SIZE] > 0:
+#                :copy fr_FR.aff ../fr_FR.new.aff
+#            :sys {force} diff ../fr_FR.orig.dic fr_FR.dic >d
+#            @if os.stat('d')[stat.ST_SIZE] > 0:
+#                :copy fr_FR.dic ../fr_FR.new.dic
+#        @finally:
+#            :cd ..
+#            :delete {r}{f}{q} tmp
+#            :delete fr_FR.zip
+
+
+vim: set sts=4 sw=4 : 

runtime/spell/sr/sr_RS.diff

@@ -0,0 +1,68 @@
+*** sr_RS.orig.aff	Fri Feb 23 20:04:41 2018
+--- sr_RS.aff	Fri Feb 23 18:18:48 2018
+***************
+*** 1,10 ****
+! SET UTF-8
+  
+! LANG sr
+! TRY аиоенртсвумклпјдгзбшчцхћњљжфђџАИОЕНРТСВУМКЛПЈДГЗБШЧЦХЋЊЉЖФЂЏ
+! KEY љњертжуиопшђж|асдфгхјклчћ|зџцвбнм|жшђ|ћшч|жчђ|ђћж|зж|љањседрфтгжхуј|јиколпч|азсџдцфвгбх|хнјмк
+! 
+! MAP 4
+! MAP цћ
+! MAP цч
+  MAP зж
+--- 1,5 ----
+! SET utf-8
+  
+! MAP 3
+! MAP цћч
+  MAP зж
+***************
+*** 12,14 ****
+  
+! REP 8
+  REP дј ђ
+--- 7,11 ----
+  
+! MIDWORD -’
+! 
+! REP 4
+  REP дј ђ
+***************
+*** 17,28 ****
+  REP дж џ
+- REP ц с # Ако хоћу да откуцам слово „С“ могу се залетети за ознаком на тастатури и уписати „Ц“ (C)
+- REP п р # Ако хоћу да откуцам слово „В“ могу се залетети за ознаком и уписати „Б“ (B)
+- REP џ х # Ако хоћу да откуцам слово „Р“ могу се залетети за ознаком и уписати „П“ (P)
+- REP х н # Ако хоћу да откуцам слово „Х“ могу се залетети за ознаком и уписати „Џ“ (X)
+-         # Ако хоћу да откуцам слово „В“ могу се залетети за ознаком и уписати „Б“ (B) (покривено KEY паром „в - б“)
+- 
+- ICONV 3
+- ICONV ҵ тц
+- ICONV ҥ нг
+- ICONV ӕ ае
+  
+--- 14,15 ----
+*** sr_RS.orig.dic	Fri Feb 23 20:04:42 2018
+--- sr_RS.dic	Fri Feb 23 20:04:46 2018
+***************
+*** 1,2 ****
+! 263909
+  а
+--- 1,2 ----
+! 263906
+  а
+***************
+*** 882,884 ****
+  ажурираних
+- ажуриранје
+  ажурирано
+--- 882,883 ----
+***************
+*** 22177,22180 ****
+  вишку
+- вишнја
+- вишнјевац
+  Вишну
+--- 22176,22177 ----

runtime/spell/sr/sr_RS@latin.diff

@@ -0,0 +1,66 @@
+*** sr_RS@latin.orig.aff	Fri Feb 23 20:08:28 2018
+--- sr_RS@latin.aff	Fri Feb 23 18:18:48 2018
+***************
+*** 1,10 ****
+! SET UTF-8
+  
+! LANG sr-Latn
+! TRY aioenrtsvumklpjdgzbščchćnjljžfđdžAIOENRTSVUMKLPJDGZBŠČCHĆNJLJŽFĐDŽ
+! KEY qwertyuiopšđž|asdfghjklčć|zxcvbnm|žšđ|ćšč|žčđ|đćž|zy|qawsedrftgyhuj|jikolpč|azsxdcfvgbh|hnjmk
+! 
+! MAP 4
+! MAP cć
+! MAP cč
+  MAP zž
+--- 1,5 ----
+! SET utf-8
+  
+! MAP 3
+! MAP cćč
+  MAP zž
+***************
+*** 12,20 ****
+  
+! REP 1
+! REP dj đ
+  
+! ICONV fi fi
+! ICONV fl fl
+! ICONV st st
+! ICONV ij ij
+! ICONV œ oe
+--- 7,14 ----
+  
+! MIDWORD -’
+  
+! REP 4
+! REP dj đ
+! REP fl fl
+! REP ff ff
+! REP fi fi
+*** sr_RS@latin.orig.dic	Fri Feb 23 20:08:28 2018
+--- sr_RS@latin.dic	Fri Feb 23 20:08:53 2018
+***************
+*** 1,2 ****
+! 263909
+  a
+--- 1,2 ----
+! 263906
+  a
+***************
+*** 882,884 ****
+  ažuriranih
+- ažuriranje
+  ažurirano
+--- 882,883 ----
+***************
+*** 22177,22184 ****
+  višku
+- višnja
+- višnjevac
+  Višnu
+  višnja
+  višnjama
+  višnjare
+  višnje
+--- 22176,22181 ----

runtime/syntax/apachestyle.vim

@@ -1,8 +1,10 @@
 " Vim syntax file
 " Language:	Apache-Style configuration files (proftpd.conf/apache.conf/..)
-" Maintainer:	Christian Hammers <ch@westend.com>
+" Maintainer:	Ben RUBSON <ben.rubson@gmail.com>
-" URL:		none
+" Former Maintainer:	Christian Hammers <ch@westend.com>
 " ChangeLog:
+"	2017-12-17,ch
+"		correctly detect comments
 "	2001-05-04,ch
 "		adopted Vim 6.0 syntax style
 "	1999-10-28,ch
@@ -27,8 +29,8 @@ endif
 
 syn case ignore
 
-syn match  apComment	/^\s*#.*$/
 syn match  apOption	/^\s*[^ \t#<=]*/
+syn match  apComment	/^\s*#.*$/
 "syn match  apLastValue	/[^ \t<=#]*$/ contains=apComment	ugly
 
 " tags